As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2017

File No. 001-38289                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM 10

 

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

Avaya Holdings Corp.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   26-1119726

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

4655 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, California 95054

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(908) 953-6000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Adele C. Freedman

Vice President & Deputy General Counsel, Corporate Law

Avaya Holdings Corp.

4655 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, California 95054

(908) 953-6000

 

Joshua N. Korff, P.C.

Michael Kim

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 446-4800

 

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

to be so registered

 

Name of each exchange on which

each class is to be registered

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

 

 

 


EXPLANATORY NOTE

Avaya Holdings Corp. is filing this Amendment No. 1 to its registration statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-38289) as an exhibits-only filing. Accordingly, this Amendment consists only of the facing page, this explanatory note, Item 15(b) of the Registration Statement, the signature page to the Registration Statement and the filed exhibits. The remainder of the Registration Statement is unchanged and has therefore been omitted.


Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits

(b) Exhibits

 

Number

  

Description

  2.1    Second Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Avaya Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Avaya Holdings Corp.
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Avaya Holdings Corp.
  4.1    Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Avaya Holdings Corp.
  4.2    Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Avaya Holdings Corp. and the stockholders party thereto
  4.3**    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December   18, 2009, by and among Avaya Holdings Corp. (f/k/a Sierra Holdings Corp.), TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC and Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June  9, 2011)
  4.4**    Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May   29, 2012, by and among Avaya Holdings Corp. (f/k/a Sierra Holdings Corp.), TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC and Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on December  3, 2013)
  4.5**    Senior Manager Registration and Preemptive Rights Agreement, dated as of October   26, 2007, by and among Avaya Holdings Corp. (f/k/a Sierra Holdings Corp.) and the individual members of management listed on Schedule A thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 4.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June  9, 2011)
  4.6    Warrant Agreement between Avaya Holdings Corp. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
  4.7    Form of Warrant Certificate
10.1*    Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.2**    Management Services Agreement, dated as of October   2, 2007, by and among Avaya Holdings Corp. (f/k/a Sierra Holdings Corp.), Avaya Inc. (as successor by merger to Sierra Merger Corp.), TPG Capital, L.P. and Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December  23, 2009)
10.3**    Management Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October   26, 2007, by and among Avaya Holdings Corp. (f/k/a Sierra Holdings Corp.), the Majority Stockholders (as defined therein) and the individuals listed on Schedule A thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June  9, 2011)
10.4**    Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, by and among TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC, Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC and Avaya Holdings Corp., dated as of May  29, 2012 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.86 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on December  22, 2015)
10.5*    Form of Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2017, by and among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent and collateral agent, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and each lender from time to time party thereto.

 

1


Number    Description
10.6*    Form of ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2017, among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Avaya Canada Corp., Avaya UK, Avaya International Sales Limited, Avaya Deutschland GmbH, Avaya GmbH & Co. KG, Citibank, N.A. as collateral agent and administrative agent, the lending institutions from time to time party thereto and the lending institutions named therein as letters of credit issuers and swing line lenders.
10.7    Avaya Holdings Corp. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8    Executive Employment Agreement, dated November 13, 2017, between James M. Chirico, Jr. and Avaya Inc.
10.9*    Form of Award Agreement
21.1*    List of subsidiaries of Avaya Holdings Corp.

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.

 

2


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp.

By:

 

/s/ David Vellequette

Name: David Vellequette

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

Dated: December 15, 2017

Exhibit 2.1

SOLICITATION VERSION

 

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT      
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK      

 

   )   
In re:    )    Chapter 11
   )   
AVAYA INC., et al . 1    )    Case No. 17-10089 (SMB)
   )   

Debtors.

   )    (Jointly Administered)

 

   )   

SECOND AMENDED JOINT CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF

REORGANIZATION OF AVAYA INC. AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATES

 

James H.M. Sprayregen, P.C.       Patrick J. Nash, Jr., P.C. (admitted pro hac vice )
Jonathan S. Henes, P.C.       Ryan Preston Dahl (admitted pro hac vice )
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP       Bradley Thomas Giordano (admitted pro hac vice )
KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP       KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
601 Lexington Avenue       KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP
New York, New York 10022       300 North LaSalle
Telephone:    (212) 446-4800       Chicago, Illinois 60654
Facsimile:    (212) 446-4900       Telephone:    (312) 862-2000
Email:    james.sprayregen@kirkland.com       Facsimile:    (312) 862-2200
   jonathan.henes@kirkland.com       Email:    patrick.nash@kirkland.com
           

ryan.dahl@kirkland.com

bradley.giordano@kirkland.com

Counsel to the Debtors and Debtors in Possession

Dated: October 31, 2017

 

1 The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number, include: Avaya Inc. (3430); Avaya CALA Inc. (9365); Avaya EMEA Ltd. (9361); Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc. (4392); Avaya Holdings Corp. (9726); Avaya Holdings LLC (6959); Avaya Holdings Two, LLC (3240); Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc. (9449); Avaya Management Services Inc. (9358); Avaya Services Inc. (9687); Avaya World Services Inc. (9364); Octel Communications LLC (5700); Sierra Asia Pacific Inc. (9362); Sierra Communication International LLC (9828); Technology Corporation of America, Inc. (9022); Ubiquity Software Corporation (6232); VPNet Technologies, Inc. (1193); and Zang, Inc. (7229). The location of Debtor Avaya Inc.’s corporate headquarters and the Debtors’ service address is: 4655 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW

     1  

A.

    

Defined Terms

     1  

B.

    

Rules of Interpretation

     19  

C.

    

Computation of Time

     19  

D.

    

Governing Law

     19  

E.

    

Reference to Monetary Figures

     20  

F.

    

Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors

     20  

G.

    

Controlling Document

     20  

ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

     20  

A.

    

Administrative Claims

     20  

B.

    

DIP Financing Claims

     21  

C.

    

Professional Fee Claims

     21  

D.

    

Priority Tax Claims

     22  

ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

     22  

A.

    

Summary of Classification

     22  

B.

    

Treatment of Claims and Interests

     24  

C.

    

Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

     28  

D.

    

Special Provision Regarding Prepetition Intercompany Claims and Recharacterization Claims

     28  

E.

    

Special Provision Regarding Challenge Claims Settlement

     29  

F.

    

Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

     29  

G.

    

Elimination of Vacant Classes

     29  

H.

    

Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

     29  

I.

    

Controversy Concerning Impairment

     29  

ARTICLE IV. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

     29  

A.

    

Substantive Consolidation; General Unsecured Recoveries

     29  

B.

    

Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

     29  

C.

    

Issuance and Distribution of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock and Warrants

     30  

D.

    

Exit Facility

     30  

E.

    

New Secured Debt

     30  

F.

    

Allowed General Unsecured Claim Recoveries

     31  

G.

    

Corporate Existence

     31  

H.

    

Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors

     32  

I.

    

Cancellation of Existing Securities

     32  

J.

    

Corporate Action

     33  

K.

    

Restructuring Transactions

     34  

L.

    

Reorganized Debtors Organizational Documents

     34  

M.

    

Exemption from Certain Taxes and Fees

     34  

N.

    

Preservation of Causes of Action

     34  

O.

    

GUC Oversight Administrator

     35  

P.

    

Insurance Policies

     35  

Q.

    

Management Equity Incentive Plan

     36  

R.

    

Employee and Retiree Benefits

     36  

ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

     37  

A.

    

Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     37  

B.

    

Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

     37  

C.

    

Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     38  

 

i


D.

    

Dispute Resolution

     38  

E.

    

Indemnification Obligations

     38  

F.

    

Director and Officer Liability Insurance Policies

     38  

G.

    

Collective Bargaining Agreements

     39  

H.

    

Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

     39  

I.

    

Reservation of Rights

     39  

J.

    

Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

     39  

ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

     39  

A.

    

Reorganized Avaya Total Enterprise Value

     39  

B.

    

Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed

     39  

C.

    

Partial Distributions on Account of Allowed General Unsecured Claims

     40  

D.

    

Rights and Powers of Distribution Agent

     40  

E.

    

Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims and Interests

     40  

F.

    

Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions

     41  

G.

    

Securities Registration Exemption

     43  

H.

    

Compliance with Tax Requirements

     44  

I.

    

Allocations

     44  

J.

    

No Postpetition Interest on Claims

     44  

K.

    

Setoffs and Recoupment

     45  

L.

    

Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

     45  

ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT, UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

     45  

A.

    

Allowance of Claims

     45  

B.

    

Claims and Interests Administration Responsibilities

     46  

C.

    

Estimation of Claims

     46  

D.

    

Adjustment to Claims Register Without Objection

     46  

E.

    

Time to File Objections to Claims

     46  

F.

    

Disallowance of Claims

     46  

G.

    

Amendments to Claims

     47  

H.

    

Distributions After Allowance

     47  

I.

    

Single Satisfaction of Claims

     47  

ARTICLE VIII. SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS

     47  

A.

    

Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies

     47  

B.

    

Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

     47  

C.

    

Debtor Release

     48  

D.

    

Third Party Release

     48  

E.

    

Exculpation

     49  

F.

    

Injunction

     49  

G.

    

Subordination Rights

     50  

H.

    

Release of Liens

     50  

I.

    

Release of Preference Actions

     50  

ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

     51  

A.

    

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

     51  

B.

    

Waiver of Conditions

     52  

C.

    

Substantial Consummation

     52  

D.

    

Effect of Non-Occurrence of Conditions to the Effective Date

     52  

ARTICLE X. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

     52  

A.

    

Modification and Amendments

     52  

B.

    

Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

     53  

C.

    

Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan

     53  

 

ii


ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

     53  

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     55  

A.

    

Immediate Binding Effect

     55  

B.

    

Additional Documents

     55  

C.

    

Payment of Statutory Fees

     56  

D.

    

Reservation of Rights

     56  

E.

    

Successors and Assigns

     56  

F.

    

Service of Documents

     56  

G.

    

Term of Injunctions or Stays

     57  

H.

    

Entire Agreement

     57  

I.

    

Nonseverability of Plan Provisions

     57  

J.

    

Dissolution of Committee

     58  

 

iii


INTRODUCTION

Avaya Inc. and its Debtor affiliates, propose this joint plan of reorganization. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Article I.A. Holders of Claims and Interests may refer to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, businesses, assets, results of operations, historical financial information, and projections of future operations, as well as a summary and description of the Plan. The Debtors are the proponents of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Plan shall apply as a separate Plan for each of the Debtors, and the classification of Claims and Interests set forth herein shall apply separately to each of the Debtors.

ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THE PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,

COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW

 

A. Defined Terms

As used in this Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below.

1. “7 .00% ABL Intercreditor Joinder ” means that certain joinder agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time) dated February 11, 2011, by and among the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent, the Domestic ABL Credit Facility Agent, and the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee.

2. “ 7.00% Senior Secured Noteholders ” means Holders of the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes from time to time, in their capacity as such.

3. “ 7.00% Senior Secured Notes ” means the 7.00% senior secured first lien notes due April 1, 2019 issued pursuant to the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

4. “ 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Claims ” means all Claims against any Debtor arising from or based upon the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes or the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, including accrued but unpaid interest, costs, fees, and indemnities, which principal outstanding as of the Petition Date was in the aggregate amount equal to $1,009,000,000.00.

5. “ 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture ” means that certain indenture (as the same may have been amended, modified, supplemented, or amended and restated from time to time), dated as of February 11, 2011, for the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes by and among Avaya Inc., as the issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors, as guarantors, and the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee.

6. “ 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien ” means a Lien or other priority in payment to which the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee is entitled, pursuant to the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture or any ancillary documents, instruments, or agreements.

7. 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee ” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent and indenture trustee under the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture including any successor thereto.

8. “ 9.00% ABL Intercreditor Joinder ” means that certain joinder agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time) dated December 21, 2012, by and among the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent, the Domestic ABL Credit Facility Agent, and the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee.

 

1


9. “ 9.00% Senior Secured Noteholders ” means Holders of the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes from time to time, in their capacity as such.

10. “ 9.00% Senior Secured Notes ” means the 9.00% senior secured first lien notes due April 1, 2019 issued pursuant to the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

11. “ 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Claims ” means all Claims against any Debtor arising from or based upon the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes or the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, including accrued but unpaid interest, costs, fees, and indemnities, which principal outstanding as of the Petition Date was in the aggregate amount equal to $290,000,000.00.

12. “ 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture ” means that certain indenture (as the same may have been amended, modified, supplemented, or amended and restated from time to time) dated as of December 21, 2012, for the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes by and among Avaya Inc., as the issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors, as guarantors, and the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee.

13. “ 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien ” means a Lien or other priority in payment to which the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee is entitled, pursuant to the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture or any ancillary documents, instruments, or agreements.

14. “ 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee ” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent and indenture trustee under the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, including any successor thereto.

15. “ ABL Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain first lien intercreditor agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time) dated as of October 29, 2012, by and among the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent and the Domestic ABL Credit Facility Agent, and the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee pursuant to the 7.00% ABL Intercreditor Joinder, the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee pursuant to the 9.00% ABL Intercreditor Joinder, and the Second Lien Notes Trustee pursuant to the ABL Junior Indebtedness Designation and the ABL Junior Indebtedness Joinder.

16. “ ABL Junior Indebtedness Designation ” means that certain junior secured indebtedness designation (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time) dated March 7, 2013, by Avaya Inc.

17. “ ABL Junior Indebtedness Joinder ” means that certain junior secured indebtedness joinder (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time) dated March 7, 2013, by and among the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent, the Domestic ABL Credit Facility Agent, and the Second Lien Notes Trustee.

18. “ Ad Hoc Crossover Group ” means the ad hoc group comprising certain holders of First Lien Debt and Second Lien Notes as set forth in the Eighth Amended Verified Statement of the Ad Hoc Crossover Group Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2019 [Docket No. 1132], as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

19. “Ad Hoc Crossover Group Professional Fees” means, collectively, to the extent not previously paid in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, all outstanding reasonable and documented fees (including any transaction or completion fees) and expenses of any professionals retained on behalf of the Ad Hoc Crossover Group, including (a) Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, (b) Rothschild Inc., and (c) Moses & Singer LLP.

20. “ Ad Hoc First Lien Group ” means the ad hoc group comprising certain holders of First Lien Debt as set forth in the Eighth Amended Verified Statement Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2019 [Docket No. 1146], as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

2


21. “Ad Hoc First Lien Group Professional Fees” means, collectively, to the extent not previously paid in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, all outstanding reasonable and documented fees (including any transaction or completion fees) and expenses of any professionals retained on behalf of the Ad Hoc First Lien Group, including (a) Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, (b) PJT Partners LP, and (c) Curtis, Mallet-Prevost, Colt & Mosle LLP.

22. “ Administrative Claim ” means a Claim for costs and expenses of administration of the Debtors’ Estates pursuant to sections 503(b), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred after the Petition Date and through the Effective Date of preserving the Estates and operating the businesses of the Debtors; (b) Professional Fee Claims; (c) all requests for compensation or expense reimbursement for making a substantial contribution in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 503(b)(3), (4), and (5) of the Bankruptcy Code; (d) fees payable to the U.S. Trustee pursuant to Section 1930 of the Judicial Code; and (e) postpetition Intercompany Debtor Claims; provided that the foregoing shall not include any Second Lien Diminution in Value Claim.

23. “ Administrative Claims Bar Date ” means the first Business Day that is 90 days following the Effective Date, except as specifically set forth in the Plan or a Final Order, including the Claims Bar Date Order.

24. “ Administrative Claims Objection Bar Date ” means the first Business Day that is 180 days after the Effective Date; provided that such date may be extended by the Bankruptcy Court at the Reorganized Debtors’ request after notice and a hearing.

25. “ Advisory Agreement ” means the agreement providing for the retention of Kevin J. Kennedy as an advisor to the Reorganized Debtors, which agreement shall be consistent in all respects with the term sheet attached as Exhibit B-1 of the First Lien Plan Support Agreement and shall otherwise be acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite First Lien Creditors, in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors.

26. “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

27. “ Allocation Amount ” means the difference between (a) the aggregate of all adequate protection payments made with respect to the First Lien Debt pursuant to the DIP Financing Order minus (b) the greater of (i) zero and (ii) the difference between (x) the aggregate amount of all Allowed Administrative Claims, Priority Tax Claims, and Other Priority Claims allocable to the Unencumbered Value and (y) the Unencumbered Value.

28. “ Allowed ” means with respect to any Claim, except as otherwise provided herein: (a) a Claim that is evidenced by a Proof of Claim Filed by the Claims Bar Date in accordance with the Claims Bar Date Order (or for which Claim under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code or a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court a Proof of Claim is not or shall not be required to be Filed); (b) a Claim that is listed in the Schedules, if any, as not contingent, not unliquidated, and not disputed, and for which no Proof of Claim, as applicable, has been timely Filed; or (c) a Claim Allowed pursuant to the Plan or a Final Order; provided that with respect to a Claim described in clauses (a) and (b) above, such Claim shall be considered Allowed only if and to the extent that with respect to such Claim no objection to the allowance thereof has been interposed within the applicable period of time fixed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, or the Bankruptcy Court, or, if such an objection is so interposed and the Claim, as applicable, shall have been Allowed by a Final Order; provided , further , that (x)(i) the Debtors, prior to the Effective Date, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors, and in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors and (solely with respect to General Unsecured Claims) the Committee, or (ii) Reorganized Debtors, after the Effective Date, and, solely with respect to General Unsecured Claims, in consultation with the GUC Oversight Administrator, may affirmatively determine to allow any Claim described in clause (a) or (b) notwithstanding the fact that the period within which an objection may be interposed has not yet expired and any Claim that has been or is hereafter listed in the Schedules as contingent, unliquidated, or disputed, and for, which no Proof of Claim is or has been timely Filed (if required by the Claims Bar Date Order), is not considered Allowed and shall be expunged without further action by the Debtors and without further notice to any party or action, approval or order of the Bankruptcy Court, and (y) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Claim of any Entity subject to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed Allowed unless and until such Entity pays in full the amount that it owes such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. “Allow,” “Allowing,” and “Allowance,” shall have correlative meanings.

 

3


29. “ Assumed Executory Contract/Unexpired Lease Schedule ” means the schedule (as may be amended) of Executory Contracts and/or Unexpired Leases (including any amendments or modifications thereto) that will be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Plan.

30. “ Avaya Hourly Pension Plan ” means the qualified defined benefit pension plan titled Avaya Inc. Pension Plan.

31. “ Avaya Salaried Pension Plan ” means the qualified defined benefit pension plan titled Avaya Inc. Pension Plan for Salaried Employees.

32. “ Avoidance Actions ” means any and all actual or potential Claims and Causes of Action to avoid a transfer of property or an obligation incurred by the Debtors arising under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 502(d), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, and 553(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and applicable non-bankruptcy law.

33. “ Ballot ” means a ballot providing for the acceptance or rejection of the Plan and to make an election with respect to the Third Party Release provided by Article VIII.D.

34. “ Bankruptcy Code ” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532, as amended from time to time.

35. “ Bankruptcy Court ” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases, and, to the extent of the withdrawal of any reference under 28 U.S.C. § 157 and/or the General Order of the District Court pursuant to section 151 of title 28 of the United States Code, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.

36. “ Bankruptcy Rules ” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, promulgated under section 2075 of the Judicial Code and the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.

37. “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of HoldCo.

38. “ Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)).

39. “ Cash ” means the legal tender of the United States of America or the equivalent thereof.

40. “ Cash Flow Credit Agreement ” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time), among Avaya Inc., as borrower, Avaya Holdings Corp. (f/k/a Sierra Holdings Corp.), as holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, as guarantors, the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent, and each of the lenders from time to time party thereto.

41. “ Cash Flow Credit Facility ” means the facility provided under that certain Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007, as amended.

42. “ Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent ” means Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement and the other Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents, including any successors thereto.

43. “Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent Professional Fees” means, collectively, to the extent not previously paid in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, all outstanding reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP in its capacity as counsel to the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent.

 

4


44. “ Cash Flow Credit Facility Claims ” means all Claims against any Debtor arising under the Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents, including the Term Loan B-3 Claims, Term Loan B-4 Claims, the Term Loan B-6 Claims, the Term Loan B-7 Claims.

45. “ Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents ” means the Cash Flow Credit Agreement, that certain Guaranty dated October 26, 2007 (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified thereafter) among the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent, Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp. and certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. and that certain Pledge and Security Agreement dated October 26, 2007 (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified thereafter) among the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent, Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp. and certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. and all other loan documents, agreements, mortgages and other documentation executed in connection with the foregoing.

46. “ Cash Flow Credit Facility Secured Parties ” means the Lenders, L/C Issuers, Hedge Banks and Cash Management Banks, each as defined in the Cash Flow Credit Agreement, under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement.

47. “ Cause of Action ” means any action, claim, cause of action, controversy, demand, right, action, Lien, indemnity, guaranty, suit, obligation, liability, damage, judgment, account, defense, offset, power, privilege, license, and franchise of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known, unknown, contingent or non-contingent, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, secured or unsecured, assertable directly or derivatively, whether arising before, on, or after the Petition Date, in contract or in tort, in law, or in equity or pursuant to any other theory of law. For the avoidance of doubt, “Cause of Action” includes: (a) any right of setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment and any claim for breach of contract or for breach of duties imposed by law or in equity; (b) the right to object to Claims or Interests; (c) any Claim pursuant to section 362; (d) any claim or defense including fraud, mistake, duress, and usury; and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code; and (e) any Avoidance Actions.

48. “ Challenge Claims Settlement ” means the settlement of the Settled Challenge Claims and Letter Claims on the terms set forth in Article VIII, pursuant to the distributions on account of the Allowed General Unsecured Claims pursuant to Article III.B.7 hereof.

49. “ Chapter 11 Cases ” means: (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the case pending for that Debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court and (b) when used with reference to all of the Debtors, the procedurally consolidated and jointly administered chapter 11 cases pending for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court

50. “ Claim ” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

51. “ Claims Bar Date ” means May 8, 2017, as established by the Claims Bar Date Order.

52. “ Claims Bar Date Order ” means that certain order, entered by the Bankruptcy Court on March 22, 2017 [Docket No. 301], establishing the Claims Bar Date.

53. “ Claims Objection Deadline ” means the deadline for objecting to a Claim, which shall be on the date that is the later of (a) 180 days after the Effective Date and (b) such later date as may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court, after notice and a hearing, upon a motion by the Reorganized Debtors Filed before the day that is 180 days after the Effective Date.

54. “ Claims Register ” means the official register of Claims maintained by the Notice and Claims Agent in the Chapter 11 Cases.

55. “ Class ” means a category of Holders of Claims or Interests as set forth in Article III pursuant to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

5


56. “ Collective Bargaining Agreements ” means: (a) that certain Agreement dated May 24, 2009, between Avaya Inc. and certain locals of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, and (b) that certain Agreement dated May 25, 2009, between Avaya Inc. and certain locals of the Communications Workers of America, in each case as the same may have been amended from time to time.

57. “ Comfort Letter Obligations ” means the applicable Debtors’ obligations arising under the Comfort Letters.

58. “ Comfort Letters ” means: (a) one (1) letter agreement issued by Avaya Inc. in favor of non-Debtor affiliate Avaya International Enterprises Limited; (b) one (1) letter agreement issued by Avaya Inc. in favor of non-Debtor affiliate Avaya France SAS; (c) one (1) letter agreement issued by Avaya Inc. in favor of non-Debtor affiliate Avaya Italia SpA (“ Avaya Italia ”), which expired on January 29, 2017; (d) one (1) letter agreement issued by Avaya Inc. in favor of non-Debtor affiliate Avaya New Zealand Limited; (e) one (1) letter agreement issued by Avaya Inc. in favor of non-Debtor affiliate Avaya Holdings Ltd. (f) one (1) letter agreement issued by Avaya Luxembourg Investment Sarl in favor of non-Debtor affiliate Avaya Italia; (g) one (1) letter agreement issued by AISL in favor of Avaya Germany and one (1) letter agreement issued by AISL in favor of Avaya KG; (h) three (3) letter agreements issued by Avaya Inc. in favor of AISL, two of which were specifically issued in support of the German Comfort Letters; (i) one (1) letter agreement issued by AISL in favor of Avaya CIS LLC; (j) one (1) letter agreement issued by AISL in favor of Avaya EMEA Ltd. (Saudi Branch); and (k) one (1) Deed, dated October 25, 2012, executed by Avaya Inc. in support of certain obligations of non-Debtor affiliate Aurix Limited.

59. “ Committee ” means the statutory committee of unsecured creditors, appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code by the U.S. Trustee, pursuant to the Appointment of Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors [Docket No. 100] on January 31, 2017 .

60. “ Committee Members ” means, each in its capacity as a member of the Committee: (a) Wistron Corporation; (b) PBGC; (c) Communication Workers of America; (d) Flextronics Telecom Systems, Ltd.; (e) AT&T Services, Inc.; (f) SAE Power Inc. and SAE Power Company; and (g) Network-1 Technologies, Inc.

61. “ Confirmation ” means the entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases. “ Confirmation Date ” means the date upon which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.

62. “ Confirmation Hearing ” means the hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court to consider Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

63. “ Confirmation Order ” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court, which shall be in form and substance materially consistent with this Plan and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Requisite First Lien Creditors, the Requisite Crossover Creditors, the Committee, and PBGC, confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

64. “ Consummation ” means the occurrence of the Effective Date.

65. “ Contingent DIP Obligations ” means all of the Debtors’ obligations under the DIP Documents and the DIP Financing Order that are contingent and/or unliquidated (including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 10.04 and Section 10.05 of the DIP Financing Credit Agreement), other than DIP Financing Claims that are paid in full in Cash on or prior to the Effective Date and contingent indemnification obligations as to which a claim has been asserted on or prior to the Effective Date.

66. “ Crossover Consenting Creditors ” means the Holder Parties (as defined in the Crossover Plan Support Agreement).

67. “ Crossover Plan Support Agreement ” means that certain Plan Support Agreement dated as of October 23, 2017 among the Debtors and the Crossover Consenting Creditors, as the same may be amended, modified, or amended and restated from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

6


68. “ Cure Claim ” means a monetary Claim based upon the Debtors’ defaults under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at the time such contract or lease is assumed by the Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

69. “ D&O Liability Insurance Policies ” means all insurance policies (including any “tail policy”) of any of the Debtors for current or former directors’, managers’, and officers’ liability.

70. “ Debtors ” means, collectively: (a) Avaya Inc.; (b) Avaya CALA Inc.; (c) Avaya EMEA Ltd.; (d) Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc.; (e) Avaya Holdings Corp.; (f) Avaya Holdings LLC; (g) Avaya Holdings Two, LLC; (h) Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc.; (i) Avaya Management Services Inc.; (j) Avaya Services Inc.; (k) Avaya World Services Inc.; (l) Octel Communications LLC; (m) Sierra Asia Pacific Inc.; (n) Sierra Communication International LLC; (o) Technology Corporation of America, Inc.; (p) Ubiquity Software Corporation; (q) VPNet Technologies, Inc.; and (r) Zang, Inc., the debtors and debtors in possession in the Chapter 11 Cases.

71. “ DIP Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the DIP Financing Order.

72. “ DIP Financing ” means that certain debtor-in-possession financing facility, pursuant to the DIP Financing Credit Agreement and the DIP Financing Order.

73. “ DIP Financing Agent ” means Citibank, N.A., solely in its capacity as administrative agent under the DIP Financing Credit Agreement, including any successor thereto.

74. “DIP Financing Agent Professional Fees” means, collectively, to the extent not previously paid in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, all outstanding reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP in its capacity as counsel to the DIP Financing Agent.

75. “ DIP Financing Claims ” means any Claim held by the DIP Financing Lenders, the DIP L/C Issuer, or the DIP Financing Agent arising under or related to the DIP Financing Credit Agreement or the DIP Financing Order, including any and all fees, interest paid in kind, and accrued but unpaid interest and fees arising under the DIP Financing Credit Agreement.

76. “ DIP Financing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Superpriority Secured Debtor-In-Possession Credit Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2017 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms), by and among Avaya Inc., as borrower, Avaya Holdings Corp., as holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, as guarantors, the DIP Financing Agent, the DIP L/C Issuer, and the DIP Financing Lenders, as approved by the DIP Financing Order

77. “ DIP Financing Lenders ” means the DIP L/C Issuer, the DIP Financing Agent, the banks, financial institutions, and other lenders party to the DIP Financing from time to time, and each arranger, bookrunner, syndication agent, manager, and documentation agent under the DIP Financing.

78. “ DIP Financing Order ” means the Final Order (I)  Authorizing Debtors (A)  to Obtain Postpetition Financing Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 105, 361, 362, 363(c), 364(c)(1), 364(c)(2), 364(c)(3), 364(d)(1) and 364(e), and (b)  to Utilize Cash Collateral Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 363 (II) Granting Adequate Protection to Prepetition Secured Parties Pursuant To 11 U.S.C. §§ 361, 362, 363, 364 and 507(b) entered by the Bankruptcy Court on March 10, 2017 [Docket No. 230].

79. “ DIP L/C Facility ” means the cash collateralized letter of credit facility of up to $150,000,000 under the DIP Financing.

80. “ DIP L/C Issuer ” means Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as an issuer of letters of credit under the DIP L/C Facility.

 

7


81. “ Disclosure Statement” means the Amended Disclosure Statement for the First Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Avaya Inc. and Its Debtor Affiliates , dated as of August 24, 2017 (as may be further amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms), as supplemented by the Disclosure Statement Supplement for the Second Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Avaya Inc. and Its Debtor Affiliates , including all exhibits and schedules thereto and references therein that relate to the Plan that are prepared and distributed in accordance with applicable law.

82. “ Disclosure Statement Order ” means the order approving the Disclosure Statement entered by the Bankruptcy Court on August 25, 2017 [Docket No. 1028], as supplemented by the Order (I)  Approving the Debtors’ Continued Solicitation of the Second Amended Plan and the Adequacy of the Supplemental Disclosure in Connection Therewith, (II)  Establishing Certain Deadlines and Procedures in Connection With Plan Confirmation and Shortening Notice With Respect Thereto, (III)  Approving Supplemental Solicitation Materials in Connection Therewith, and (IV)  Granting Related Relief entered by the Bankruptcy Court on October 31, 2017 [Docket No. 1419].

83. “ Distribution Agent ” means, as applicable, the Reorganized Debtors or any Entity the Reorganized Debtors select to make or to facilitate distributions in accordance with the Plan.

84. “ Distribution Record Date ” means the date for determining which Holders of Allowed Claims (other than Holders of First Lien Debt Claims, Second Lien Notes Claims, and PBGC Claims) are eligible to receive distributions under the Plan, which, unless otherwise specified, shall be the Voting Deadline.

85. “ Domestic ABL Credit Agreement ” means that certain credit agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time), among Avaya Inc., as parent borrower, Avaya Holdings Corp. (f/k/a Sierra Holdings Corp.), as holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, as guarantors, the Domestic ABL Credit Facility Agent, and each of the lenders from time to time party thereto.

86. “ Domestic ABL Credit Facility ” means that certain credit facility provided by the Domestic ABL Credit Facility Documents.

87. “ Domestic ABL Credit Facility Agent ” means Citicorp USA, Inc., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Domestic ABL Credit Agreement and the other Domestic ABL Credit Facility Documents, including any successor thereto.

88. “ Domestic ABL Credit Facility Documents ” means the Domestic ABL Credit Agreement and all related agreements and documents executed by any of the Debtors in connection with the Domestic ABL Credit Agreement.

89. “ DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.

90. “ Effective Date ” means, with respect to the Plan, the date that is a Business Day selected by the Debtors, in consultation with the Ad Hoc First Lien Group, the Ad Hoc Crossover Group, the Committee, and PBGC, on which: (a) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect; (b) all conditions precedent specified in Article IX.B have been satisfied or waived (in accordance with Article IX.C) ; and (c) the Plan is declared effective. Any action to be taken on the Effective Date may be taken on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date.

91. “ Encumbered Value ” means the portion of Reorganized Avaya Total Enterprise Value that is allocable to the value of collateral securing the First Lien Debt.

92. “ Entity ” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

93. “ Estate ” means, as to each Debtor, the estate created for the Debtor in its Chapter 11 Case pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

8


94. “ Exculpated Parties ” means, collectively: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Committee Members; (c) the Committee, and (d) with respect to each of the foregoing, such Entity’s current and former Interest holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), subsidiaries, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such.

95. “ Executive Employment Agreement ” means the agreement providing for the employment of James M. Chirico, Jr., as Chief Executive Officer of the Reorganized Debtors, which agreement shall be consistent in all respects with the term sheet attached as Exhibit B-2 of the First Lien Plan Support Agreement and shall otherwise be acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite First Lien Creditors, in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors.

96. “ Executory Contract ” means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under sections 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

97. “ Exit Facility ” means a senior secured credit facility with a principal amount of up to $300,000,000, with the capacity for the issuance of letters of credit, in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite First Lien Creditors, and, solely with respect to increases or decreases to the principal amount of the Exit Facility, with the reasonable consent of the Requisite Crossover Creditors, entered into pursuant to the Exit Facility Documents.

98. “ Exit Facility Documents ” means, collectively, all agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection with the Exit Facility (including any guarantee agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, and other security documents), which shall be materially consistent with the Plan and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite First Lien Creditors, in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors.

99. “ Federal Judgment Rate ” means the federal judgment rate in effect as of the Petition Date, compounded annually.

100. “ File ,” “ Filed ,” or “ Filing ” means file, filed, or filing in the Chapter 11 Cases with the Bankruptcy Court or, with respect to the filing of a Proof of Claim or proof of Interest, the Notice and Claims Agent.

101. “ Final Order ” means, as applicable, an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject matter, which has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, and as to which the time to appeal or seek certiorari has expired and no appeal or petition for certiorari has been timely taken, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be Filed has been resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment was appealed or from which certiorari was sought; provided , that , the possibility that a request for relief under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules or the Local Bankruptcy Rules of the Bankruptcy Court or applicable non-bankruptcy law, may be filed relating to such order shall not prevent such order from being a Final Order.

102. “ First Lien Agents ” means, collectively, the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, and the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent.

103. “ First Lien Cash Distribution ” means the distribution of Cash to the Holders of First Lien Debt Claims from the syndication of the New Secured Debt reduced by the New Secured Debt Cash Deductions.

104. “ First Lien Consenting Creditors ” means the Holder Parties (as defined in the First Lien Plan Support Agreement).

105. “ First Lien Debt ” means, collectively, (a) the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes; (b) the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes; and (c) indebtedness under the Cash Flow Credit Facility.

 

9


106. “ First Lien Debt Claims ” means, collectively, the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Claims, the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Claims, the Cash Flow Credit Facility Claims, and the First Lien Debt Deficiency Claims.

107. “ First Lien Debt Deficiency Claims ” means the deficiency Claims on account of the First Lien Debt.

108. “ First Lien Indentures ” means, collectively, the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, together with the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

109. “ First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain first lien intercreditor agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011 (as amended, restated, modified, and supplemented from time to time), by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors (as defined in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement) party thereto, the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent, as General Credit Facilities Collateral Agent and Authorized Representative for the General Credit Facilities Secured Parties (as defined in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement), and the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, as the Initial Additional Authorized Representative (as defined in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement), and, pursuant to the First Lien Intercreditor Joinder, the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, as Additional Authorized Representative (as defined in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement).

110. “ First Lien Intercreditor Joinder ” means that certain Joinder Agreement No. 1 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time) dated December 21, 2012, by and among the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent, the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, and the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee.

111. “ First Lien Notes ” means, collectively, the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes and the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes.

112. “ First Lien Notes Claims ” means, collectively, the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Claims and the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Claims.

113. “First Lien Notes Trustee Professional Fees” means, collectively, to the extent not previously paid in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, all outstanding reasonable and documented fees and expenses of (a) Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP and (b) Greenhill & Co., LLC.

114. “ First Lien Plan Support Agreement ” means that certain Plan Support Agreement dated as of August 6, 2017 among the Debtors and the First Lien Consenting Creditors, as the same may be amended, modified, or amended and restated from time to time in accordance with its terms.

115. “ First Lien Reorganized HoldCo Equity Distribution ” means 90.5% of the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock (subject to dilution by the Warrants and the Management Equity Incentive Plan) less the General Unsecured Recovery Equity Reserve.

116. “ General Unsecured Claim ” means any Unsecured Claim, other than: (a) Administrative Claims; (b) Professional Fee Claims; (c) Priority Tax Claims; (d) Other Priority Claims; (e) PBGC Claims; (f) First Lien Debt Deficiency Claims; (g) Second Lien Notes Claims; (h) Section 510(b) Claims; (i) Intercompany Debtor Claims; and (j) Subsidiary Claims.

117. “ General Unsecured Recovery Amount ” means $57,500,000 in aggregate value, less any GUC Oversight Administrator Costs not reimbursed by the Reorganized Debtors as provided herein, in the form of Cash, Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock or a combination of Cash and Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock.

118. “ General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool ” means Cash in the amount of up to $57,500,000 on account of the Challenge Claims Settlement to (x) fund distributions as provided herein on account of General Unsecured Claims and (y) pay the GUC Oversight Administrator Costs to the extent such costs are not reimbursed by the Reorganized Debtors as provided herein.

 

10


119. “ General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool Account ” means a segregated account to be funded on or prior to the Effective Date in accordance with Article IV.E.

120. “ General Unsecured Recovery Equity Reserve ” means up to 2.55% of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock (subject to dilution by the Warrants and the Management Equity Incentive Plan) to be reserved on or prior to the Effective Date in accordance with Article IV.E for distributions of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock (with the number of shares being calculated based on the Reorganized Avaya Total Enterprise Value) to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims that irrevocably elect to receive a distribution on account of such Claim in the form of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock (and not Cash).

121. “ Governmental Unit ” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.

122. “ GUC Election ” means an election mechanism provided in each Ballot permitting each Holder of a General Unsecured Claim entitled to vote on the Plan to irrevocably elect to receive a distribution on account of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim in the form of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock (and not Cash), which must be submitted on or prior to the Voting Deadline.

123. “ GUC Oversight Administrator ” means the individual appointed by the Committee in accordance with Article IV.O of the Plan.

124. “ GUC Oversight Administrator Costs ” means the reasonable costs and expenses of the GUC Oversight Administrator, including reasonable professionals’ fees and expenses; provided that the Reorganized Debtors shall reimburse such fees and expenses incurred from the Effective Date through the first (1st) anniversary of the Effective Date in an amount not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate.

125. “ GUC Oversight Administrator Reserve ” means Cash, in an amount to be disclosed in the Plan Supplement and to be determined by the Committee in consultation with the Debtors, the Requisite First Lien Creditors, and the Requisite Crossover Creditors, reserved from the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool for payment of the GUC Oversight Administrator Costs that are not reimbursed by the Reorganized Debtors as provided herein.

126. “GUC Settlement Procedures” means the procedures governing the rights of the GUC Oversight Administrator with respect to the Allowance of General Unsecured Claims by the Reorganized Debtors (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt (i) advance notice of the Reorganized Debtors’ intention to settle disputed General Unsecured Claims above a certain threshold and an opportunity to object to such settlements, and (ii) the right to file objections to, or motions to estimate, General Unsecured Claims above a certain threshold), on terms to be agreed upon among the Debtors, the Committee, and the Requisite First Lien Creditors, in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors.

127. “ HoldCo ” means Avaya Holdings Corp.

128. “ HoldCo Allocation Amount ” means 71% of the total Allocation Amount, which is the percentage of First Lien Debt Claims consisting of Cash Flow Credit Facility Claims, based on the outstanding principal plus accrued interest as of the Petition Date.

129. “ HoldCo Interests ” means (a) all Interests in HoldCo; and (b) any claim subject to subordination pursuant to section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code arising from or related to any of the foregoing.

130. “ Holder ” means an Entity holding a Claim or an Interest, as applicable, each solely in its capacity

as such.

131. “ Impaired ” means, when used in reference to a Claim or Interest, a Claim or Interest that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

11


132. “ Indemnification Obligations ” means each of the Debtors’ indemnification obligations in place as of the Effective Date, whether in the bylaws, certificates of incorporation or formation, limited liability company agreements, other organizational or formation documents, board resolutions, management or indemnification agreements, or employment or other contracts, for their current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professionals and agents of the Debtors.

133. “ Initial General Unsecured Claims Distribution Date ” means the date on which the Distribution Agent shall make initial distributions to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims pursuant to the Plan, which shall be the first Business Day following the earlier of (x) the date upon which all Allowed General Unsecured Claims are Allowed or disallowed by Final Order or (y) the date upon which the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered a Final Order authorizing a partial distribution on account of Allowed General Unsecured Claims after notice and a hearing upon a motion filed by the Reorganized Debtors.

134. “ Intercompany Debtor Claims ” means any Claim held by a Debtor against any Debtor, including, for the avoidance of doubt, all prepetition Intercompany Debtor Claims.

135. “ Intercompany Interest ” means an Interest held by a Debtor in another Debtor or a non-Debtor subsidiary.

136. “ Interests ” means any common stock, limited liability company interest, equity security (as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code), equity, ownership, profit interests, unit, or share in the Debtors (including all options, warrants, rights, or other securities or agreements to obtain such an interest or share in such Debtor), whether or not arising under or in connection with any employment agreement and whether or not certificated, transferable, preferred, common, voting, or denominated “stock” or a similar security, including any claim against the Debtors subject to subordination pursuant to section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code arising from or related to any of the foregoing.

137. “ Interim Compensation Order ” means that certain order, entered by the Bankruptcy Court on March 28, 2017 [Docket No. 324], establishing procedures for the compensation of Professionals.

138. “ Judicial Code ” means title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1–4001.

139. “ Letter Claims ” means the potential Claims and Causes of Action described by the Committee in correspondence dated June 7, 2017.

140. “ Lien ” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.

141. “Management Equity Incentive Plan” means the post-Effective Date management equity incentive plan, which shall provide for, among other things, 6% of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock, or other Interests in Reorganized HoldCo, on a fully diluted basis, to be reserved for directors, officers, and employees of the Reorganized Debtors, with awards and terms and conditions thereunder determined by the Reorganized HoldCo Board, except as otherwise set forth in the Executive Employment Agreement, the terms of which shall be filed with the Plan Supplement and shall be acceptable to the Requisite First Lien Creditors, and, solely with respect to increases in the amount of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock to be distributed, shall be reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Crossover Creditors.

142. “ New Agent ” means the entity approved as administrative agent under the New Secured Debt Documents.

143. “ New Reorganized Debt ” means, collectively, the New Secured Debt and the Exit Facility.

144. “ New Reorganized Debt Documents ” means, collectively, the New Secured Debt Documents and the Exit Facility Documents.

 

12


145. “ New Secured Debt ” means secured indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Syndication Amount in form and substance materially consistent with the New Secured Debt Term Sheet and otherwise acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite First Lien Creditors, and, solely with respect to increases or decreases to the Syndication Amount, shall be reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Crossover Creditors.

146. “ New Secured Debt Cash Deductions ” means the amount of Cash proceeds from the syndication of the New Secured Debt totaling the amount necessary for (a) repayment of DIP Financing Claims, (b) payment of the PBGC Cash Consideration, (c) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the New Secured Debt; and (d) funding the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool Account, in each case as provided herein; provided, that to the extent the aggregate pro forma Cash on hand of the Debtors and their non-Debtor subsidiaries on the Effective Date, after all payments required to be made on or before the Effective Date in accordance with the Plan, is projected to exceed $350,000,000, such excess Cash shall be used to reduce the New Secured Debt Cash Deductions on a dollar for dollar basis.

147. “ New Secured Debt Documents ” means, collectively, all agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection with the New Secured Debt (including any guarantee agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, and other security documents), which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite First Lien Creditors, in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors.

148. “ New Secured Debt Term Sheet ” means that certain term sheet attached as Exhibit E to the First Lien Plan Support Agreement.

149. “ Notice and Claims Agent ” means Prime Clerk LLC, the notice, claims, and solicitation agent retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Order (I)  Authorizing and Approving Employment and Retention of Prime Clerk LLC as Claims and Noticing Agent for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession Nunc Pro Tunc to the Petition Date, (II)  Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 48] and Order (I)  Authorizing and Approving Employment and Retention of Prime Clerk LLC as Administrative Advisor for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession Nunc Pro Tunc to the Petition Date and (II)  Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 285].

150. “ OPEB ” means non-pension postretirement benefit obligations.

151. “ Other Priority Claim ” means any Claim against any Debtor entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, other than: (a) an Administrative Claim; (b) a Priority Tax Claim; (c) a DIP Financing Claim; or (d) a Professional Fee Claim.

152. “ Other Secured Claim ” means any Secured Claim against any Debtor, including any Secured Tax Claim, other than: (a) a First Lien Debt Claim; (b) a Second Lien Notes Claim; or (c) a DIP Financing Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, “Other Secured Claims” includes any Claim arising under, derived from, or based upon any letter of credit issued in favor of one or more Debtors, the reimbursement obligation for which is either secured by a Lien on collateral or is subject to a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.

153. “PBGC ” means Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

154. “ PBGC Cash Consideration ” means Cash in an amount equal to $340,000,000, subject to the terms and conditions of the PBGC Settlement.

155. “ PBGC Claims ” means the Allowed Claims pursuant to the PBGC Stipulation of Settlement and pursuant to the PBGC Settlement Order and/or this Plan, in full and final satisfaction of any Claims, including but not limited to, any and all Claims for unpaid required contributions, unfunded liabilities, PBGC premiums and PBGC termination premiums, arising in connection with the sponsorship, establishment and maintenance of the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan, and the termination thereof, (including in respect of Claims against the Debtors’ and their non-Debtor affiliates on account of alleged “controlled group” liability).

 

13


156. “ PBGC Settlement ” means the settlement with PBGC, the principal terms of which are set forth in the PBGC Stipulation of Settlement.

157. “ PBGC Settlement Documents ” means, collectively, all agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection with the PBGC Settlement.

158. “ PBGC Settlement Order ” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court, which shall be in form and substance materially consistent with the PBGC Stipulation of Settlement and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, PBGC, the Requisite First Lien Creditors, and, solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of PBGC Claims, the Requisite Crossover Creditors, approving the PBGC Settlement.

159. “ PBGC Stipulation of Settlement ” means that certain settlement dated as of August 10, 2017 [Docket No. 928], as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

160. “ Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.

161. “ Petition Date” means January 19, 2017.

162. “ Plan ” means this Second Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Avaya Inc. and Its Debtor Affiliates (including the Plan Supplement and all exhibits hereto and thereto), as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time.

163. “ Plan Supplement ” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan, each of which shall be in form and substance materially consistent with this Plan and otherwise acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite First Lien Creditors, to be Filed by the Debtors prior to the Confirmation Hearing, including: (a) Reorganized HoldCo Organizational Documents; (b) the Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Schedule; (c) the Assumed Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease Schedule; (d) the identity of the members of the Reorganized HoldCo Board and executive management for Reorganized HoldCo; (e) a schedule of retained Causes of Action; (f) the Management Equity Incentive Plan; (g) the Executive Employment Agreement; (h) the Advisory Agreement; (i) the New Reorganized Debt Documents; (j) the identification of the GUC Oversight Administrator; (k) the amount to be held in the GUC Oversight Administrator Reserve; (l) the GUC Settlement Procedures; (m) the Registration Rights Agreement; and (n) the Warrant Agreement. Any reference to the Plan Supplement in the Plan shall include each of the documents identified above as (a) through (n), as applicable; provided that the Warrant Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement shall each be in form and substance materially consistent with this Plan and otherwise reasonably acceptable to each of the Requisite First Lien Creditors, the Requisite Crossover Creditors, and the Debtors. The Debtors shall be entitled to amend such documents in accordance with their respective terms and Article X through and including the Effective Date.

164. “ Priority Tax Claim ” means any Claim of a Governmental Unit of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

165. “ Pro Rata ” means the proportion that an Allowed Claim in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims in that respective Class, or the proportion that Allowed Claims in a particular Class bear to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims in a particular Class and other Classes entitled to share in the same recovery as such Allowed Claim under the Plan, as applicable.

166. “ Professional ” means an Entity: (a) employed pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order in accordance with sections 327, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered before or on the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, or 363 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) awarded compensation and reimbursement by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

167. “ Professional Fee Claims ” means all Claims for fees and expenses (including transaction and success fees) incurred by a Professional on after the Petition Date to the extent such fees and expenses have not been paid pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

14


168. “ Professional Fee Claims Estimate ” means the aggregate unpaid Professional Fee Claims through the Effective Date as estimated in accordance with Article II.C.3.

169. “ Professional Fee Escrow ” means an interest-bearing escrow account established and funded pursuant to Article II.C.2.

170. “ Professional Fee Escrow Agent ” means an escrow agent for the Professional Fee Escrow Account appointed pursuant to Article II.C.2 and the escrow agreement entered into pursuant thereto.

171. “ Proof of Claim ” means a proof of Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.

172. “ Quarterly Distribution Date ” means the first Business Date after the end of each quarterly calendar period (i.e., March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each calendar year) occurring after the Effective Date.

173. “Registration Rights Agreement” means, that certain Reorganized HoldCo registration rights agreement, the material terms of which shall be included in the Plan Supplement and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Requisite First Lien Creditors, and the Requisite Crossover Creditors.

174. “ Reinstated ” or “ Reinstatement ” means, with respect to Claims and Interests, the treatment provided for in section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

175. “ Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Schedule ” means the schedule (including any amendments or modifications thereto), if any, of certain Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be rejected by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, as set forth in the Plan Supplement, as may be amended by the Debtors in consultation with the Requisite First Lien Creditors and the Requisite Crossover Creditors from time to time.

176. “ Released Party ” means each of the following in their capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) each of the Debtors’ Estates; (d) the Shareholders; (e) the First Lien Consenting Creditors; (f) the Crossover Consenting Creditors; (g) PBGC; (h) the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent and DIP Financing Agent; (i) the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee; (j) the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee; (k) the Second Lien Notes Trustee; (l) the Committee; (m) the Committee Members; and (n) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (m), such Entity and its current and former Affiliates, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ current and former directors, managers, officers, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former equity holders, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such.

177. “ Releasing Party ” means each of the following in their capacity as such: (a) all Holders of Claims who vote to accept the Plan; (b) the First Lien Consenting Creditors; (c) the Crossover Consenting Creditors; (d) PBGC; (e) the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent and DIP Financing Agent; (f) the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee; (g) the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee; (h) the Second Lien Notes Trustee; (i) the Committee; (j) the Committee Members; (k) all other Holders of Claims who are deemed to accept the Plan and who do not timely submit a duly completed opt-out form in accordance with the Disclosure Statement Order; and (l) with respect to each of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (k), such Entity and its current and former Affiliates, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ current and former directors, managers, and officers, to the extent such director, manager, or officer provides express consent, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former equity holders, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such.

 

15


178. “ Reorganized Avaya ” means Avaya Inc., or any successors thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on or after the Effective Date.

179. “Reorganized Avaya Total Enterprise Value ” means $5,721 million, which includes $201 million attributed to certain of the Debtors’ intellectual property.

180. “ Reorganized Debtors ” means the Debtors, or any successors thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on or after the Effective Date, including Reorganized Avaya and Reorganized HoldCo.

181. “ Reorganized Debtors Organizational Documents ” means the form of the certificates or articles of incorporation, bylaws, or such other applicable formation documents of each Reorganized Debtor, all in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite First Lien Creditors, in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors.

182. “ Reorganized HoldCo ” means HoldCo, or any successors thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on and after the Effective Date.

183. “ Reorganized HoldCo Board ” means the initial board of directors, members, or managers, as applicable, of Reorganized HoldCo identified in that certain correspondence by Debtors’ counsel to each of the Ad Hoc First Lien Group and Ad Hoc Crossover Group dated as of October 19, 2017; provided that in the event any such Person identified in that correspondence as a prospective member of the Reorganized HoldCo Board is unwilling or unable to serve in such capacity, a replacement for such individual shall be determined in accordance with the First Lien Plan Support Agreement in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors.

184. “Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of Reorganized HoldCo to be issued upon consummation of the Plan, which shall not be less than 100,000,000 shares.

185. “ Reorganized HoldCo Organizational Documents ” means the form of the certificates or articles of incorporation, bylaws, or such other applicable formation documents of Reorganized HoldCo, which forms shall be included in the Plan Supplement all in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite First Lien Creditors, in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors.

186. “ Requisite Crossover Creditors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Crossover Plan Support Agreement.

187. “ Requisite First Lien Creditors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the First Lien Plan Support Agreement.

188. “ Restructuring Transactions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article IV.A hereof.

189. “ Schedules ” means, collectively, the schedules of assets and liabilities, schedules of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, and statements of financial affairs Filed by the Debtors pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code and in substantial accordance with the Official Bankruptcy Forms, as the same may have been amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.

190. “ Second Lien Diminution in Value Claim ” means any Claim against the Debtors arising from or related to diminution in value, if any, with respect to the Liens or collateral securing the Second Lien Notes as of the Petition Date, including, if any, any Claims (x) asserting priority under section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code on account of the Second Lien Notes (or Liens or collateral securing the Second Lien Notes) or (y) arising under Paragraphs 22(a), 22(b), and/or 22(c) of the DIP Financing Order.

191. “ Second Lien Noteholders ” means the holders of Second Lien Notes.

192. “ Second Lien Notes” means the 10.50% second lien notes due March 1, 2021 issued pursuant to the Second Lien Notes Indenture.

 

16


193. “ Second Lien Notes Claims ” means any Claim, including any deficiency Claim, against any Debtor arising from or based upon the Second Lien Notes or the Second Lien Notes Indenture, including any Second Lien Diminution in Value Claim.

194. “ Second Lien Notes Indenture ” means that certain indenture, dated as of March 7, 2013 (as the same may have been amended, modified, supplemented, or amended and restated from time to time), for the Second Lien Notes by and among Avaya Inc., as the issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors, as guarantors, and the Second Lien Notes Trustee.

195. “ Second Lien Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien ” means a Lien or other priority in payment to which the Second Lien Notes Trustee in its capacity as collateral agent and indenture trustee is entitled, pursuant to the Second Lien Notes Indenture or any ancillary documents, instruments, agreements, or any principle of law.

196. “Second Lien Notes Settlement Equity Distribution ” means a distribution of 4.0% of the Reorganized HoldCo Equity, subject to dilution by the Warrants and the Management Equity Incentive Plan.

197. “ Second Lien Notes Trustee ” means Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, in its capacity as collateral agent and indenture trustee under the Second Lien Notes Indenture, including any successor thereto.

198. “Second Lien Notes Trustee And Professional Fees” means, collectively, to the extent not previously paid in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, all outstanding reasonable and documented fees and expenses of (a) the Second Lien Notes Trustee, (b) Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, and (c) Berkeley Research Group, LLC.

199. “ Section  510(b) Claims ” means any Claim against any Debtor: (a) arising from the rescission of a purchase or sale of a Security of any Debtor or an affiliate of any Debtor; (b) for damages arising from the purchase or sale of such a Security; (c) or for reimbursement or contribution allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of such a claim; provided that a Section 510(b) Claim shall not include any claims subject to subordination under section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code arising from or related to an equity interest.

200. “ Secured ” means, when referring to a Claim, a Claim secured by a Lien on property in which the applicable Estate has an interest, which Lien is valid, perfected, and enforceable pursuant to applicable law or by a Final Order, or that is subject to setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the applicable creditor’s interest in such Estate’s interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, in each case, as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

201. “ Secured Tax Claim ” means any Secured Claim against any Debtor that, absent its secured status, would be entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code (determined irrespective of time limitations), including any related Secured Claim for penalties.

202. “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a–77aa, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

203. “ Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78a–78nn.

204. “ Security ” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(49) of the Bankruptcy Code.

205. “ Settled Challenge Claims ” means all potential Claims and potential Causes of Action which could have been asserted on behalf of the Debtors or their Estates with respect to any Lien or security interest purportedly securing the Retained Claims Collateral (as defined in the DIP Financing Order).

206. “ Shareholders ” means each of the current and former Holders of HoldCo Interests from time to time, including those Entities identified as shareholders pursuant to the Amended List of Equity Security Holders filed at [Docket No. 7], In re Avaya Holdings Corp., Case No. 17-10098 (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Feb. 10, 2017), as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.

 

17


207. “ Subsidiary Claims ” means any Claim of a non-Debtor subsidiary of Avaya Inc. against any Debtor.

208. “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” means, each Debtor other than (a) Avaya Inc.; (b) Avaya Holdings Corp.; and (c) Sierra Communication International LLC.

209. “ Subsidiary Intercompany Claims ” means any Claim of a non-Debtor subsidiary of Avaya Inc. against any other non-Debtor or Debtor.

210. “ Syndication Amount ” means $2,925,000,000, inclusive of any original issue discount.

211. “ Term Loan B-3 Claims ” means all Claims against any Debtor arising from or based upon the B-3 term loans incurred under the Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents, which principal outstanding as of the Petition Date was in the aggregate amount equal to $615,928,097.

212. “ Term Loan B-4 Claims ” means all Claims against any Debtor arising from or based upon the B-4 term loans incurred under the Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents, which principal outstanding as of the Petition Date was in the aggregate amount equal to $819,794.

213. “ Term Loan B-6 Claims ” means all Claims against any Debtor arising from or based upon the B-6 term loans incurred under the Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents, which principal outstanding as of the Petition Date was in the aggregate amount equal to $537,033,060.

214. “ Term Loan B-7 Claims ” means all Claims against any Debtor arising from or based upon the B-7 term loans incurred under the Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents, which principal outstanding as of the Petition Date was in the aggregate amount equal to $2,080,946,472.

215. “ U.S. Qualified Pension Plans ” means the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan and the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan.

216. “ U.S. Trustee ” means the Office of the United States Trustee for Region 2.

217. “ Unencumbered Value ” means the portion of Reorganized Avaya Total Enterprise Value that is not Encumbered Value.

218. “ Unexpired Lease ” means a lease to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under sections 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

219. “ Unimpaired ” means, with respect to a Claim or a Class of Claims or Interests, a Claim or an Interest that is unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

220. “ Unsecured ” means, with respect to any Claim, any Claim that is not a Secured Claim.

221. “ Voting Deadline ” means 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on November 24, 2017, as specifically set forth in the Disclosure Statement Order, which is the deadline for submitting Ballots to accept or reject the Plan in accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code.

222. “ Warrant Agreement ” means that certain warrant agreement setting forth the full terms and conditions of the Warrants, which will be filed with the Plan Supplement and shall be in form and substance consistent with the Warrant Term Sheet and acceptable to the Requisite Fist Lien Creditors and Requisite Crossover Creditors.

223. “ Warrants ” means those certain warrants to acquire 5.132% of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock (calculated as of the Effective Date and not including any shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and not including, and subject to dilution on account of, equity issued under the Management Equity Incentive Plan and, for the avoidance of doubt, any other share issuances following the Effective Date), having the terms set forth in the Warrant Term Sheet and the Warrant Agreement.

 

18


224. “Warrant Term Sheet” means the term sheet attached to the First Lien Plan Support Agreement and the Crossover Plan Support Agreement, setting forth the material terms of the Warrants.

 

B. Rules of Interpretation

For purposes herein: (1) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) except as otherwise provided herein, any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form or substantially on those terms and conditions; (3) except as otherwise provided, any reference herein to an existing document or exhibit having been Filed or to be Filed shall mean that document or exhibit, as it may thereafter be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified in accordance with the Plan; (4) unless otherwise specified herein, all references herein to “Articles” are references to Articles of the Plan or hereto; (5) unless otherwise stated herein, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and ‘‘hereto’’ refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of the Plan; (6) captions and headings to Articles are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation hereof; (7) the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (8) unless otherwise specified, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply to the Plan; (9) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be; (10) any docket number references in the Plan shall refer to the docket number of any document Filed with the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases; (11) references to “Proofs of Claim,” “Holders of Claims,” “disputed Claims,” and the like shall include “Proofs of Interest,” “Holders of Interests,” “disputed Interests,” and the like as applicable; (12) references to “shareholders,” “directors,” and/or “officers” shall also include “members” and/or “managers,” as applicable, as such terms are defined under the applicable state limited liability company laws; (13) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Requisite Crossover Creditors (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims and the treatment provided to them on account of the PBGC Settlement, and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and the Committee (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of General Unsecured Claims, and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan all without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity; and (14) except as otherwise provided, any references to the Effective Date shall mean the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

 

C. Computation of Time

Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein. If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to the Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

D. Governing Law

Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws, shall govern the rights, obligations, construction, and implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents, instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection with the Plan (except as otherwise set forth in those agreements, in which case the governing law of such agreement shall control); provided that corporate or limited liability company governance matters relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, not incorporated or formed (as applicable) in the State of New York shall be governed by the laws of the state of incorporation or formation (as applicable) of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor.

 

19


E. Reference to Monetary Figures

All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided herein.

 

F. Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the extent the context requires.

 

G. Controlling Document

In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, the terms of the Plan shall control in all respects. In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Plan Supplement, the terms of the relevant document in the Plan Supplement shall control (unless stated otherwise in such Plan Supplement document or in the Confirmation Order). In the event of an inconsistency between the Confirmation Order and the Plan, the Confirmation Order shall control.

ARTICLE II.

ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, including DIP Financing Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the classification of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III.

 

A. Administrative Claims

Except with respect to Professional Fee Claims and DIP Financing Claims, and except to the extent that an Administrative Claim has already been paid during the Chapter 11 Cases or a Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the applicable Debtor, prior to the Effective Date with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors, or after the Effective Date, the applicable Reorganized Debtor agrees to less favorable treatment, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim shall be paid in full in Cash: (1) if such Administrative Claim is Allowed as of the Effective Date, not later than the Effective Date; (2) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, upon entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court Allowing such Claim, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; provided that if an Allowed Administrative Claim arises from liabilities incurred by the Debtors’ Estates in the ordinary course of business after the Petition Date, such Claim shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Claim in the ordinary course.

Except as otherwise provided in this Article II.A and except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims or DIP Financing Claims, requests for payment of Allowed Administrative Claims must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the procedures specified in the Confirmation Order and the notice of entry of the Confirmation Order no later than the Administrative Claims Bar Date; provided, however that the Administrative Claims Bar Date does not apply to Professional Fee Claims or Administrative Claims arising in the ordinary course of business.

Objections to requests for payment of Administrative Claims that are Filed with the Bankruptcy Court (other than Professional Fee Claims and DIP Financing Claims) must be Filed and served on the requesting party by the Administrative Claims Objection Bar Date.

 

20


Notwithstanding the foregoing, requests for payment of fees and expenses of professionals compensated pursuant to the DIP Financing Order are not required to File and serve such requests other than in compliance with the procedures set forth in the DIP Financing Order.

HOLDERS OF ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS THAT ARE REQUIRED TO, BUT DO NOT, FILE AND SERVE A REQUEST FOR PAYMENT OF SUCH ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS BAR DATE SHALL BE FOREVER BARRED, ESTOPPED, AND ENJOINED FROM ASSERTING SUCH ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AGAINST THE DEBTORS OR THEIR PROPERTY AND SUCH ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS SHALL BE DEEMED DISCHARGED AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE.

 

B. DIP Financing Claims

All DIP Financing Claims shall be deemed Allowed as of the Effective Date in an amount equal to (i) the principal amount outstanding under the DIP Financing facility on such date, (ii) all interest accrued and unpaid thereon to the date of payment and (iii) all accrued and unpaid fees, expenses and noncontingent indemnification obligations payable under the DIP Financing Credit Agreement and the DIP Financing Order. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed DIP Financing Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, each Allowed DIP Financing Claim, each such Allowed DIP Financing Claim shall be paid in full, in Cash, by the Debtors on the Effective Date with Cash proceeds from the New Secured Debt. Contemporaneously with the foregoing payment, except with respect to Contingent DIP Obligations (which shall survive the Effective Date and shall continue to be governed by the DIP Financing facility as provided below), the DIP Financing facility and the “Loan Documents” referred to therein shall be deemed canceled, all Liens on property of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors arising out of or related to the DIP Financing facility shall automatically terminate, and all Collateral subject to such Liens shall be automatically released, in each case without further action by the DIP Financing Agent or the DIP Financing Lenders and all guarantees of the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors arising out of or related to the DIP Financing Claims shall be automatically discharged and released, in each case without further action by the DIP Financing Agent or the DIP Financing Lenders. The DIP Financing Agent and the DIP Financing Lenders shall take all actions to effectuate and confirm such termination, release and discharge as reasonably requested by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

 

C. Professional Fee Claims

 

  1. Final Fee Applications

All final requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court no later than the first Business Day that is sixty (60) days after the Effective Date unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

  2. Professional Fee Escrow Account

If the Professional Fee Claims Estimate is greater than zero, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Confirmation Date and no later than the Effective Date, the Debtors shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Claims Estimate, and no Liens, Claims, or interests shall encumber the Professional Fee Escrow in any way (whether on account of the Exit Facility, the New Secured Debt, or otherwise). The Professional Fee Escrow (including funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow) (x) shall not be and shall not be deemed property of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors and (y) shall be held in trust for the Professionals; provided that funds remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow after all Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been irrevocably paid in full shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors. Allowed Professional Fee Claims shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow when such Claims are Allowed by an order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided , that the Debtors’ and Reorganized Debtors’ obligations with respect to Professional Fee Claims shall not be limited nor deemed limited in any way to the balance of funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow.

 

21


If the amount in any Professional Fee Escrow Account is insufficient to fund payment in full of all Allowed amounts owing to Professionals, the deficiency shall be promptly funded to the Professional Fee Escrow Account without any further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

  3. Professional Fee Claims Estimate

Professionals shall estimate in good faith their unpaid Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses incurred in rendering services to the Debtors before and as of the Effective Date and shall deliver such good faith estimate to the Debtors and to counsel for the Ad Hoc First Lien Group and the Ad Hoc Crossover Group no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Effective Date; provided , however , that such estimate shall not be deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of the Professional’s final request for payment of Filed Professional Fee Claims. If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors shall estimate in good faith the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional.

 

  4. Post-Effective Date Fees and Expenses

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, on and after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, pay in Cash the reasonable legal, professional, or other fees and expenses related to implementation of the Plan and Consummation incurred by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the GUC Oversight Administrator (solely with respect to the GUC Oversight Administrator Costs), as applicable. Upon the Effective Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331, 363, and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may employ any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

D. Priority Tax Claims

Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim and the applicable Debtor prior to the Effective Date, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors, or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor agree to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code and, for the avoidance of doubt, holders of Allowed Priority Tax Claims will receive interest on such Allowed Priority Tax Claims after the Effective Date in accordance with sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

ARTICLE III.

CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

A. Summary of Classification

Claims and Interests, except for Administrative Claims, including DIP Financing Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Tax Claims, are classified in the Classes set forth in this Article III. A Claim or Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the extent that such Claim is an Allowed Claim in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.

The classification of Claims and Interests against each Debtor pursuant to the Plan is as set forth below. The Plan shall apply as a separate Plan for each of the Debtors, and the classification of Claims and Interests set forth herein shall apply separately to each of the Debtors. All of the potential Classes for the Debtors are set forth herein. Certain of the Debtors may not have Holders of Claims or Interests in a particular Class or Classes, and such Claims shall be treated as set forth in Article III.G.

 

22


  1. Class  Identification

The classification of Claims and Interests against each Debtor (as applicable) pursuant to the Plan is as follows:

 

Class

  

Claim / Interest

  

Status

  

Voting Rights

1    Other Priority Claims    Unimpaired   

Not Entitled to Vote

(Presumed to Accept)

2    Other Secured Claims    Unimpaired   

Not Entitled to Vote

(Presumed to Accept)

3(A)    First Lien Debt Claims with respect to each Debtor other than Avaya Holdings Corp. and Sierra Communication International LLC    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
3(B)    First Lien Debt Claims with respect to Debtor, Avaya Holdings Corp.    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
4    Second Lien Notes Claims with respect to each Debtor other than Avaya Holdings Corp. and Sierra Communication International LLC    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
5    PBGC Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
6    General Unsecured Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
7    Prepetition Intercompany Debtor Claims    Unimpaired   

Not Entitled to Vote

(Deemed to Accept)

8    Subsidiary Claims    Unimpaired   

Not Entitled to Vote

(Deemed to Accept)

9    Section 510(b) Claims    Impaired   

Not Entitled to Vote

(Deemed to Reject)

10    Intercompany Interests    Unimpaired   

Not Entitled to Vote

(Deemed to Accept)

11    HoldCo Interests    Impaired   

Not Entitled to Vote

(Deemed to Reject)

 

23


B. Treatment of Claims and Interests

 

  1. Class  1 – Other Priority Claims

 

  a. Classification : Class 1 consists of Other Priority Claims.

 

  b. Treatment : Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim and the applicable Debtor prior to the Effective Date, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors, or after the Effective Date, the applicable Reorganized Debtor agree to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Other Priority Claim, each such Holder shall receive payment in full, in Cash, of the unpaid portion of its Other Priority Claim on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable (or, if payment is not then due, shall be paid in accordance with its terms in the ordinary course).

 

  c. Voting : Class 1 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Each Holder of an Other Priority Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, each Holder of an Other Priority Claim is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  2. Class  2 – Other Secured Claims

 

  a. Classification : Class 2 consists of Other Secured Claims.

 

  b. Treatment : Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim and the applicable Debtor prior to the Effective Date, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors, or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor agree to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Other Secured Claim, each such Holder shall receive at the applicable Debtor’s, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors, or Reorganized Debtor’s discretion:

 

  (i) payment in full in cash of the unpaid portion of such Holder’s Allowed Other Secured Claim on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable (or if payment is not then due, shall be paid in accordance with its terms in the ordinary course);

 

  (ii) Reinstatement of such Holder’s Allowed Other Secured Claim;

 

  (iii) the applicable Debtor’s interest in the collateral securing such Holder’s Other Secured Claim; or

 

  (iv) such other treatment rendering such Holder’s Allowed Other Secured Claim unimpaired.

 

  c. Voting : Class 2 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Each Holder of an Other Secured Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, each Holder of an Other Secured Claim is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

24


  3. Class  3(A)—First Lien Debt Claims with respect to each Debtor other than Avaya Holdings Corp. and Sierra Communication International LLC

 

  a. Classification : Class 3(A) consists of all First Lien Debt Claims, but for the avoidance of doubt, Class 3(A) does not exist with respect to Debtors Avaya Holdings Corp. or Sierra Communication International LLC and instead Class 3(B) shall govern the treatment of First Lien Debt Claims with respect to Debtor Avaya Holdings Corp.

 

  b. Allowance : The First Lien Debt Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of $4,609,365,976.

 

  c. Treatment : On the Effective Date, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Claims, each Holder of a First Lien Debt Claim, in each case without duplication among the Debtors, shall receive, its Pro Rata share of, as applicable:

 

  (i) if the New Secured Debt is syndicated in an amount greater than or equal to the Syndication Amount, such Holder will receive its Pro Rata share of the First Lien Cash Distribution; or

 

  (ii) if the New Secured Debt is syndicated in an amount less than the Syndication Amount, such Holder will receive its Pro Rata share of the (i) unsyndicated portion of the New Secured Debt and (ii) Cash in an amount equal to the proceeds from the syndication of the New Secured Debt less the New Secured Debt Cash Deductions;

 

  (iii) the First Lien Reorganized HoldCo Equity Distribution; and

 

  (iv) distributions of Cash or Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock, if any, from the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool Account and/or the General Unsecured Recovery Equity Reserve, as applicable, pursuant to Article IV.F.

 

  (v) On the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Class 3A Claim shall be deemed to have received its Pro Rata share of the Allocation Amount of adequate protection payments as payments of principal on account of such Claims.

 

  d. Voting : Class 3(A) is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a First Lien Debt Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  4. Class  3(B)—First Lien Debt Claims with respect to Debtor Avaya Holdings Corp.

 

  a. Classification : Class 3(B) consists of all First Lien Debt Claims other than First Lien Notes Claims only with respect to Avaya Holdings Corp.

 

  b. Allowance : The First Lien Debt Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of $3,281,346,976.

 

  c. Treatment :

 

  (i) On the Effective Date, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Claims, each Holder of a First Lien Debt Claim, in each case without duplication among the Debtors, shall receive, its Pro Rata share of, as applicable, the recoveries provided on account of Class 3(A).

 

25


  (ii) On the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Class 3B Claim shall be deemed to have received its Pro Rata share of the HoldCo Allocation Amount of adequate protection payments as payments of principal on account of such Claims.

 

  d. Voting : Class 3(B) is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a First Lien Debt Claim, other than a First Lien Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan for Debtor Avaya Holdings Corp.

 

  5. Class  4—Second Lien Notes Claims with respect to each Debtor other than Avaya Holdings Corp. and Sierra Communication International LLC

 

  a. Classification : Class 4 consists of all Second Lien Notes Claims, but for the avoidance of doubt, Class 4 does not exist with respect to Debtors Avaya Holdings Corp. or Sierra Communication International LLC.

 

  b. Allowance : The Second Lien Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount equal to $1,439,960,282.

 

  c. Treatment : On the Effective Date, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Claims (including with respect to any deficiency Claim), each Holder of Second Lien Notes Claims shall receive, in each case without duplication among the Debtors:

 

  (i) its Pro Rata share of the Second Lien Notes Settlement Equity Distribution; and

 

  (ii) its Pro Rata share of the Warrants.

 

  d. Voting : Class 4 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a Second Lien Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  6. Class  5 – PBGC Claims

 

  a. Classification : Class 5 consists of all PBGC Claims.

 

  b. Allowance : The PBGC Claims with respect to the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount not less than the sum of (i) $1,240,300,000, on account of unfunded benefit liabilities with respect to the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan, and (ii) any and all unpaid minimum funding contributions due with respect to the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan.

 

  c. Treatment of PBGC Claims with respect to the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan: In full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and compromise of each Allowed PBGC Claim, on the Effective Date PBGC shall receive the treatment pursuant to the PBGC Stipulation of Settlement for the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan, consisting of:

 

  (i) the PBGC Cash Consideration; and

 

  (ii) 5.5% of the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock, subject to dilution for the Warrants and for any Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock issued pursuant to the Management Equity Incentive Plan.

 

  d. Voting: Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan. PBGC is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

26


  7. Class  6—General Unsecured Claims

 

  a. Classification : Class 6 consists of all General Unsecured Claims.

 

  b. Treatment : Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each such Claim, each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive its Pro Rata distribution of the General Unsecured Recovery Amount in Cash from the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool; provided that such Holder may irrevocably elect to receive the value of such distribution on account of such Claim in the form of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock (with the number of shares being calculated based on the Reorganized Avaya Total Enterprise Value) and not Cash pursuant to a duly completed GUC Election that is submitted on or prior to the Voting Deadline.

For the avoidance of doubt, (x) any Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim that does not submit a duly completed GUC Election on or prior to the Voting Deadline shall receive a distribution on account of such Claim in the form of Cash and not Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock and (y) the aggregate value of all distributions in respect of Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall not exceed the General Unsecured Recovery Amount (whether in the form of Cash or Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock).

 

  c. Voting : Class 6 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  8. Class  7—Prepetition Intercompany Debtor Claims

 

  a. Classification : Class 7 consists of all Prepetition Intercompany Debtor Claims.

 

  b. Treatment : Except to the extent that a Holder of a prepetition Intercompany Debtor Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each prepetition Intercompany Debtor Claim, each Holder of such prepetition Intercompany Debtor Claim shall receive such treatment as to render such Holder Unimpaired.

 

  c. Voting : Class 7 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a prepetition Intercompany Debtor Claim will be conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, each Holder of a prepetition Intercompany Debtor Claim will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  9. Class  8—Subsidiary Claims

 

  a. Classification : Class 8 consists of all Subsidiary Claims.

 

  b. Treatment : Except to the extent that a Holder of a Subsidiary Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Subsidiary Claim, each Holder of such Subsidiary Claim shall receive such treatment as to render such Holder Unimpaired.

 

  c. Voting : Class 8 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a Subsidiary Claim will be conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, each Holder of a Subsidiary Claim will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

27


  10. Class  9—Section  510(b) Claims

 

  a. Classification : Class 9 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims.

 

  b. Treatment : Section 510(b) Claims will be canceled, released, discharged, and extinguished as of the Effective Date, and will be of no further force or effect, and Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will not receive any distribution on account of such Section 510(b) Claims.

 

  c. Voting : Holders of Section 510(b) Claims are deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Section 510(b) Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  11. Class  10—Intercompany Interests

 

  a. Classification : Class 10 consists of all Intercompany Interests.

 

  b. Treatment : Intercompany Interests shall be Reinstated so as to maintain the organizational structure of the Debtors as such structure existed on the Petition Date unless treated otherwise in connection with a Restructuring Transaction.

 

  c. Voting : Holders of Intercompany Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan. Therefore, Holders of Intercompany Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  12. Class  11—HoldCo Interests

 

  a. Classification : Class 11 consists of all HoldCo Interests.

 

  b. Treatment : On the Effective Date, all HoldCo Interests shall be cancelled without any distribution on account of such Interests.

 

  c. Voting : Holders of HoldCo Interests are deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

C. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, nothing herein shall be deemed to affect, diminish, or impair the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ rights and defenses, both legal and equitable, with respect to any Reinstated Claim or Unimpaired Claim, including legal and equitable defenses to setoffs or recoupment against Reinstated Claims or Unimpaired Claims; and, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, nothing herein shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any Claim, Cause of Action, right of setoff, or other legal or equitable defense which the Debtors had immediately prior to the Petition Date, against or with respect to any Claim that is Unimpaired by the Plan. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, reserve, and be entitled to assert all such Claims, Causes of Action, rights of setoff, and other legal or equitable defenses which the Debtors had immediately prior to the Petition Date fully as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, and all of the Reorganized Debtors’ legal and equitable rights with respect to any Reinstated Claim or Claim that is Unimpaired by this Plan may be asserted after the Confirmation Date and the Effective Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced.

 

D. Special Provision Regarding Prepetition Intercompany Claims and Recharacterization Claims

 

28


Any and all prepetition Intercompany Debtor Claims, Subsidiary Claims, and Recharacterization Claims shall be settled and compromised. Distributions on account of the Allowed Claims resulting from such settlement and compromise shall be effected through the distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prepetition Intercompany Debtor Claims and Subsidiary Claims may be deemed settled, Reinstated or otherwise Unimpaired, in whole or in part, as of the Effective Date, in each case, at the discretion of the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors and in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors, or Reorganized Debtors.

 

E. Special Provision Regarding Challenge Claims Settlement

Any and all Settled Challenge Claims and Letter Claims shall be settled, compromised, or waived pursuant to Article VIII. Distributions on account of the Allowed General Unsecured Claims resulting from such settlement and compromise shall be effected through the distributions to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims pursuant to the Plan.

 

F. Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by an Impaired Class of Claims. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Interests.

 

G. Elimination of Vacant Classes

Any Class of Claims or Interests that does not have a Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or a Claim or Interest temporarily Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing shall be deemed eliminated from the Plan for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and for purposes of determining acceptance or rejection of the Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

H. Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

If a Class contains Claims eligible to vote and no Holders of Claims eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the Plan shall be presumed accepted by the Holders of such Claims in such Class.

 

I. Controversy Concerning Impairment

If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests, or any Class of Claims or Interests, are Impaired, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy on or before the Confirmation Date.

ARTICLE IV.

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

 

A. Substantive Consolidation; General Unsecured Recoveries

The Plan is being proposed as a joint plan of reorganization of the Debtors for administrative purposes only and constitutes a separate chapter 11 plan of reorganization for each Debtor. The Plan is not premised upon the substantive consolidation of the Debtors with respect to the Classes of Claims or Interests set forth in the Plan; provided that the Reorganized Debtors may, consolidate Allowed Claims into one Estate for purposes of distributions from the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool or the General Unsecured Recovery Equity Reserve, as applicable.

 

B. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

The Reorganized Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan with (1) Cash on hand; (2) the issuance and distribution of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock and Warrants; (3) proceeds from the Exit Facility; and (4) indebtedness issued pursuant to the New Secured Debt, or the Cash proceeds thereof.

 

29


C. Issuance and Distribution of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock and Warrants

The issuance of the Warrants and Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock (including any Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants) shall be authorized without the need for any further corporate action and without any further action by the Holders of Claims or Interests.

On the Effective Date, applicable Holders of Claims shall receive shares of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock and/or Warrants, as applicable, in exchange for their Claims pursuant to Article III.B.

All of the shares of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock (including any Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants) issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance of the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock under the Plan (including any Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants) shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance. On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, Reorganized HoldCo shall cause the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock to be registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act.

For the avoidance of doubt, any claimant’s acceptance of Warrants and/or Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock (including any Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants), as applicable, shall be deemed as its agreement to the Reorganized HoldCo Organizational Documents, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time following the Effective Date in accordance with its terms.

 

D. Exit Facility

Reorganized Avaya and one or more Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the Exit Facility on the Effective Date, on terms set forth in the Exit Facility Documents.

Confirmation shall be deemed approval of the Exit Facility (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations and guarantees to be incurred and fees paid in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Court previously, the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to obtain the Exit Facility, including the Exit Facility Documents and any related New Secured Debt Documents, without further notice to or order of the Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as the Debtors (with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors and, solely with respect to increases or decreases to the principal amount of the Exit Facility, the Requisite Crossover Creditors) or Reorganized Debtors may deem to be necessary to consummate the Exit Facility.

 

E. New Secured Debt

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall issue the New Secured Debt and provide any related guarantees, on terms set forth in the New Secured Debt Documents.

The Debtors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to syndicate for Cash the New Secured Debt; provided that if the Debtors do not syndicate the New Secured Debt in an amount greater than or equal to the Syndication Amount, after refinancing the DIP Financing, on the Effective Date, Reorganized Avaya shall issue the (i) unsyndicated portion of the New Secured Debt and (ii) Cash proceeds from the syndicated portion of the New Secured Debt to Holders of First Lien Debt Claims in accordance with Article III.B.

Confirmation shall be deemed approval of the issuance and incurrence of the New Secured Debt (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations and guarantees to be incurred and fees paid in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Court previously, and the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to issue the New Secured Debt and related guarantees, including the New Secured Debt Documents, without further

 

30


notice to or order of the Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors and, solely with respect to increases or decreases to the Syndication Amount, shall be reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Crossover Creditors, may deem to be necessary to consummate the New Secured Debt.

 

F. Allowed General Unsecured Claim Recoveries

 

  1. General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool

On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall establish and fund the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool Account with Cash in an amount equal to the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool, which shall be held in trust for Pro Rata distributions on account of Allowed General Unsecured Claims as provided herein.

The General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool Account (x) shall not be and shall not be deemed property of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, (y) shall be held in trust to fund distributions as provided herein, and (z) and no Liens, Claims, or Interests shall encumber the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool Account in any way (whether on account of the Exit Facility, the New Secured Debt or otherwise); provided that commencing on the Initial General Unsecured Claims Distribution Date and continuing on each Quarterly Distribution Date thereafter, Cash held in the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool Account shall be promptly distributed on a dollar-for-dollar basis for each distribution from the General Unsecured Recovery Equity Reserve to Holders of General Unsecured Claims (with the number of shares being calculated based on the Reorganized Avaya Total Enterprise Value) to Holders of First Lien Debt Claims on a Pro Rata basis.

 

  2. General Unsecured Recovery Equity Reserve

After the Voting Deadline, the Debtors shall determine General Unsecured Recovery Equity Reserve with the consent of the Committee and the Requisite First Lien Creditors for distributions on account of Allowed General Unsecured Claims where Holders have irrevocably elected to receive distributions on account of such Claims in the form of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock (and not Cash) pursuant to a duly completed GUC Election; provided that if the Debtors, the Committee, and the Requisite First Lien Creditors cannot agree on such amount, such amount shall be determined by the Bankruptcy Court after notice and a hearing prior to the Effective Date; provided further that in no instance shall the amount of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock delivered or required to be delivered to the General Unsecured Recovery Equity Reserve on the Effective Date exceed 2.55% of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock (subject to dilution by the Warrants and the Management Equity Incentive Plan).

Commencing on the Initial General Unsecured Claims Distribution Date and continuing on each Quarterly Distribution Date thereafter, Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock held in the General Unsecured Recovery Equity Reserve shall be distributed on a dollar-for-dollar basis for each distribution to Holders of General Unsecured Claims from the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool Account to Holders of First Lien Debt Claims on a Pro Rata basis.

 

G. Corporate Existence

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan (including with respect to any Restructuring Transaction undertaken pursuant to the Plan), the Reorganized Debtors Organizational Documents, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, on and after the Effective Date, each Debtor shall continue to exist as a Reorganized Debtor and as a separate corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other analogous formation documents) in effect before the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other analogous formation documents) are amended by the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state,

 

31


provincial, or federal law) provided such modifications shall be implemented in accordance with the First Lien Plan Support Agreement and the Crossover Plan Support Agreement or otherwise be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite First Lien Creditors, and in each case in consultation with the Crossover Consenting Creditors.

 

H. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, on the Effective Date, all property in each Estate, all Causes of Action, all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by any of the Debtors, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors, including Interests held by the Debtors in non-Debtor subsidiaries, pursuant to the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances unless expressly provided otherwise by the Plan or Confirmation Order. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property, and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.

 

I. Cancellation of Existing Securities

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, on the Effective Date: (1) the Cash Flow Credit Agreement, the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, and the Second Lien Indenture, and any other certificate, share, note, bond, indenture, purchase right, option, warrant, or other instrument or document, directly or indirectly, evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors giving rise to any Claim or Interest (except such certificates, notes, or other instruments or documents evidencing indebtedness or obligations of the Debtors that are specifically Reinstated pursuant to the Plan) shall be cancelled, except, with respect to the Cash Flow Credit Agreement, the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, and the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, as applicable, as necessary to (i) enforce the rights, Claims and interests of the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent, the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, or the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, as applicable, and any predecessor thereof vis-a-vis the Cash Flow Credit Facility Secured Parties and any parties other than the Debtors, (ii) to allow the receipt of distributions under the Plan and the subsequent distribution of such amounts in accordance with the terms of the Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents, the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, or the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, as applicable, and (iii) preserve any rights of the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent and any predecessor thereof as against any money or property distributable to holders of Cash Flow Credit Facility Secured Claims, including any priority in respect of payment and the right to exercise any charging lien and (2) the obligations of the Debtors pursuant, relating, or pertaining to any agreements, indentures, certificates of designation, bylaws, or certificate or articles of incorporation or similar documents governing the shares, certificates, notes, bonds, purchase rights, options, warrants, or other instruments or documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of the Debtors (except such agreements, certificates, notes, or other instruments evidencing indebtedness or obligations of the Debtors that are specifically Reinstated pursuant to the Plan) shall be released and discharged; provided that notwithstanding Confirmation or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any such indenture or agreement that governs the rights of the Holder of a Claim or Interest shall also continue in effect to allow (x) the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee and any predecessor trustee under the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture and (y) the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee and any predecessor trustee under the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, to (A) enforce the rights, Claims and interests of the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee or the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, as applicable, and any predecessor thereof vis-à-vis the 7.00% Senior Secured Noteholders and the 9.00% Senior Secured Noteholders and any parties other than the Debtors, (B) exercise their respective charging liens for the payment of its fees and expenses and for indemnification as provided in the applicable indenture, if not otherwise paid hereunder, and (C) appear and be heard in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court, including to enforce any obligation owed to the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee or the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee under the Plan; and (z) the Second Lien Notes Trustee to (A) enforce the rights, Claims and interests of the Second Lien Notes Trustee and any predecessor thereof vis-à-vis the Second Lien Noteholders and any parties other than the Debtors, (B) receive distributions under the Plan and to distribute them to the Second Lien Noteholders in accordance with the terms of the Second Lien Notes Indenture, (C) exercise its charging lien for the payment of its fees and expenses and for indemnification as provided in the applicable indenture, if not otherwise paid hereunder, and (D) appear and be heard in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court, including to enforce any obligation

 

32


owed to the Second Lien Notes Trustee under the Plan. Except for the foregoing, (1) the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent and its respective agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents and the Plan, except with respect to such other rights of the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent that, pursuant to the Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents, survive the termination of the Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents. Subsequent to the performance by the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent of its obligations pursuant to the Plan, the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent and its agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents, (2) the Second Lien Notes Trustee and its respective agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the Second Lien Notes Indenture and the Plan, except with respect to such other rights of the Second Lien Notes Trustee that, pursuant to the Second Lien Notes Indenture, survive the termination of the Second Lien Notes Indenture. Subsequent to the performance by the Second Lien Notes Trustee of its obligations pursuant to the Plan, the Second Lien Notes Trustee and its agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the Second Lien Notes Indenture, (3) the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee and its respective agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture and the Plan, except with respect to such other rights of the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee that, pursuant to the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, survive the termination of the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture. Subsequent to the performance by the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee of its obligations pursuant to the Plan, the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture and its agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, and (4) 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee and its respective agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture and the Plan, except with respect to such other rights of the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee that, pursuant to the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture, survive the termination of the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture. Subsequent to the performance by the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee of its obligations pursuant to the Plan, the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee and its agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

If the record holder of the First Lien Notes or Second Lien Notes is DTC or its nominee or another securities depository or custodian thereof, and such First Lien Notes or Second Lien Notes are represented by a global security held by or on behalf of DTC or such other securities depository or custodian, then each such holder of the First Lien Notes or Second Lien Notes shall be deemed to have surrendered such holder’s note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness upon surrender of such global security by DTC or such other securities depository or custodian thereof.

 

J. Corporate Action

Upon the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, all actions contemplated by the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved by the Bankruptcy Court in all respects, including, as applicable: (1) the issuance of the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock and Warrants; (2) the selection of the directors and officers for Reorganized HoldCo and the other Reorganized Debtors; (3) assumption of the Executive Employment Agreement and Advisory Agreement by the Reorganized Debtors; (4) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions; and (5) all other actions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date). Upon the Effective Date, all matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of Reorganized HoldCo and the other Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors, Reorganized HoldCo, or the other Reorganized Debtors in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors, or officers of the Debtors, Reorganized HoldCo, or the other Reorganized Debtors. On or before the Effective Date, as applicable, the appropriate officers of the Debtors, Reorganized HoldCo, or the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, securities, and instruments contemplated by the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated by the Plan), in the name of and on behalf of Reorganized HoldCo and the other Reorganized Debtors, to the extent not previously authorized by the Bankruptcy Court. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV.K shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.

 

33


K. Restructuring Transactions

Following the Confirmation Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Debtors, may take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate in the Debtors’ discretion, with the consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, of the Requisite First Lien Creditors, and in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors, prior to the Effective Date and thereafter the Reorganized Debtors, to effectuate any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including: (1) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, arrangement, continuance, dissolution, sale, purchase, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan; (2) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan; (3) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, amalgamation, arrangement, continuance, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state or law; and (4) all other actions that the Debtors determine to be necessary, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law in connection with the Plan. The Restructuring Transactions shall be subject to the consent, not to be withheld, conditioned, or delayed, of the Requisite First Lien Creditors and in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors, prior to the Effective Date and thereafter the Reorganized Debtors and shall be structured in a manner that takes into account the tax position of creditors and the Reorganized Debtors.

 

L. Reorganized Debtors Organizational Documents

To the extent required under the Plan or applicable non-bankruptcy law, on the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will file such Reorganized Debtors Organizational Documents as are required to be filed with the applicable Secretary of State and/or other applicable authorities in the state, province, or country of incorporation in accordance with the corporate laws of the respective state, province, or country of incorporation. Pursuant to section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors Organizational Documents will prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may amend and restate their respective Reorganized Debtors Organizational Documents, and the Reorganized Debtors may file their respective certificates or articles of incorporation, bylaws, or such other applicable formation documents, and other constituent documents as permitted by the laws of the respective states, provinces, or countries of incorporation and the Reorganized Debtors Organizational Documents.

 

M. Exemption from Certain Taxes and Fees

To the maximum extent permitted pursuant to section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers of property pursuant hereto shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, stamp act, real estate transfer tax, sale or use tax, mortgage recording tax, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forgo the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents pursuant to such transfers of property without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment.

 

N. Preservation of Causes of Action

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject in all respects to Article VIII, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Plan Supplement, and such rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity not released pursuant to Article VIII.

 

34


O. GUC Oversight Administrator

The Committee shall appoint, as of the Effective Date, a GUC Oversight Administrator with duties limited to (a) rights with respect to the General Unsecured Claims reconciliation, allowance, and settlement process conducted by or on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors as set forth in the GUC Settlement Procedures, (b) consultation rights with respect to the distributions to the Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims as provided herein; (c) appearing before and being heard by the Bankruptcy Court and other courts of competent jurisdiction in connection with the foregoing duties; and (d) such other matters as may be agreed upon between the Debtors, the Committee and the Requisite First Lien Creditors, in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors.

The GUC Oversight Administrator may employ, without further order of the Bankruptcy Court, professionals to assist in carrying out the duties as limited above, including any professionals retained in these Chapter 11 Cases, and the GUC Oversight Administrator Costs, including reasonable professional fees, shall be reimbursed from the GUC Oversight Administrator Reserve in the ordinary course without further order of the Bankruptcy Court to the extent such GUC Oversight Administrator Costs are not reimbursed by the Reorganized Debtors as provided herein.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Reorganized Debtors shall consult in good faith with the GUC Oversight Administrator regarding the estimation, settlement, or Allowance of General Unsecured Claims, and the GUC Oversight Administrator shall have standing to be heard with respect to matters affecting the estimation, settlement, or Allowance of General Unsecured Claims, and the administration of, and distributions from, each of the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool Account and the General Unsecured Recovery Equity Reserve, but the estimation, reconciliation, and settlement of, and making of distributions with respect to, General Unsecured Claims shall be the sole responsibility of the Reorganized Debtors.

Upon the resolution of all disputed General Unsecured Claims, (a) the GUC Oversight Administrator shall be released and discharged of and from further authority, duties, responsibilities and obligations relating to and arising from and in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, and (b) funds remaining in the GUC Oversight Administrator Reserve, if any, shall be released to the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool for distribution to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims pursuant to, and consistent with, Article IV.F.

 

P. Insurance Policies

 

  1. Director and Officer Liability Insurance

To the extent that the D&O Liability Insurance Policies are considered to be Executory Contracts, notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, effective as of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all unexpired D&O Liability Insurance Policies with respect to the Debtors’ directors, managers, officers, and employees serving on or prior to the Petition Date pursuant to section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Reorganized Debtors’ assumption of each of the unexpired D&O Liability Insurance Policies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, Confirmation of the Plan shall not discharge, impair, or otherwise modify any indemnity obligations assumed by the foregoing assumption of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies, and each such indemnity obligation will be deemed and treated as an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Reorganized Debtors under the Plan as to which no Proof of Claim need be filed.

 

  2. Other Insurance Policies

From and after the Effective Date, each of the Plan Debtors’ insurance policies in existence as of the Effective Date shall be reinstated and continued in accordance with their terms and, to the extent applicable, shall be deemed assumed by the applicable Reorganized Debtor pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code and Article V of the Plan. Nothing in the Plan shall affect, impair or prejudice the rights of the insurance carriers, the insureds, or the Reorganized Debtors under the insurance policies in any manner, and such insurance carriers, the insureds, and Reorganized Debtors shall retain all rights and defenses under such insurance policies, and such insurance policies shall apply to, and be enforceable by and against, the insureds, and the Reorganized Debtors in the same manner and according to the same terms and practices applicable to the Plan Debtors, as existed prior to the Effective Date.

 

35


Q. Management Equity Incentive Plan

On the Effective Date, equity grants under the Management Equity Incentive Plan shall be reserved for directors, officers, and employees of the Reorganized Debtors on terms acceptable to the Reorganized HoldCo Board except as otherwise provided by the Executive Employment Agreement.

 

R. Employee and Retiree Benefits

 

  1. U.S. Qualified Pension Plans

As of the Effective Date, the Debtors shall have obtained termination of the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan in accordance with the PBGC Stipulation of Settlement, and any accrued but unpaid minimum funding contributions due with respect to the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan as of the Effective Date shall be deemed to have been paid in full by the PBGC Cash Consideration.

On the Effective Date, Reorganized Avaya shall assume and continue to maintain the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan in accordance with applicable non-bankruptcy law (and the Reorganized Debtors reserve all of their rights thereunder), and shall pay any aggregate unpaid minimum funding contributions, with interest, for the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code.

After the Effective Date, Reorganized Avaya shall (i) satisfy the minimum funding requirements under 26 §§ 412 and 430 and 29 U.S.C. §§ 1082 and 1083 for the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan, (ii) pay all required PBGC premiums in accordance with 29 U.S.C. §§ 1306 and 1307 for the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan, and (iii) administer the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan in accordance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code, and the Reorganized Debtors reserve all of their rights thereunder.

With respect to the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan, no provision of this Plan, the Confirmation Order, or section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code shall be construed to discharge, release, or relieve the Reorganized Debtors, or their successors, from liabilities or requirements imposed under any law or regulatory provision arising after the Effective Date with respect to the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan or PBGC. PBGC and the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan will not be enjoined or precluded from enforcing such liability with respect to the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan as a result of any provision of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  2. Comfort Letters

As of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall assume the Comfort Letters and honor all Comfort Letter Obligations in accordance with applicable non-bankruptcy law, and the Reorganized Debtors reserve all of their rights thereunder.

 

  3. OPEB

As of the Effective Date, subject to entry of the PBGC Settlement Order, the Reorganized Debtors shall (1) maintain the OPEB in accordance with, and subject to, their terms and applicable non-bankruptcy law, or (2) modify OPEB in compliance with applicable non-bankruptcy law and the Reorganized Debtors reserve all of their rights thereunder.

 

  4. Workers’ Compensation Programs

As of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall continue to honor their obligations under: (i) all applicable workers’ compensation laws in states in which the Reorganized Debtors operate; and (ii) the Debtors’: (a) written contracts, agreements, and agreements of indemnity, in each case relating to workers’ compensation,

 

36


(b) self-insurer workers’ compensation bonds, policies, programs, and plans for workers’ compensation and (c) workers’ compensation insurance. All Proofs of Claims on account of workers’ compensation shall be deemed withdrawn automatically and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided , however , that nothing in the Plan shall limit, diminish, or otherwise alter the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ defenses, Causes of Action, or other rights under applicable non-bankruptcy law with respect to any such contracts, agreements, policies, programs and plans.

ARTICLE V.

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

 

A. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, all Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases not otherwise assumed or rejected will be deemed assumed by the applicable Reorganized Debtor in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than: (1) those that are identified on the Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Schedule; (2) those that have been previously rejected by a Final Order; (3) those that have been previously assumed by a Final Order; (4) those that are the subject of a motion to reject Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that is pending on the Confirmation Date; (5) those that are subject to a motion to reject an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to which the requested effective date of such rejection is after the Effective Date; or (6) the Comfort Letters, which shall in all events be assumed by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Article V.A to the contrary, the Executive Employment Agreement and Advisory Agreement shall be deemed to be entered into or assumed (as applicable) on the Effective Date.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the assumptions, assumptions and assignments, or rejections of such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Plan, the Assumed Executory Contract/Unexpired Lease Schedule, or the Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Schedule, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, assumptions or rejections of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to the Plan are effective as of the Effective Date. Each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to the Plan or by Bankruptcy Court order but not assigned to a third party before the Effective Date shall re-vest in and be fully enforceable by the applicable contracting Reorganized Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as such terms may have been modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption under applicable federal law. Any motions to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court on or after the Effective Date but may be withdrawn, settled, or otherwise prosecuted by the Reorganized Debtors.

In addition, any objection to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under the Plan must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before 30 days after the Effective Date. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to timely object to the proposed assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed to have consented to such assumption.

 

B. Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, if any, must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court within 30 days after the date of entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Confirmation Order) approving such rejection. Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed within such time will be disallowed upon an order of the Bankruptcy Court, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or property of the foregoing parties, without the need for any objection by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules, if any, or a Proof of Claim to the contrary. Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III.B.7.

 

37


C. Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay Cure Claims, if any, on the Effective Date or as soon as practicable thereafter, or on such other terms as the parties to such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases may otherwise agree. Any Cure Claim shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged upon payment by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of such Cure Claim, as applicable; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Reorganized Debtors, from paying any Cure Claim despite the failure of the relevant counterparty to file such request for payment of such Cure Claim. The Reorganized Debtors may settle any Cure Claim on account of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Claims or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any Assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time before the date that the Debtors assume such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Any Proofs of Claim Filed with respect to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that has been assumed shall be deemed disallowed and expunged, without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

D. Dispute Resolution

In the event of a timely filed objection regarding (1) the amount of any Cure Claim, (2) the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee, to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed, or (3) any other matter pertaining to assumption or the cure payments required by section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, action shall be taken following the entry of a Final Order or Final Orders resolving the dispute and approving the assumption (and, if applicable, assignment), or as may be agreed upon by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.

 

E. Indemnification Obligations

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary each Indemnification Obligation shall be assumed by the applicable Debtor, effective as of the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise. Each Indemnification Obligation shall remain in full force and effect, shall not be modified, reduced, discharged, impaired, or otherwise affected in any way, and shall survive Unimpaired and unaffected, irrespective of when such obligation arose.

The Debtors shall assume the Indemnification Obligations for the current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, and other professionals of the Debtors, in their capacities as such. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing shall impair the ability of Reorganized Debtors to modify indemnification obligations (whether in the bylaws, certificates or incorporate or formation, limited liability company agreements, other organizational or formation documents, board resolutions, indemnification agreements, employment contracts, or otherwise) arising after the Effective Date; provided that none of the Reorganized Debtors shall amend or restate any Reorganized HoldCo Organizational Documents before or after the Effective Date to terminate or adversely affect any of the Reorganized Debtors’ Indemnification Obligations.

 

F. Director and Officer Liability Insurance Policies

Without limiting Article IV.O , all of the Debtors’ director and officer liability insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as and deemed to be Executory Contracts under the Plan. On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all director and officer liability insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments related thereto.

 

38


G. Collective Bargaining Agreements

All of the Debtors’ Collective Bargaining Agreements and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as and deemed to be Executory Contracts under the Plan. On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all Collective Bargaining Agreements and any agreements, documents, and instruments related thereto. All Proofs of Claim Filed for amounts due under any Collective Bargaining Agreement shall be considered satisfied by the agreement and obligation to assume and cure in the ordinary course as provided herein.

 

H. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.

Modifications, amendments, and supplements to, or restatements of, prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith.

 

I. Reservation of Rights

Neither the inclusion of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease on the Debtors’ Schedules, or the Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Schedule, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors, or, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, shall have 30 days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter their treatment of such contract or lease.

 

J. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases of nonresidential real property pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

ARTICLE VI.

PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

 

A. Reorganized Avaya Total Enterprise Value

Distributions of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock under the Plan shall be based upon, among other things, the Reorganized Avaya Total Enterprise Value. For purposes of distribution, the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock shall be deemed to have the value assigned to it based upon the Reorganized Avaya Total Enterprise Value regardless of the date of distribution.

 

B. Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date or with respect to General Unsecured Claims, the Initial General Unsecured Claims Distribution Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if a Claim is not an Allowed Claim on the on the Effective Date or with respect to General Unsecured Claims the Initial General Unsecured Claims Distribution Date, on the date that such Claim becomes Allowed or as soon as

 

39


reasonably practicable thereafter), the Distribution Agent shall make initial distributions under the Plan on account of each Holder of an Allowed Claim in the full amount of the distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims in each applicable Class. In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date. If and to the extent that there are disputed Claims, distributions on account of any such disputed Claims shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article VII. Except as specifically provided in the Plan, Holders of Claims shall not be entitled to interest, dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in the Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on or at any time after the Effective Date.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock shall be distributed pursuant to the terms set forth in the Plan.

 

C. Partial Distributions on Account of Allowed General Unsecured Claims

The Reorganized Debtors shall, in consultation with the GUC Oversight Administrator, be authorized to cause partial distributions to be made on account of Allowed General Unsecured Claims before all General Unsecured Claims are Allowed; provided that the Bankruptcy Court shall have authorized such partial distribution by Final Order after notice and a hearing.

 

D. Rights and Powers of Distribution Agent

 

  1. Powers of the Distribution Agent

The Distribution Agent shall be empowered to: (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (b) make all distributions contemplated hereby; (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Distribution Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Distribution Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.

 

  2. Expenses Incurred On or After the Effective Date

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Distribution Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) made by the Distribution Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

E. Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims and Interests

Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the Plan and except as otherwise agreed by the relevant parties: (a) no partial payments and no partial distributions shall be made with respect to a Disputed Claim until all such disputes in connection with such Disputed Claim have been resolved by settlement or Final Order; and (b) any Entity that holds both an Allowed Claim and a Disputed Claim shall not receive any distribution on the Allowed Claim unless and until all objections to the disputed Claim have been resolved by settlement or Final Order or the Claims have been Allowed or expunged. Any dividends or other distributions arising from property distributed to Holders of Allowed Claims in a Class and paid to such Holders under the Plan shall also be paid, in the applicable amounts, to any Holder of a Disputed Claim in such Class that becomes an Allowed Claim after the date or dates that such dividends or other distributions were earlier paid to Holders of Allowed Claims in such Class.

 

40


F. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions

 

  1. Record Date for Distribution

On the Distribution Record Date, the Claims Register shall be closed and any party responsible for making distributions shall instead be authorized and entitled to recognize only those record Holders listed on the Claims Register as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date.

 

  2. Delivery of Distributions

 

  a. Initial General Unsecured Claims Distribution Date

Except as otherwise provided herein, on the Initial General Unsecured Claims Distribution Date, the Distribution Agent shall make distributions to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims as of the Distribution Record Date at the address for each such Holder as indicated on the Debtors’ books and records as of the date of any such distribution; provided that the address for each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall be deemed to be the address set forth in any Proof of Claim Filed by that Holder, or, if no Proof of Claim has been Filed, the address set forth in the Schedules. If a Holder holds more than one Claim in any one Class, all Claims of the Holder will be aggregated into one Claim and one distribution will be made with respect to the aggregated Claim.

 

  b. Quarterly Distribution Date

On each Quarterly Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after each Quarterly Distribution Date, the Distribution Agent shall make the distributions required to be made on account of Allowed Claims under the Plan on such date. Any distribution that is not made on the Effective Date or with respect to General Unsecured Claims, the Initial General Unsecured Claims Distribution Date or on any other date specified herein because the Claim that would have been entitled to receive that distribution is not an Allowed Claim on such date, shall be distributed on the first Quarterly Distribution Date after such Claim is Allowed; provided that a distribution with respect to Allowed General Unsecured Claims on such Quarterly Distribution Date shall be subject to the (x) Allowance or disallowance by Final Order of all General Unsecured Claims having occurred or (y) the Bankruptcy Court having authorized a partial distribution on account of Allowed General Unsecured Claims after notice and a hearing upon a motion filed by the Reorganized Debtors. No interest shall accrue or be paid on the unpaid amount of any distribution paid on a Quarterly Distribution Date in accordance with Article VI.B.

 

  c. Delivery of Distributions on account of First Lien Debt Claims

 

  (i) All distributions to Holders of Cash Flow Credit Facility Claims shall be deemed completed when made to the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent, which shall be deemed to be the Holder of all Cash Flow Credit Facility Secured Claims for purposes of distributions to be made hereunder, for distribution to holders of Cash Flow Credit Facility Claims in accordance with the terms of the Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents. All distributions on account of Cash Flow Credit Facility Secured Claims may, with the consent of the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent, be made by the Distribution Agent directly to holders of Cash Flow Credit Facility Secured Claims in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Cash Flow Credit Facility Documents. The Reorganized Debtors shall reimburse the Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent for any reasonable and documented fees and expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of its counsel and agents) incurred after the Effective Date in connection with the implementation of the Plan, including but not limited to, making distributions pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan.

 

41


  (ii) All distributions to Holders of 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Claims shall be deemed completed when made to (or at the direction of) the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, which shall be deemed to be the Holder of all 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Claims for purposes of distributions to be made hereunder, provided, however, that non-Cash consideration shall not be distributed in the name of the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee. As soon as practicable in accordance with the requirements set forth in this Article VI, the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee shall cause such distributions to or on behalf of such Holders to be made in accordance with the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture and subject to the rights of the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee to assert its 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien.

 

  (iii) All distributions to Holders of 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Claims shall be deemed completed when made to (or at the direction of) the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, which shall be deemed to be the Holder of all 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Claims for purposes of distributions to be made hereunder, provided, however, that non-Cash consideration shall not be distributed in the name of the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee. As soon as practicable in accordance with the requirements set forth in this Article VI, the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee shall cause such distributions to or on behalf of such Holders to be made in accordance with the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture and subject to the rights of the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee to assert its 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien.

 

  (iv) If the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee or the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, as applicable, is unable to make, or consents to the Reorganized Debtors making, such distributions, the Reorganized Debtors, with the cooperation of the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee or the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, as applicable, shall make such distributions to the extent practicable to do so (provided that until such distributions are made, the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien and the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien and shall attach to the property to be distributed in the same manner as if such distributions were made through the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee or the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee, as applicable). The 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee and the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee shall have no duties or responsibility relating to any form of distribution that is not DTC eligible and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall seek the cooperation of DTC so that any distribution on account of a 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Claim or a 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Claim that is held in the name of, or by a nominee of, DTC, shall be made through the facilities of DTC on the Effective Date or as soon as practicable thereafter. The Reorganized Debtors shall reimburse the 7.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee and the 9.00% Senior Secured Notes Trustee for any reasonable and documented fees and expenses incurred after the Effective Date solely in connection with making distributions pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan.

 

  d. Delivery of Distributions on account of Second Lien Notes Claims

All distributions to Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims shall be deemed completed when made to (or at the direction of) the Second Lien Notes Trustee, which shall be deemed to be the Holder of all Second Lien Notes Claims for purposes of distributions to be made hereunder, provided, however, that non-Cash consideration shall not be distributed in the name of the Second Lien Notes Trustee. As soon as practicable in accordance with the requirements set forth in this Article VI, the Second Lien Notes Trustee shall cause such distributions to be made to

 

42


or on behalf of such Holders in accordance with the Second Lien Notes Indenture and subject to the rights of the Second Lien Notes Trustee to assert its Second Lien Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien. If the Second Lien Notes Trustee is unable to make, or consents to the Reorganized Debtors making, such distributions, the Reorganized Debtors, with the Second Lien Notes Trustee’s cooperation, shall make such distributions to the extent practicable to do so (provided that until such distributions are made, the Second Lien Notes Indenture Trustee Charging Lien shall attach to the property to be distributed in the same manner as if such distributions were made through the Second Lien Notes Trustee). The Second Lien Notes Trustee shall have no duties or responsibility relating to any form of distribution that is not DTC eligible and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall seek the cooperation of DTC so that any distribution on account of a Second Lien Notes Claim that is held in the name of, or by a nominee of, DTC, shall be made through the facilities of DTC on the Effective Date or as soon as practicable thereafter. The Reorganized Debtors shall reimburse the Second Lien Notes Trustee for any reasonable and documented fees and expenses incurred after the Effective Date solely in connection with making distributions pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan.

 

  3. No Fractional Shares/Warrants

No fractional shares of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock or fractions of Warrants shall be distributed, and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts. When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim would otherwise result in the issuance of shares of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock or Warrants that is not a whole number, such Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock or Warrants, as applicable, shall be rounded as follows: (a) fractions of greater than one-half shall be rounded to the next higher whole number and (b) fractions of one-half or less shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment therefore. The total number of authorized shares of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock and amount of Warrants to be distributed pursuant to the Plan shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding.

 

  4. Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Property

In the event that any distribution to any Holder is returned as undeliverable, no distribution to such Holder shall be made unless and until the Reorganized Debtors have determined the then-current address of such Holder, at which time such distribution shall be made to such Holder without interest; provided that such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of one year from the time of such distribution. After such date, all unclaimed property or interests in property shall be redistributed Pro Rata as provided under the Plan (it being understood that, for purposes of this Article VI.F.4, “Pro Rata” shall be determined as if the Claim underlying such unclaimed distribution had been disallowed) and all other unclaimed property or interests in property shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy Court (notwithstanding any applicable federal, provincial, or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary), and the Claim of any Holder to such property or Interest in property shall be discharged and forever barred.

A distribution shall be deemed unclaimed if a holder has not: (a) accepted a particular distribution or, in the case of distributions made by check, negotiated such check; (b) given notice to the Reorganized Debtors of an intent to accept a particular distribution; (c) responded to the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ requests for information necessary to facilitate a particular distribution; or (d) taken any other action necessary to facilitate such distribution.

 

G. Securities Registration Exemption

Except with respect to the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock underlying the Management Equity Incentive Plan, the Warrants and all shares of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock issued under the Plan (including any shares issued upon the exercise of the Warrants) will be issued without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance upon section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. Shares of Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock issued under the Plan (including any shares issued upon the exercise of the Warrants) in reliance upon section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code are exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable U.S. state or local law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of Securities. The Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock issued pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code (a) is not a “restricted security” as defined in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, and (b) is freely tradable and transferable by any holder thereof that (i) is not an “affiliate” of the

 

43


Reorganized Debtors as defined in Rule 144(a)(1) under the Securities Act, (ii) has not been such an “affiliate” within 90 days of such transfer, (iii) has not acquired the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock from an “affiliate” within one year of such transfer, and (iv) is not an entity that is an “underwriter” as defined in subsection (b) of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock issued to holders of First Lien Claims and holders of Second Lien Notes Claims, in each case in exchange for such Claims, shall be issued in reliance on section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock underlying the Management Equity Incentive Plan will be issued pursuant to a registration statement or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act and other applicable law. On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, Reorganized HoldCo shall cause all Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock to be registered under the Exchange Act.

Should the Reorganized Debtors elect, on or after the Effective Date, to reflect all or any portion of the ownership of the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock or Warrants through the facilities of DTC, the Reorganized Debtors shall not be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan or Confirmation Order with respect to the treatment of such applicable portion of the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock or Warrants, and such Plan or Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be legal and binding obligations of the Reorganized Debtors in all respects.

DTC shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan and Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock or Warrants are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, DTC) may require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by the Plan, including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock or Warrants are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services .

 

H. Compliance with Tax Requirements

In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, Reorganized HoldCo, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Distribution Agent, as applicable, shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. The Debtors shall consult with the Requisite First Lien Creditors and the Requisite Crossover Creditors and use commercially reasonable efforts to structure the Restructuring Transactions in a manner that will mitigate or eliminate any withholding obligations. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent, as applicable, shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such distributions or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.

 

I. Allocations

Distributions in respect of Allowed Claims shall be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claims (as determined for federal income tax purposes) and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claims, to any portion of such Claims for accrued but unpaid interest as Allowed herein.

 

J. No Postpetition Interest on Claims

Unless otherwise specifically provided for in an order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order, or required by applicable bankruptcy law or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Claims and no Holder of a Claim shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on any such Claim.

 

44


K. Setoffs and Recoupment

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may, but shall not be required to, setoff against or recoup from any Claims of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have against the claimant, but neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of any such Claim it may have against the Holder of such Claim. In no event shall any Holder of Claims be entitled to set off any such Claim against any claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor (as applicable), unless: (a) the Debtors have consented (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and (b) such Holder has filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court requesting the authority to perform such setoff on or before the Confirmation Date, and notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

 

L. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

 

  1. Claims Paid by Third Parties

A Claim shall be reduced in full, and such Claim shall be disallowed without an objection to such Claim having to be filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor. To the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such holder shall repay, return or deliver any distribution held by or transferred to the Holder to the applicable Reorganized Debtor to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan.

 

  2. Claims Payable by Insurance Carriers

No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, such Claim may be expunged to the extent of any agreed upon satisfaction on the Claims Register by the Notice and Claims Agent without a Claims objection having to be filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

  3. Applicability of Insurance Policies

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers.

ARTICLE VII.

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT,

UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

 

A. Allowance of Claims

After the Effective Date, each of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had with respect to any Claim immediately before the Effective Date. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or in any order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases before the Effective Date (including the Confirmation Order), no Claim shall become an Allowed Claim unless and until such Claim is deemed Allowed pursuant to the Plan or a Final Order, including the Confirmation Order (when it becomes a Final Order), allowing such Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, there is no requirement to file a Proof of Claim (or move the Court for allowance) to be an Allowed Claim under the Plan.

 

45


B. Claims and Interests Administration Responsibilities

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan and notwithstanding any requirements that may be imposed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive authority: (1) to File, withdraw, or litigate to judgment objections to Claims; (2) to settle or compromise any disputed Claim without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court; and (3) to administer and adjust the Claims Register to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court. For the avoidance of doubt, except as otherwise provided herein, from and after the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had immediately prior to the Effective Date with respect to any disputed Claim or Interest, including the Causes of Action retained pursuant to Article IV.N or defenses reserved pursuant to Article VIII.I.

 

C. Estimation of Claims

Before or after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any disputed Claim or disputed Interest that is contingent or unliquidated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code for any reason, regardless of whether any party previously has objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to estimate any such Claim, including during the litigation of any objection to any Claim or during the appeal relating to such objection. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any disputed, contingent, or unliquidated Claim, that estimated amount shall constitute a maximum limitation on such Claim for all purposes under the Plan (including for purposes of distributions), and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate distribution on such Claim. Notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, in no event shall any Holder of a Claim that has been estimated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise be entitled to seek reconsideration of such estimation unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to seek such reconsideration on or before 21 days after the date on which such Claim is estimated. All of the aforementioned Claims and objection, estimation, and resolution procedures are cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims may be estimated and subsequently compromised, settled, withdrawn, or resolved by any mechanism approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

D. Adjustment to Claims Register Without Objection

Any duplicate Claim or Interest or any Claim or Interest that has been paid or satisfied, or any Claim that has been amended or superseded, may be adjusted or expunged on the Claims Register by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors upon stipulation between the parties in interest without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

E. Time to File Objections to Claims

Any objections to Claims shall be Filed on or before the Claims Objection Deadline, as such deadline may be extended from time to time.

 

F. Disallowance of Claims

Any Claims held by Entities from which property is recoverable under section 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under section 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

 

46


G. Amendments to Claims

On or after the Effective Date, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, a Claim may not be Filed or amended without the prior authorization of the Bankruptcy Court or the Reorganized Debtors.

 

H. Distributions After Allowance

To the extent that a disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, distributions (if any) shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. As soon as reasonably practicable after the date that the order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction allowing any disputed Claim becomes a Final Order, the Reorganized Debtors shall provide to the Holder of such Claim the distribution (if any) to which such Holder is entitled under the Plan as of the Effective Date.

 

I. Single Satisfaction of Claims

Holders of Allowed Claims may assert such Claims against each Debtor obligated with respect to such Claims, and such Claims shall be entitled to share in the recovery provided for the applicable Class of Claims against each obligated Debtor based upon the full Allowed amount of such Claims. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no case shall the aggregate value of all property received or retained under the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim exceed 100 percent of the underlying Allowed Claim plus applicable interest, if any.

ARTICLE VIII.

SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS

 

A. Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies

Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided pursuant to the Plan, the Plan is and shall be deemed a good-faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, and controversies relating to the contractual, legal, and subordination rights that a Holder of a Claim or Interest may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Interest, or any distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Interest, including but not limited to, the Settled Challenge Claims.

If the Plan is confirmed and becomes effective in accordance with its terms, then the Holders of First Lien Debt Claims shall be deemed to have accepted the Challenge Claims Settlement for all purposes in these Chapter 11 Cases. Pursuant to the Challenge Claims Settlement, each Holder of a First Lien Debt Claim waives any right to a recovery or distribution from the General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool or the General Unsecured Recovery Equity Reserve on account of its First Lien Debt Deficiency Claim.

If the Plan is confirmed and becomes effective in accordance with its terms, the Committee shall be deemed to have waived any right to assert any of the Letter Claims.

The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise or settlement of all such Claims, Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, and reasonable. The compromises, settlements, and releases described herein shall be deemed nonseverable from each other and from all other terms of the Plan. In accordance with the provisions of the Plan, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may compromise and settle Claims against, and Interests in, the Debtors and their Estates and Causes of Action against other Entities.

 

B. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

 

47


Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in a contract, instrument, or other agreement or document executed pursuant to the Plan, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims (including any intercompany claims resolved or compromised after the Effective Date by the Reorganized Debtors), Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, liens on, obligations of, rights against, and interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (1) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (2) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (3) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has voted to accept the Plan. Any default or “event of default” by the Debtors or Affiliates with respect to any Claim or Interest that existed immediately before or on account of the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed cured (and no longer continuing) as of the Effective Date with respect to a Claim that is Unimpaired by the Plan. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the Effective Date occurring.

 

C. Debtor Release

Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, as of the Effective Date, the Debtors and their Estates, the Reorganized Debtors and each of their respective current and former Affiliates (with respect to non-Debtors, to the extent permitted by applicable law) shall be deemed to have conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released, waived and discharged the Released Parties from any and all Claims, Interests, obligations, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever (including any derivative Claims asserted or that may be asserted on behalf of the Debtors or their Estates), whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the DIP Financing, the First Lien Plan Support Agreement, the Crossover Plan Support Agreement, the PBGC Settlement, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan, or any other related agreement, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Confirmation Date related or relating to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (a) any post-Confirmation Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan and (b) any Causes of Action held by the PBGC against any Entity arising from a breach of fiduciary duty order Title I of The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ ERISA ”).

 

D. Third Party Release

As of the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, each Releasing Party is deemed to have released and discharged each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, and Released Party from any and all Claims and Causes of Action, as well as all other Claims and Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Interest, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the DIP Financing, the First Lien Plan Support Agreement, the Crossover Plan Support Agreement, the PBGC Settlement, the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan and the termination thereof, any Claims or Causes of Action that may exist with respect to all Released Parties as of the Confirmation Date or, with respect to PBGC, as of the termination of the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan, on account of the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan or the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, of the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or any other

 

48


action or transaction relating in any way to any of the foregoing, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan, or any other related agreement, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Confirmation Date related or relating to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release any post-Confirmation Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan other than with respect to the termination of the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan, for which the foregoing “Third Party Release” shall be effective with respect to any Claim or Cause of Action arising prior to or as of the termination of the Avaya Salaried Pension Plan. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the foregoing Third Party Release (a) is applicable only to the maximum extent permitted by law (b) does not release any Causes of Action held by the PBGC against any Entity arising from a breach of fiduciary duty under Title I of ERISA, and (c) does not release any obligations to maintain the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan after the Effective Date in accordance with Article IV.R .

 

E. Exculpation

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur liability for, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from, any Cause of Action for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Cases, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, of the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan, or any other related agreement, except for Claims or Causes of Action arising from to an act or omission that is judicially determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects such Exculpated Parties shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of, and distribution of, consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan; provided that, the foregoing “Exculpation” shall be limited to the extent permitted in section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

F. Injunction

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE PLAN OR FOR DISTRIBUTIONS REQUIRED TO BE PAID OR DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN OR THE CONFIRMATION ORDER, ALL ENTITIES THAT HAVE HELD, HOLD, OR MAY HOLD CLAIMS OR INTERESTS THAT HAVE BEEN RELEASED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE VIII.C OR ARTICLE VIII.D, SHALL BE DISCHARGED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE VIII.B OF THE PLAN, OR ARE SUBJECT TO EXCULPATION PURSUANT TO ARTICLE VIII.E, ARE PERMANENTLY ENJOINED, FROM AND AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE, FROM TAKING ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS AGAINST, AS APPLICABLE, THE DEBTORS, THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS, THE RELEASED PARTIES, OR THE EXCULPATED PARTIES (TO THE EXTENT OF THE EXCULPATION PROVIDED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE VIII.E WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCULPATED PARTIES): (I) COMMENCING OR CONTINUING IN ANY MANNER ANY ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS; (II) ENFORCING, ATTACHING, COLLECTING, OR RECOVERING BY ANY MANNER OR MEANS ANY JUDGMENT, AWARD, DECREE, OR ORDER AGAINST SUCH ENTITIES ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS; (III) CREATING, PERFECTING, OR ENFORCING ANY LIEN OR ENCUMBRANCE OF

 

49


ANY KIND AGAINST SUCH ENTITIES OR THE PROPERTY OR THE ESTATES OF SUCH ENTITIES ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS; (IV) ASSERTING ANY RIGHT OF SETOFF, SUBROGATION, OR RECOUPMENT OF ANY KIND AGAINST ANY OBLIGATION DUE FROM SUCH ENTITIES OR AGAINST THE PROPERTY OF SUCH ENTITIES ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS UNLESS SUCH ENTITY HAS TIMELY ASSERTED SUCH SETOFF RIGHT IN A DOCUMENT FILED WITH THE BANKRUPTCY COURT EXPLICITLY PRESERVING SUCH SETOFF, AND NOTWITHSTANDING AN INDICATION OF A CLAIM OR INTEREST OR OTHERWISE THAT SUCH ENTITY ASSERTS, HAS, OR INTENDS TO PRESERVE ANY RIGHT OF SETOFF PURSUANT TO APPLICABLE LAW OR OTHERWISE; AND (V) COMMENCING OR CONTINUING IN ANY MANNER ANY ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS RELEASED OR SETTLED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN.

 

G. Subordination Rights

The classification and manner of satisfying all Claims and Interests under the Plan take into consideration all subordination rights, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, contract, section 510(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or otherwise, that a Holder of a Claim or Interest may have against other Claim or Interest Holders with respect to any Distribution made pursuant to the Plan. Except as provided in the Plan, all subordination rights that a Holder of a Claim may have with respect to any Distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan shall be discharged and terminated, and all actions related to the enforcement of such subordination rights shall be permanently enjoined.

Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and in consideration for the Distributions and other benefits provided under the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all claims or controversies relating to the subordination rights that a Holder of a Claim may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or any Distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim. The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, as of the Effective Date, of the compromise or settlement of all such claims or controversies and the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors and their respective property and Claim and Interest Holders and is fair, equitable and reasonable.

 

H. Release of Liens

Except (1) with respect to the Liens securing (a) the Exit Facility, (b) New Secured Debt, and (c) to the extent elected by the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors and in consultation with the Requisite Crossover Creditors, with respect to an Allowed Other Secured Claim in accordance with Article III.B.2, or (2)  as otherwise provided herein or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and the holders of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall execute such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to reflect or effectuate such releases, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtor and its successors and assigns.

 

I. Release of Preference Actions

As of the Effective Date, the Debtors, on behalf of themselves and their Estates, shall be deemed to waive and release all Avoidance Actions arising under section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code or any comparable “preference” action arising under applicable of non-bankruptcy law unless such Cause of Action is specifically identified in the Plan Supplement; provided that , except as expressly provided in this Article VIII.I or the Confirmation Order, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain the right to assert any Claims assertable in any Avoidance Action as defenses or counterclaims in any Cause of Action brought by any Entity. For the avoidance of doubt, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain the right, after the Effective Date, to prosecute any Avoidance Action specifically identified in the Plan Supplement.

 

50


ARTICLE IX.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION

AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

 

A. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

It shall be a condition to Consummation of the Plan that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or occur in conjunction with the occurrence of the Effective Date (or shall be waived pursuant to Article IX.B ):

1. The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, in form and substance materially consistent with the Plan and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Requisite First Lien Creditors, the Requisite Crossover Creditors (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims and the treatment provided to them on account of the PBGC Settlement), the Committee (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of General Unsecured Claims), and PBGC (solely with respect to the treatment provided under the PBGC Settlement), and such Confirmation Order shall be a Final Order;

2. The Avaya Salaried Pension Plan shall have been terminated by agreement between the plan administrator and PBGC;

3. The PBGC Settlement Order shall have been entered and be in effect;

4. The Debtors shall have assumed the Avaya Hourly Pension Plan in accordance with Article IV.R.1;

5. The Professional Fee Escrow shall have been established and funded in Cash in accordance with Article II.B;

6. The General Unsecured Recovery Cash Pool Account shall have been established and funded in Cash in accordance with Article IV.F.2;

7. The General Unsecured Recovery Equity Reserve shall have been established in accordance with Article IV.F.2;

8. The GUC Oversight Administrator shall have been appointed in accordance with Article IV.O;

9. The New Reorganized Debt Documents shall have been executed and delivered by each Entity party thereto and the Debtors shall have issued the indebtedness contemplated thereby;

10. The First Lien Plan Support Agreement shall be in full force and effect;

11. The conditions precedent to entry into the Exit Facility and the New Secured Debt (as applicable) shall have been satisfied, waived or shall be satisfied contemporaneously with the occurrence of the Effective Date;

12. The Warrant Agreement shall have been executed and all conditions precedent to the issuance of the Reorganized HoldCo Common Stock and the Warrants, other than any conditions related to the occurrence of the Effective Date, shall have occurred;

13. All Ad Hoc First Lien Group Professional Fees, to the extent not otherwise paid in accordance with the DIP Financing Order, shall have been paid in Cash and in accordance with the applicable engagement letters, including that certain engagement letter by and among Avaya Inc., PJT Partners LP, and Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP dated as of July 17, 2017;

14. The Crossover Plan Support Agreement shall be in full force and effect;

 

51


15. All Ad Hoc Crossover Group Professional Fees, to the extent not otherwise paid in accordance with the DIP Financing Order, shall have been paid in Cash and in accordance with the applicable engagement letters, including (i) that certain engagement letter by and among Avaya Inc., Rothschild Inc., and Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP dated as of May 6, 2016, and (ii) that certain engagement letter by and among certain members of the Ad Hoc Crossover Group and Moses & Singer LLP, dated as of September 5, 2017;

16. All First Lien Notes Trustee Professional Fees shall have been paid in Cash and in accordance with the terms of the DIP Financing Order;

17. All Second Lien Notes Trustee And Professional Fees, to the extent not otherwise paid in accordance with the DIP Financing Order, shall have been paid in Cash and in accordance with the applicable engagement letters, including that certain engagement letter by and among Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP and Berkeley Research Group, LLC, dated as of August 14, 2017;

18. All Cash Flow Credit Facility Agent Professional Fees shall have been paid in Cash to the extent not otherwise paid in accordance with the DIP Financing Order;

19. All DIP Financing Agent Professional Fees shall have been paid in Cash to the extent not otherwise paid in accordance with the DIP Financing Order; and

20. The Debtors have become current on their SEC Filings (as defined in the First Lien Plan Support

Agreement).

 

B. Waiver of Conditions

The conditions to the Effective Date of the Plan set forth in this Article IX may be waived only by consent of the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors, and (1) PBGC solely with respect to the conditions set forth in Article IX.A.3 and Article IX.A.4, (2) the Committee, solely with respect to Article IX.A.6, Article IX.A.7 , and Article IX.A.8, (3) the Requisite Consenting Crossover Creditors, solely with respect to Article IX.A.12 , Article IX.A.14 , and Article IX.A.15, and (4) the Second Lien Notes Trustee solely with respect to Article IX.A.17 without notice, leave, or order of the Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceedings to confirm or consummate the Plan, subject to the terms of the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.

 

C. Substantial Consummation

“Substantial consummation” of the Plan, as defined by section 1102(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed to occur on the Effective Date.

 

D. Effect of Non-Occurrence of Conditions to the Effective Date

If the Effective Date does not occur, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall: (1) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or Claims against or Interests in the Debtors; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors, any Holders of a Claim or Interest or any other Entity; or (3) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, any Holders, or any other Entity in any respect.

ARTICLE X.

MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

 

A. Modification and Amendments

The Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors, the Requisite Consenting Crossover Creditors (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims and the treatment provided to them on account of the PBGC Settlement, and any consent or consultation rights set forth hereunder), PBGC (solely with respect to the PBGC Settlement), the Committee (solely with respect to the treatment

 

52


provided on account of Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and the role of the GUC Oversight Administrator), and the Second Lien Notes Trustee (solely with respect to the Second Lien Notes Trustee And Professional Fees and the Second Lien Notes Trustee’s inclusion as a “Releasing Party” and “Released Party”), reserve the right to modify the Plan and seek Confirmation consistent with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules and, as appropriate, not resolicit votes on such modified Plan. Subject to certain restrictions and requirements set forth in section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3019 and those restrictions on modifications set forth in the Plan, the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors and the Requisite Consenting Crossover Creditors (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims and the treatment provided to them on account of the PBGC Settlement, and any consent or consultation rights set forth hereunder), expressly reserve their rights to alter, amend, or modify materially the Plan with respect to the Debtors, one or more times, after Confirmation, and, to the extent necessary, may initiate proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court to so alter, amend, or modify the Plan, or remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, in such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Plan.

 

B. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications or amendments to the Plan occurring after the solicitation thereof are approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

 

C. Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan

The Debtors reserve the right, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors (subject to the terms of the First Lien Plan Support Agreement) and the Requisite Crossover Creditors (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims and the treatment provided to them on account of the PBGC Settlement, and any consent or consultation rights set forth hereunder), to revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Confirmation Date. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation and Consummation does not occur, then: (1) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall:

(i) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims or Interests; (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any other Entity, including the Holders of Claims or the non-Debtor subsidiaries; or (iii) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by the Debtors or any other Entity, including the non-Debtor subsidiaries.

ARTICLE XI.

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases and all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan, including jurisdiction to:

1. allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, Secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim and the resolution of any and all objections to the Secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Bankruptcy Court’s retention of jurisdiction with respect to such matters shall not preclude the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, from seeking relief from any other court, tribunal, or other legal forum of competent jurisdiction with respect to such matters;

2. decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;

 

53


3. resolve any matters related to: (a) the assumption or assumption and assignment of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is a party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable in any manner and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Claims arising therefrom, including Claims related to the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, cure costs pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other matter related to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease; (b) the Reorganized Debtors amending, modifying, or supplementing, after the Confirmation Date, pursuant to Article V, any Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to the schedule of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed; and (c) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or expired;

4. adjudicate controversies, if any, with respect to distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims;

5. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested, or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date;

6. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to Causes of Action;

7. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;

8. enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;

9. enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

10. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any Entity’s obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;

11. issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;

12. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the settlements, compromises, discharges, releases, injunctions, exculpations, and other provisions contained in Article VIII and enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions;

13. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim or Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI.L.1;

14. enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;

15. determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or the Plan Supplement;

16. adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan or any transactions contemplated therein;

17. consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order;

 

54


18. determine requests for the payment of Claims and Interests entitled to priority pursuant to section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code;

19. hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

20. hear and determine matters concerning exemptions from state and federal registration requirements in accordance with section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code;

21. hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, nature, or scope of the release provisions set forth in the Plan, including any dispute relating to any liability arising out of the termination of employment or the termination of any employee or retiree benefit program, regardless of whether such termination occurred prior to or after the Effective Date;

22. enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court;

23. hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code;

24. enter an order concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases; and

25. enforce the injunction, release, and exculpation provisions set forth in Article VIII.

Provided , however , that the Bankruptcy Court shall not retain jurisdiction over disputes concerning documents contained in the Plan Supplement that have a jurisdictional, forum selection, or dispute resolution clause that refers disputes to a different court and any disputes concerning documents contained in the Plan Supplement that contain such clauses shall be governed in accordance with the provisions of such documents.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

A. Immediate Binding Effect

Subject to Article IX.A and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, and the Confirmation Order shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and any and all Holders of Claims or Interests (regardless of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted or rejected the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, the Confirmation Order and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors. All Claims shall be as fixed, adjusted, or compromised, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan regardless of whether any Holder of a Claim or debt has voted on the Plan.

 

B. Additional Documents

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), the Requisite Consenting Crossover Creditors (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims and the treatment provided to them on account of the PBGC Settlement, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), and the Committee (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of General Unsecured Claims, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), may file with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan; provided , however , that the Debtors shall not enter into any additional agreements that increase the amount of indebtedness otherwise to be issued or outstanding under the Exit Facility and the New Secured Debt without the consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors and the Requisite Crossover Creditors (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld solely with respect to the Requisite Crossover Creditors). The Debtors and all Holders of Claims or Interests receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.

 

55


C. Payment of Statutory Fees

All fees payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a) shall be paid for each quarter (including any fraction thereof) until the Chapter 11 Cases are converted, dismissed, or closed, whichever occurs first.

 

D. Reservation of Rights

Except as expressly set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall have no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court shall enter the Confirmation Order in accordance with Article IX.A hereof. Neither the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, nor any action taken or not taken by any Debtor with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor with respect to the Holders of Claims or Interests prior to the Effective Date.

 

E. Successors and Assigns

The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign, affiliate, officer, director, manager, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiaries, or guardian, if any, of each Entity.

 

F. Service of Documents

Any pleading, notice, or other document required by the Plan to be served on or delivered to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, the Ad Hoc First Lien Group/Requisite First Lien Creditors, the Ad Hoc Crossover Group/Requisite Crossover Creditors, and the Committee shall be served on:

 

Debtors:

  

Avaya Inc.

  

4655 Great America Parkway

  

Santa Clara, CA 95054

  

Attn.: Adele Freedman

  

with copies to:

Counsel to Debtors

  

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

  

Kirkland & Ellis International LLP

  

601 Lexington Avenue

  

New York, New York 10022

  

Attn.: James H.M. Sprayregen, P.C., Jonathan S. Henes, P.C.,

  

and Natasha S. Hwangpo

  

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

  

Kirkland & Ellis International LLP

  

300 North LaSalle Drive

  

Chicago, Illinois 60654

  

Attn.: Patrick J. Nash, Jr., P.C., Ryan Preston Dahl, and

  

Bradley Thomas Giordano

Counsel to the Committee

  

Morrison & Foerster LLP

  

250 West 55th Street

  

New York, New York 10019

  

Attn.: Lorenzo Marinuzzi, Todd Goren, and Erica J. Richards,

 

Counsel to the Ad Hoc First Lien

Group/Requisite First Lien Creditors

  

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Attn.: Ira S. Dizengoff, Philip C. Dublin, and Naomi Moss

Counsel to the Ad Hoc Crossover

Group//Requisite Crossover Creditors

  

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038-4982

Attn.: Kristopher M. Hansen, Sayan Bhattacharyya, and

Gabriel E. Sasson

 

56


G. Term of Injunctions or Stays

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

H. Entire Agreement

The Plan and Confirmation Order supersede all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan and Confirmation Order.

 

I. Nonseverability of Plan Provisions

If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court shall be prohibited from altering or interpreting such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable, provided that at the request of the Debtors, with the reasonable consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors (subject to the terms of the First Lien Plan Support Agreement), the Requisite Crossover Creditors (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims and the treatment provided to them on account of the PBGC Settlement, and any consent or consultation rights set forth hereunder), the Committee (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of General Unsecured Claims), and the Second Lien Notes Trustee (solely with respect to the Second Lien Notes Trustee And Professional Fees and the Second Lien Notes Trustee’s inclusion as a “Releasing Party” and “Released Party”), the Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, and such terms or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted provided that any such alteration or interpretation shall be acceptable to the Debtors, with the reasonable consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors (subject to the terms of the First Lien Plan Support Agreement), the Requisite Crossover Creditors (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims and the treatment provided to them on account of the PBGC Settlement, and any consent or consultation rights set forth hereunder), and the Second Lien Notes Trustee (solely with respect to the Second Lien Notes Trustee And Professional Fees and the Second Lien Notes Trustee’s inclusion as a “Releasing Party” and “Released Party”). The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is: (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without consent from the Debtors, with the reasonable consent of the Requisite First Lien Creditors (subject to the terms of the Plan Support Agreement), the Requisite Crossover Creditors (solely with respect to the treatment provided on account of Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims and the treatment provided to them on account of the PBGC Settlement, and any consent or consultation rights set forth hereunder), the Committee, and the Second Lien Notes Trustee (solely with respect to the Second Lien Notes Trustee And Professional Fees and the Second Lien Notes Trustee’s inclusion as a “Releasing Party” and “Released Party”); and (3) nonseverable and mutually dependent.

 

57


J. Dissolution of Committee

On the Effective Date, the Committee and any other official committees appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases will dissolve; provided, however, that, following the Effective Date, the Committee shall continue in existence and have standing and a right to be heard for the following limited purposes: (a) Claims and/or applications, and any relief related thereto, for compensation by Professionals and requests for allowance of Administrative Expense Claims for substantial contribution pursuant to section 503(b)(3)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (b) any appeals of the Confirmation Order or other appeal to which the Committee is a party; provided , further , that the GUC Oversight Administrator shall constitute a successor-in-interest to the Committee in connection with any motions, objections, or requests for relief with respect to General Unsecured Claims (including objections to claims, motions to estimate claims, or joinders thereto) filed by the Committee other than those identified in (a) and (b) above that remain pending as of the Effective Date, and the GUC Administrator shall be deemed substituted for the Committee in all such pending matters without any further action by the Committee, the GUC Administrator or the Bankruptcy Court. Upon the dissolution of the Committee, the Committee Members and their respective Professionals will cease to have any duty, obligation or role arising from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases and shall be released and discharged from all rights and duties from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

 

58


Respectfully submitted, as of October 31, 2017

 

 

Avaya Inc.

 

Avaya CALA Inc.

 

Avaya EMEA Ltd.

 

Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc.

 

Avaya Holdings Corp.

 

Avaya Holdings LLC

 

Avaya Holdings Two, LLC

 

Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc.

 

Avaya Management Services Inc.

 

Avaya Services Inc.

 

Avaya World Services Inc.

 

Octel Communications LLC

 

Sierra Asia Pacific Inc.

 

Sierra Communication International LLC

 

Technology Corporation of America, Inc.

 

Ubiquity Software Corporation

 

VPNet Technologies, Inc.

 

Zang, Inc.

By:   /s/ Eric Koza

Name:

 

Eric Koza

Title:

 

Chief Restructuring Officer

 

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

Avaya Holdings Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

  1. The undersigned is the duly elected and acting Chief Restructuring Officer of the Corporation.

 

  2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 1, 2007, as amended and restated on October 26, 2007 and amended on December 17, 2009 and on June 6, 2011 (the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”). The original name of the Corporation was Sierra Holdings Corp. and it was renamed Avaya Holdings Corp. on June 6, 2011.

 

  3. On January 19, 2017, the Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively with the Corporation, the “ Debtors ”) filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”).

 

  4. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Certificate ”) was duly adopted, without the need for approval of the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation, in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “ DGCL ”), in accordance with the Second Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of the Debtors (the “ Plan of Reorganization ”) confirmed by order, dated November 28, 2017, of the Bankruptcy Court, jointly administered under the caption “In re: AVAYA INC., et al.”, Case No. 17-10089 (SMB).

 

  5. This Certificate shall become effective when filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

  6. This Certificate amends and restates the Original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to read in full as follows:


ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation is Avaya Holdings Corp.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE III

REGISTERED AGENT

The street address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, County of New Castle, City of Wilmington, Delaware 19801 and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITALIZATION

Section 4.1 Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 605,000,000 shares, divided into two classes consisting of 550,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”), and 55,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

Section 4.2 Preferred Stock

(a) Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series from time to time, with each such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) and included in a certificate of designations (a “ Preferred Stock Designation ”) filed pursuant to the DGCL, and the Board is hereby expressly vested with the authority, to the full extent now or hereafter provided by law, to adopt any such resolution or resolutions.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, unless a vote of any such holders of Preferred Stock is required pursuant to another provision of this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation).

 

2


Section 4.3 Common Stock

(a) Each holder of shares of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate (including a Preferred Stock Designation), holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate (including any amendment to any Preferred Stock Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

(c) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock in respect thereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

Section 4.4 Nonvoting Equity Securities. The Corporation shall not issue nonvoting equity securities; provided , however the foregoing restriction shall (a) have no further force and effect beyond that required under Section 1123(a)(6) of chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), (b) only have such force and effect for so long as Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code is in effect and applicable to the Corporation, and (c) in all events may be amended or eliminated in accordance with applicable law as from time to time may be in effect. The prohibition on the issuance of nonvoting equity securities is included in this Certificate in compliance with Section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

3


ARTICLE V

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and the same are in furtherance of and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law:

Section 5.1 Related Party Transactions. No contract or other transaction of the Corporation with any other person, firm, corporation or other entity in which the Corporation has an interest, shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any one or more of the directors or officers of the Corporation, individually or jointly with others, may be a party to or may be interested in any contract or transaction so long as the contract or other transaction is approved by the Board in accordance with the DGCL. Each person who may become a director or officer of the Corporation is hereby relieved, in his or her capacity as such, from any personal liability (solely to the extent arising from the fact that the matter was contracted for the benefit of such person or any such firm or corporation) that might otherwise arise by reason of his or her contracting with the Corporation for the benefit of himself or herself or any firm or corporation in which he or she may be in any way interested.

Section 5.2 Corporate Opportunities.

(a) In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, officers and employees and/or other representatives of stockholders of the Corporation and their respective Affiliates (as defined below) may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation, (ii) stockholders of the Corporation and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) members of the Board who are not employees of the Corporation (“ Non-Employee Directors ”), including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Chairman of the Board if he or she is not otherwise an employee, consultant or officer of the Corporation, and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Section  5.2 are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve the Corporation’s stockholders, the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and the Corporation’s directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

(b) None of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or any of their Affiliates or (ii) any Non-Employee Director or his or her Affiliates (the Persons (as defined below) identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “ Identified Persons ” and, individually, as an “ Identified Person ”; provided, however , that no employee, consultant or officer of the Corporation shall be an Identified Person) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (x) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage, (y) making investments in any kind of property in which the Corporation may make investments or (z) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, no Identified Person shall (A) be deemed to have acted in bad faith or in a manner inconsistent with the best interests of the Corporation or its stockholders or to have acted in a manner inconsistent with or opposed to any fiduciary duty to the Corporation or its stockholders or (B) be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty, in each case, by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. The Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity

 

4


which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this Section  5.2 . Subject to Section  5.2(c) , in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, shall not (I) be deemed to have acted in bad faith or in a manner inconsistent with the best interests of the Corporation or its stockholders or to have acted in a manner inconsistent with or opposed to any fiduciary duty to the Corporation or its stockholders or (II) be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder, director or officer of the Corporation, in each case, by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person.

(c) The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of this Corporation) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation and the provisions of Section  5.2(b) shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

(d) In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section  5.2 , a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

(e) For purposes of this Section  5.2 , (i) “ Affiliate ” shall mean (x) in respect of stockholders of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such stockholder, controls such stockholder or is under common control with such stockholder and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, shareholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (y) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (z) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (ii) “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

(f) To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Section  5.2 .

 

5


ARTICLE VI

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 6.1 Board Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon the Board by statute, this Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”), the Board is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL, this Certificate and the Bylaws; provided , however , that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted.

Section 6.2 Election and Term .

(a) The number of directors constituting the Board shall be not fewer than seven (7) nor more than nine (9). The directors shall be of a single class. Subject to the previous sentence, the precise number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Certificate, “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of directors the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies. The size and composition of the initial Board shall be determined pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization (including any supplement thereto).

(b) Subject to Section 6.5, each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor has been elected and qualified, except as in the case of such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or incapacity.

(c) Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws shall so require, the election of directors need not be by written ballot.

Section 6.3 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies . Subject to Section  6.5 , newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause may be filled solely by a majority vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders), and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the full term and until his or her successor has been elected and qualified, subject, however, to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

Section 6.4 Removal . Subject to Section  6.5 , any or all of the directors may be removed from office at any time, but only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 6.5 Preferred Stock – Directors . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VI , and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect one or more directors, the term of office, the filling of vacancies, the removal from office and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of such series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation).

 

6


ARTICLE VII

BYLAWS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by law, the Board shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws. The affirmative vote of a majority of the Board, but in any event not less than one third of the Whole Board, shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws. The Bylaws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders; provided, however , that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 8.1 Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation at any meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum voting power that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Section 8.2 Special Meetings . Except as otherwise required by law or the terms of any one or more series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, stockholders holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board.

Section 8.3 Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

ARTICLE IX

LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION AND

ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Section 9.1 Limitation of Director Liability . To the fullest extent that the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or is hereafter amended permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, no person who is or was a director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or amendment of this Section  9.1

 

7


by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate inconsistent with this Section  9.1 will, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to further limit or eliminate the liability of directors) and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

Section 9.2 Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless each person who is or was made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “ indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, against all expenses, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection with such proceeding. The right to indemnification conferred by this Section  9.2 shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however , that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of the indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for the expenses under this Section  9.2 or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Section  9.2 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section  9.2 , except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to an indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

(b) The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred on any indemnitee by this Section  9.2 shall not be exclusive of any other rights that any indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under law, this Certificate, the Bylaws, an agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

 

8


(c) Any repeal or amendment of this Section  9.2 by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate inconsistent with this Section  9.2 , shall, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and shall not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

(d) This Section  9.2 shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner authorized or permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than indemnitees.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate and the DGCL; and, except as set forth in Article IX , all rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons by and pursuant to this Certificate in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article X .

ARTICLE XI

SECTION 203

The Corporation shall not be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

ARTICLE XII

FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF DISPUTES

Section 12.1 Exclusive Forum . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, other employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Certificate or the Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XII .

Section 12.2 Stockholder Consent to Personal Jurisdiction . If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of Section  12.1 above is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware without the approval of the Board (a “ Foreign Action ”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (a) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce Section  12.1 above (an “ FSC Enforcement Action ”) and (b) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such FSC Enforcement Action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of this 15th day of December, 2017.

 

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

/s/ James M. Chirico, Jr.

Name: James M. Chirico, Jr.

Title: President, Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

(THE “CORPORATION”)

EFFECTIVE AS OF DECEMBER 15, 2017


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section  1.1 Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation within the State of Delaware shall be located at either (a) the principal place of business of the Corporation in the State of Delaware or (b) the office of the corporation or individual acting as the Corporation’s registered agent in Delaware.

Section  1.2 Additional Offices . The Corporation may, in addition to its registered office in the State of Delaware, have such other offices and places of business, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) may from time to time determine or as the business and affairs of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS

Section  2.1 Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place and time and on such date as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting, provided that the Board may in its sole discretion determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication pursuant to Section  9.5(a) . At each annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect directors of the Corporation and may transact any other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section  2.2 Special Meetings .

(a) Except as otherwise required by applicable law or provided in the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called only by (i) the Chairman of the Board, (ii) the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board or (iii) the Board upon the delivery of a written request complying with Section  2.2(b) of these Bylaws to the Corporation by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the outstanding common stock of the Corporation (“ Common Stock ”), in the aggregate (a “ Stockholder-Requested Meeting ”). Special meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place and time and on such date as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, provided that the Board may in its sole discretion determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication pursuant to Section  9.5(a) .

(b) To be valid, a written request for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting must (i) be in writing, signed and dated by one or more stockholder(s) of record, (ii) set forth the proposed date, time and place of the special meeting (which may not be earlier than sixty (60) days after the date the request is delivered (or ninety (90) days in the case of a Stockholder-Requested Meeting to elect directors)), provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that such proposed date, time and place of the special meeting shall not be binding on the Corporation or the Board, (iii) set forth a statement of the purpose or purposes of and the matters proposed to be acted on at the special meeting, (iv) include the information required by Section  2.7(a) or Section  3.2 of these Bylaws to be set forth in a stockholder’s

 

1


notice for the proposal of business or nominations, as applicable and (v) be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation. If the Board determines that a stockholder request pursuant to Section  2.2(a)(iii) is valid, the Board will determine the time and place, if any, of a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, which time will be not less than thirty (30) days nor more than ninety (90) days after the receipt of such request, and will set a record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting in the manner set forth in Section  9.2 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Stockholder-Requested Meeting need not be held if (1) the special meeting request relates to an item of business that is not a proper subject for stockholder action under applicable law, (2) the special meeting request is delivered during the period commencing ninety (90) days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the notice of annual meeting for the immediately preceding annual meeting and ending on the earlier of (x) the date of the next annual meeting and (y) thirty (30) calendar days after the first anniversary of the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting, (3) an identical or substantially similar item (as determined in good faith by the Board, a “ Similar Item ”), other than the election of directors, was presented at a meeting of the stockholders held not more than twelve (12) months before the special meeting request is delivered, (4) a Similar Item was presented at a meeting of the stockholders held not more than ninety (90) days before the special meeting request is delivered (and, for purposes of this clause (4), the election of directors shall be deemed a “Similar Item” with respect to all items of business involving the election or removal of directors) or (5) a Similar Item is included in the Corporation’s notice as an item of business to be brought before a stockholder meeting that has been called by the time the special meeting request is delivered but not yet held. No business may be transacted at a special meeting, including a Stockholder-Requested Meeting unless specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting.

Section  2.3 Notices . Notice of each stockholders meeting stating the place, if any, date, and time of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting shall be given in the manner permitted by Section  9.3 to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Such notice shall be given by the Corporation not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. If said notice is for a stockholders meeting other than an annual meeting, it shall in addition state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and the business transacted at such meeting shall be limited to the matters so stated in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto). Any meeting of stockholders as to which notice has been given may be postponed, and any special meeting of stockholders as to which notice has been given may be cancelled, by the Board upon public announcement (as defined in Section  2.7(c) ) given before the date previously scheduled for such meeting.

Section  2.4 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy, at a stockholders meeting of the holders of shares of outstanding capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. If a quorum shall not be present or represented by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section  2.6 until a quorum shall attend. The stockholders present at a duly convened meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation

 

2


or to another corporation, if a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any such other corporation to vote shares held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

Section  2.5 Voting of Shares .

(a) Voting Lists . The Secretary shall prepare, or shall cause the officer or agent who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation to prepare, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders of record entitled to vote at the meeting ( provided , however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section  2.5(a) shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If a meeting of stockholders is to be held solely by means of remote communication as permitted by Section  9.5(a) , then such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list required by this Section  2.5(a) or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

(b) Manner of Voting . At any stockholders meeting, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy. If authorized by the Board, the voting by stockholders or proxyholders at any meeting conducted by remote communication may be effected by a ballot submitted by Electronic Transmission (as defined in Section  9.3 ), provided that any such Electronic Transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which the Corporation can determine that the Electronic Transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxyholder. The Board, in its discretion, or the chairman of the meeting of stockholders, in such person’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

(c) Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Proxies need not be filed with the Secretary until the meeting is called to order, but shall be filed with the Secretary before being voted. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, either of the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

 

3


(i) A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile or other reproduction signature.

(ii) A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of an Electronic Transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such Electronic Transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the Electronic Transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

(d) Required Vote . Subject to the rights of the holders of one or more series of preferred stock of the Corporation (“ Preferred Stock ”), voting separately by class or series, to elect directors pursuant to the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock, the election of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon. All other matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon, unless the matter is one upon which, by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable stock exchange rules, a different vote is required, in which case such provision shall govern and control the decision of such matter.

(e) Inspectors of Election . The Board may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation or otherwise serve the Corporation in other capacities, to act at such meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Board may appoint one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspectors of election or alternates are appointed by the Board, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of outstanding shares and the voting power of each; determine the number of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots; count all votes and ballots and report the results; determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors.

Section  2.6 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned by the chairman of the meeting, from time to time, whether or not there is a quorum, to reconvene at the same or some other place. Notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the date, time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in

 

4


person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class or series of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section  2.3 , and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section  2.7 Advance Notice for Business .

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders . No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders, other than business that is either (i) specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (x) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section  2.7(a) and who is entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (y) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section  2.7(a) . Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with Section  3.2 , and this Section  2.7 shall not be applicable to nominations.

(i) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business (other than nominations) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. Subject to Section  2.7(a)(iv) , to be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary with respect to such business must (x) comply with the provisions of this Section  2.7(a)(i) and (y)  be timely updated by the times and in the manner required by the provisions of Section  2.7(a)(iii) . A stockholder’s notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the opening of business on the 120th day before the anniversary date of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the annual meeting of stockholders of the immediately preceding year; provided , however , that if the annual meeting is called for a date that is more than thirty (30) days earlier or more than sixty (60) days later than such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the opening of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day before the meeting and not later than the later of (x) the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day before the meeting or (y) the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made by the Corporation. The public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section  2.7(a) .

(ii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary with respect to any business (other than nominations) must set forth (A) as to each such matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, (2) the text of the proposal or business (including the text

 

5


of any resolutions proposed for consideration and if such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the text of the proposed amendment) and (3) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (B) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned of record or are directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder and by any Stockholder Associated Person, (D) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, swap or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right is subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares of the Corporation or otherwise (a “ Derivative Instrument ”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person and any other direct or indirect opportunity of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (E) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a solicitation made pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act by way of a solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A), contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person has a right to vote any shares of the Corporation, (F) any short interest in any security of the Corporation held by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person (for purposes of this Section  2.7 a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (G) any rights owned beneficially by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to dividends on the shares of the Corporation that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (H) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, (I) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, including without limitation any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or any Stockholder Associated Person’s immediate family sharing the same household, (J) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings (written or oral) between or among such stockholder, any Stockholder Associated Person or any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder, (K) any other information relating to such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of directors (even if an election contest is not involved), or would be otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (L) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting, and (M) a statement of whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends, or is part of a group that intends, to solicit proxies in connection with the proposal.

(iii) A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section  2.7(a) shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and

 

6


supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (x) in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date, not later than five (5) business days after such record date and (y) in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, as applicable, not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, if practicable (or if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date for the meeting or such adjournment or postponement thereof).

(iv) The foregoing notice requirements of this Section  2.7(a) shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder as to any proposal (other than nominations) if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of such stockholder’s intention to present such proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereof) of the Exchange Act, and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section  2.7(a) , provided , however , that once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section  2.7(a) shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the Board or the chairman of the annual meeting determines that any stockholder proposal was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section  2.7(a) or that the information provided in a stockholder’s notice does not satisfy the information requirements of this Section  2.7(a) , such proposal shall not be presented for action at the annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section  2.7(a) , if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present the proposed business, such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such matter may have been received by the Corporation.

(v) In addition to the provisions of this Section  2.7(a) , a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein. Nothing in this Section  2.7(a) shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting. The proposal by stockholders of other business to be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders may be made only in accordance with Section  2.3 . Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting only pursuant to Section  3.2 .

(c) Definitions . For purposes of these Bylaws, “ public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and “ Stockholder Associated Person ” shall mean for any stockholder (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

 

7


Section  2.8 Conduct of Meetings . The chairman of each annual and special meeting of stockholders shall be the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chief Executive Officer, the President or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President or if the President is not a director, such other person as shall be appointed by the Board. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with these Bylaws or such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and to adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The secretary of each annual and special meeting of stockholders shall be the Secretary or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary so appointed to act by the chairman of the meeting. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section  2.9 Consents in Lieu of Meeting .

(a) Any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation at any meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum voting power that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by delivery of a written notice sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, request that the Board fix a record date, and such written notice shall include such information as would have been required to be provided under Section  2.2 if the stockholders had requested that a Stockholder-Requested Meeting be held to take such action. The Board shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such written notice is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date (unless a record date has previously been fixed by the Board pursuant to this Section  2.9(a) ). If no record date has been fixed by the Board pursuant to this Section  2.9(a) or otherwise within ten (10) days after the date on which such written notice is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by applicable law, shall be the first business day after the expiration of such ten (10) day time period on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to the Secretary. If no record date has

 

8


been fixed by the Board pursuant to this Section  2.9(a) , the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting if prior action by the Board is required by applicable law shall be at the close of business on the date on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(b) In the event of the delivery, in the manner provided by Section  2.9(a) and applicable law, to the Corporation of written consent or consents to take corporate action and/or any related revocation or revocations, the Corporation shall engage independent inspectors of elections for the purpose of performing promptly a ministerial review of the validity of the consents and revocations. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no action by written consent without a meeting shall be effective until such inspectors have completed their review, determined that the requisite number of valid and unrevoked consents delivered to the Corporation in accordance with this Section  2.9 and applicable law have been obtained to authorize or take the action specified in the consents, and certified such determination for entry in the records of the Corporation kept for the purpose of recording the proceedings of meetings of stockholders. Nothing contained in this Section  2.9(b) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Board or any stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any consent or revocation thereof, whether before or after such certification by the independent inspectors, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section  3.1 Powers; Term .

(a) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

(b) The number of directors constituting the Board shall be not fewer than seven nor more than nine. Subject to the previous sentence, the precise number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of these Bylaws, “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of directors the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

(c) The Board shall consist of a single class of directors. Directors need not be stockholders or residents of the State of Delaware. The term of office of each director will be from the time of his or her respective election until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until his or her respective successor is duly elected and qualified, except as in the case of such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or incapacity.

(d) There shall be no Board observers.

Section  3.2 Advance Notice for Nomination of Directors .

(a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors by the stockholders of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided by the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock with respect to the rights of holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors as set forth in the Corporation’s notice of

 

9


such special meeting, may be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board (or, in the case of a special meeting, by the stockholders pursuant to Section  2.2 ) or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation (x) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section  3.2 and who is entitled to vote in the election of directors at such meeting and (y) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section  3.2 provided, in the case of a special meeting, that the Board (or the stockholders pursuant to Section  2.2 ) has determined that directors shall be elected at such special meeting).

(b) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must (x) comply with the provisions of this Section  3.2(b) and (y) be timely updated by the times and in the manner required by the provisions of Section  3.2(e) . A stockholder’s notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) in the case of an annual meeting, not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the opening of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day before the anniversary date of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the annual meeting of stockholders of the immediately preceding year; provided , however , that if the annual meeting is called for a date that is more than thirty (30) days earlier or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the opening of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day before the meeting and not later than the later of (A) the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day before the meeting or (B) the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made by the Corporation; and (ii) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not earlier than the opening of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day before the meeting and not later than the later of (A) the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day before the meeting or (B) the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting is first made by the Corporation. The public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section  3.2 .

(c) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (b) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is greater than the number of directors whose terms expire on the date of the annual meeting and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for the additional directors to be elected or specifying the size of the increased Board before the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section  3.2 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships created by such increase that are to be filled by election at such annual meeting, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the date on which such public announcement was first made by the Corporation.

(d) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned of record or are directly or indirectly owned beneficially by the person, (D) any Derivative Instrument directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such person and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation and (E) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated

 

10


thereunder; and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice (A) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person, (B) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned of record or directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such Stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person, (C) any Derivative Instrument directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person and any other direct or indirect opportunity of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (D) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a solicitation made pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act by way of a solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A), contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person has a right to vote any shares of the Corporation, (E) any short interest in any security of the Corporation held by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person (for purposes of this Section  3.2 a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (F) any rights beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to dividends on the shares of the Corporation that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (G) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, (H) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, including without limitation any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or any Stockholder Associated Person’s immediate family sharing the same household, (I) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings (written or oral) between or among such stockholder, any Stockholder Associated Person, any proposed nominee or any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by such stockholder, (J) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice, (K) any other information relating to such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (L) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand and (M) a statement of whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends, or is part of a group that intends, to solicit proxies for the election of the proposed nominee. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

(e) A stockholder providing notice of a director nomination shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section  3.2 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (x) in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date, not later than five (5) business days after such record date and (y) in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement

 

11


thereof, as applicable, not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, if practicable (or if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date for the meeting or such adjournment or postponement thereof). In addition, at the request of the Board, a proposed nominee shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation within ten (10) days after receipt of such request such information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee, and if such information is not furnished within such time period, the notice of such director’s nomination shall not be considered to have been timely given for purposes of this Section  3.2 .

(f) Except as otherwise provided by the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock with respect to the rights of one or more series of Preferred Stock to nominate and elect directors, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section  3.2 . If the Board or the chairman of the meeting of stockholders determines that any nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section  3.2 , then such nomination shall not be considered at the meeting in question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section  3.2 , if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present the nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination may have been received by the Corporation.

(g) In addition to the provisions of this Section  3.2 , a stockholder providing notice of a director nomination shall also comply with all of the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein.

(h) Nothing in this Section  3.2 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to nominate and elect directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or the right of the Board to fill newly created directorships and vacancies on the Board pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section  3.3 Compensation . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be reimbursed their expenses, if any, for attendance at each meeting of the Board and may be paid either a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or other compensation as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of committees of the Board may be allowed like compensation and reimbursement of expenses for service on the committee.

Section  3.4 Appointment of Directors; Vacancies . Newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause may be filled solely by a majority vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders), and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the full term and until his or her successor has been elected and qualified, subject, however, to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

Section  3.5 Removal of Directors . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to remove directors, any director or the entire Board may be removed from office, with or without cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

12


ARTICLE IV

BOARD MEETINGS

Section  4.1 Annual Meetings . The Board shall meet as soon as practicable after the adjournment of each annual stockholders meeting at the place of the annual stockholders meeting unless the Board shall fix another time and place and give notice thereof in the manner required herein for special meetings of the Board. No notice to the directors shall be necessary to legally convene this meeting, except as provided in this Section  4.1 .

Section  4.2 Regular Meetings . Regularly scheduled, periodic meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such times, dates and places as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section  4.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board (a) may be called by the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer and (b)  shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or Secretary on the written request of at least a majority of directors then in office, or the sole director, as the case may be, and shall be held at such time, date and place as may be determined by the person calling the meeting or, if called upon the request of directors or the sole director, as specified in such written request. Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be given, as provided in Section  9.3 , to each director (i) at least 24 hours before the meeting if such notice is oral notice given personally or by telephone or written notice given by hand delivery or by means of a form of Electronic Transmission and delivery; (ii) at least two days before the meeting if such notice is sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service; and (iii) at least five days before the meeting if such notice is sent through the United States mail. If the Secretary shall fail or refuse to give such notice, then the notice may be given by the officer who called the meeting or the directors who requested the meeting. Any and all business that may be transacted at a regular meeting of the Board may be transacted at a special meeting. Except as may be otherwise expressly provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting. A special meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Section  9.4 .

Section  4.4 Quorum; Required Vote . A majority of the Board, but in any event not less than one third of the Whole Board, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, in each case except as may be otherwise specifically provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

Section  4.5 Consent In Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by Electronic Transmission, and the writing or writings or Electronic Transmission or transmissions (or paper reproductions thereof) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

13


Section  4.6 Organization . The Board shall elect a Chairman of the Board from among the directors by resolution passed by a majority of the Board; provided , however , the Chairman of the Board shall not contemporaneously serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The chairman of each meeting of the Board shall be the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chief Executive Officer, the President (if he or she shall be a director) or in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President or if the President is not a director, a chairman elected from the directors present. The Secretary shall act as secretary of all meetings of the Board. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of the Secretary at such meeting. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section  5.1 Establishment . The Board may by resolution passed by a majority of the Board designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required. The Board shall have the power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee.

Section  5.2 Available Powers . Any committee established pursuant to Section  5.1 hereof, to the extent permitted by applicable law and by resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it.

Section  5.3 Alternate Members . The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee.

Section  5.4 Procedures . Unless the Board otherwise provides, the time, date, place, if any, and notice of meetings of a committee shall be determined by such committee. At meetings of a committee, a majority of the number of members of the committee (but not including any alternate member, unless such alternate member has replaced any absent or disqualified member at the time of, or in connection with, such meeting) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee, except as otherwise specifically provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the Board. If a quorum is not present at a meeting of a committee, the members present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than an announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. Unless the Board otherwise provides and except as provided in these Bylaws, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter, amend and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board is authorized to conduct its business pursuant to Article III and Article IV of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE VI

OFFICERS

Section  6.1 Officers . The officers of the Corporation elected by the Board may include a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Treasurer, a Controller, a Secretary and such other officers (including without limitation a Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers) as the Board from time to time may determine. Officers elected by the Board shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article VI . Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board. The Chief Executive Officer or the President

 

14


may also appoint such other officers (including without limitation one or more Vice Presidents and Controllers) as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Corporation. Such other officers shall have such powers and duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as may be provided in these Bylaws or as may be prescribed by the Board or, if such officer has been appointed by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as may be prescribed by the appointing officer.

(a) Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation and general control of all of its business subject to the ultimate authority of the Board, and shall be responsible for the execution of the policies of the Board. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside when present at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board.

(b) President . The President, if any, shall be subject to the direction and control of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board and shall have such powers and duties as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may assign to the President. If the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall preside when present at all meetings of the stockholders and (if he or she shall be a director) of the Board.

(c) Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall report to the Chief Financial Officer and, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

(d) Vice Presidents . In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board) shall perform the duties and have the powers of the President. Any one or more of the Vice Presidents may be given an additional designation of rank or function. Specifically, Vice Presidents may include Executive Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents.

(e) Secretary .

(i) The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders, the Board and (as required) committees of the Board and shall record the proceedings of such meetings in books to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing thereof by his or her signature.

(ii) The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, if one has been appointed, a stock ledger, or duplicate stock ledger, showing the names of the stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each and, with respect to certificated shares, the number and date of certificates issued for the same and the number and date of certificates cancelled.

 

15


(iii) The Secretary may designate one (1) or more Assistant Secretaries who shall have such of the authority and perform such of the duties of the Secretary as may be assigned to them by the Board, the President or the Secretary.

(f) Assistant Secretaries . The Assistant Secretary or, if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board shall, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, perform the duties and have the powers of the Secretary.

(g) Treasurer . The Treasurer shall perform all duties commonly incident to that office (including, without limitation, the care and custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation which from time to time may come into the Treasurer’s hands and the deposit of the funds of the Corporation in such banks or trust companies as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may authorize). The Treasurer may designate one (1) or more Assistant Treasurers who shall have such of the authority and perform such of the duties of the Treasurer as may be assigned to them by the Board, the President or the Treasurer.

(h) Assistant Treasurers . The Assistant Treasurer or, if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board shall, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

Section  6.2 Term of Office; Removal; Vacancies . The elected officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders. All officers elected by the Board shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board and until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the Board. Any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer or the President may also be removed, with or without cause, by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as the case may be, unless the Board otherwise provides. Any vacancy occurring in any elected office of the Corporation may be filled by the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office appointed by the Chief Executive Officer or the President may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as the case may be, unless the Board then determines that such office shall thereupon be elected by the Board, in which case the Board shall elect such officer.

Section  6.3 Other Officers . The Board may delegate the power to appoint such other officers and agents, and may also remove such officers and agents or delegate the power to remove same, as it shall from time to time deem necessary or desirable.

Section  6.4 Multiple Officeholders; Stockholder and Director Officers . Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide. Officers need not be stockholders or residents of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES

Section  7.1 Certificated and Uncertificated Shares . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. In lieu of issuing certificates for shares, the Board may either issue receipts therefor or may keep accounts upon the books of the Corporation for the record holders of such shares, who shall in either case be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be the holders of certificates for such shares

 

16


as if they had accepted such certificates and shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in accordance with Section  7.3 representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate representing shares in bearer form.

Section  7.2 Multiple Classes of Stock . The Corporation shall, by resolution of the Board, be authorized to issue, from time to time, one or more classes of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such class, to fix the terms thereof. If the Corporation issues more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the Corporation shall (a) cause the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights to be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of any certificate that the Corporation issues to represent shares of such class or series of stock or (b) in the case of uncertificated shares, within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth on certificates as specified in clause (a) above; provided , however , that, except as otherwise provided by applicable law, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of such certificate or, in the case of uncertificated shares, on such written notice a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

Section  7.3 Signatures . Each certificate representing capital stock of the Corporation shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation, including, without limitation, the Chief Executive Officer , the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar on the date of issue.

Section  7.4 Consideration and Payment for Shares .

(a) Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, shares of stock may be issued for such consideration, having in the case of shares with par value a value not less than the par value thereof, and to such persons, as determined from time to time by the Board. The consideration may consist of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the Corporation including cash, promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be performed or other securities.

(b) Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, shares may not be issued until the full amount of the consideration has been paid, unless upon the face or back of each certificate issued to represent any partly paid shares of capital stock, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of partly paid uncertificated shares, there shall have been set forth the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon up to and including the time said certificate representing certificated shares or said uncertificated shares are issued.

 

17


Section  7.5 Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates .

(a) If an owner of a certificate representing shares claims that such certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate representing such shares or shall issue such shares in uncertificated form if the owner: (i) requests such a new certificate or the issuance of uncertificated shares before the Corporation has notice that the certificate representing such shares has been acquired by a protected purchaser (as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted by the State of Delaware); (ii) if requested by the Corporation, delivers to the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, wrongful taking or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares; and (iii) satisfies other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

(b) If a certificate representing shares has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of that fact within a reasonable time after the owner has notice of such loss, apparent destruction or wrongful taking and the Corporation registers a transfer of such shares before receiving notification, the owner shall be precluded from asserting against the Corporation any claim for registering such transfer or a claim to a new certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form.

Section  7.6 Transfer of Stock .

(a) If a certificate representing shares of the Corporation is presented to the Corporation with a stock power or other endorsement requesting the registration of transfer of such shares or an instruction is presented to the Corporation requesting the registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall register the transfer as requested if:

(i) in the case of certificated shares, the certificate representing such shares has been surrendered;

(ii) (A) with respect to certificated shares, the indorsement is made by the person specified by the certificate as entitled to such shares; (B) with respect to uncertificated shares, an instruction is made by the registered owner of such uncertificated shares; or (C) with respect to certificated shares or uncertificated shares, the indorsement or instruction is made by any other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on behalf of the appropriate person;

(iii) the Corporation has received a guarantee of signature of the person signing such indorsement or instruction or such other reasonable assurance that the indorsement or instruction is genuine and authorized as the Corporation may request;

(iv) the transfer does not violate any restriction on transfer imposed by the Corporation that is enforceable in accordance with Section  7.8(a) ; and

(v) such other conditions for such transfer as shall be provided for under applicable law have been satisfied.

(b) Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security and not absolutely, the Corporation shall so record such fact in the entry of transfer if, when the certificate for such shares is presented to the Corporation for transfer or, if such shares are uncertificated, when the instruction for registration of transfer thereof is presented to the Corporation, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.

 

18


Section  7.7 Registered Stockholders . Before due presentment for registration of transfer of a certificate representing shares of the Corporation or of an instruction requesting registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to inspect for any proper purpose the stock ledger and the other books and records of the Corporation, vote such shares, receive dividends or notifications with respect to such shares and otherwise exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of such shares, except that a person who is the beneficial owner of such shares (if held in a voting trust or by a nominee on behalf of such person) may, upon providing documentary evidence of beneficial ownership of such shares and satisfying such other conditions as are provided under applicable law, may also so inspect the books and records of the Corporation.

Section  7.8 Effect of the Corporation’s Restriction on Transfer .

(a) A written restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be owned by any person or group of persons, if permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”) and noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares or, in the case of uncertificated shares, contained in a notice sent by the Corporation to the registered owner of such shares within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, may be enforced against the holder of such shares or any successor or transferee of the holder including an executor, administrator, trustee, guardian or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of the holder.

(b) A restriction imposed by the Corporation on the transfer or the registration of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be owned by any person or group of persons, even if otherwise lawful, is ineffective against a person without actual knowledge of such restriction unless: (i) the shares are certificated and such restriction is noted conspicuously on the certificate; or (ii) the shares are uncertificated and such restriction was contained in a notice sent by the Corporation to the registered owner of such shares within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares.

Section  7.9 Regulations . The Board shall have power and authority to make such additional rules and regulations, subject to any applicable requirement of law, as the Board may deem necessary and appropriate with respect to the issue, transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock or certificates representing shares. The Board may appoint one or more transfer agents or registrars and may require for the validity thereof that certificates representing shares bear the signature of any transfer agent or registrar so appointed.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section  8.1 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter a “ Covered Person ”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer,

 

19


employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or other applicable statutes of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all expenses, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Covered Person in connection with such proceeding; provided , however , that, except as provided in Section  8.3 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Covered Person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

Section  8.2 Right to Advancement of Expenses . In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section  8.1 , a Covered Person shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending, testifying, or otherwise participating in any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “ advancement of expenses ”); provided , however , that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a Covered Person in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Covered Person, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such Covered Person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ final adjudication ”) that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article VIII or otherwise.

Section  8.3 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section  8.1 or Section  8.2 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the Covered Person may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Covered Person shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In any suit brought by (a) the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by a Covered Person to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the Covered Person has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL, and (b) the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Covered Person has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because the Covered Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including a determination by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Covered Person has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Covered Person, shall be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VIII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

20


Section  8.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights provided to Covered Persons pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, an agreement, a vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

Section  8.5 Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and/or any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another entity, trust or other enterprise who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an officer, director, employee or other agent of another enterprise, in each case, against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section  8.6 Indemnification of Other Persons . This Article VIII shall not limit the right of the Corporation to the extent and in the manner permitted by law to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons. Without limiting the foregoing, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation and to any other person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of Covered Persons under this Article VIII .

Section  8.7 Amendments . Any repeal or amendment of this Article VIII by the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in applicable law, or the adoption of any other provision of these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VIII , shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in applicable law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights to Covered Persons on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and will not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

Section  8.8 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article VIII , (a) references to “other enterprise” shall include any employee benefit plan; (b) references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; (c) references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service that imposes duties on, or involves services by, a person with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and (d) a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation” for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL.

Section  8.9 Contract Rights . The rights provided to Covered Persons pursuant to this Article VIII (a) shall be contract rights based upon good and valuable consideration, pursuant to which a Covered Person may bring suit as if the provisions of this Article VIII were set forth in a separate written contract between the Covered Person and the Corporation, (b) shall fully vest at the time the Covered Person first assumes his or her position as a director or officer of the Corporation, (c) are intended to be retroactive and shall be available with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to the adoption of this Article VIII , (d) shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and (e) shall inure to the benefit of the Covered Person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

21


Section  8.10 Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of this Article VIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section  9.1 Place of Meetings . If the place of any meeting of stockholders, the Board or committee of the Board for which notice is required under these Bylaws is not designated in the notice of such meeting, such meeting shall be held at the principal business office of the Corporation; provided , however , if the Board has, in its sole discretion, determined that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but instead shall be held by means of remote communication pursuant to Section  9.5 hereof, then such meeting shall not be held at any place.

Section  9.2 Fixing Record Dates .

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a record date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section  9.2(a) at the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section  9.3 Means of Giving Notice .

(a) Notice to Directors . Whenever under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any director, such notice shall be given either (i) in writing and sent by hand delivery, through the United States mail, or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day

 

22


delivery, (ii) by means of facsimile telecommunication or other form of Electronic Transmission, or (iii) by oral notice given personally or by telephone. A notice to a director will be deemed given as follows: (A) if given by hand delivery, orally, or by telephone, when actually received by the director, (B) if sent through the United States mail, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage and fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (C) if sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when deposited with such service, with fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (D) if sent by facsimile telecommunication, when sent to the facsimile transmission number for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, (E) if sent by electronic mail, when sent to the electronic mail address for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, or (F) if sent by any other form of Electronic Transmission, when sent to the address, location or number (as applicable) for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation.

(b) Notice to Stockholders . Whenever under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any stockholder, such notice may be given (i) in writing and sent either by hand delivery, through the United States mail, or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery, or (ii) by means of a form of Electronic Transmission consented to by the stockholder, to the extent permitted by, and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 232 of the DGCL. A notice to a stockholder shall be deemed given as follows: (A) if given by hand delivery, when actually received by the stockholder, (B) if sent through the United States mail, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage and fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address appearing on the stock ledger of the Corporation, (C) if sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when deposited with such service, with fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address appearing on the stock ledger of the Corporation, or (D) if given by a form of Electronic Transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth above, (I) if by facsimile transmission, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (II) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (III) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specified posting, upon the later of (1) such posting and (2) the giving of such separate notice, and (IV) if by any other form of Electronic Transmission, when directed to the stockholder. A stockholder may revoke such stockholder’s consent to receiving notice by means of electronic communication by giving written notice of such revocation to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (x) the Corporation is unable to deliver by Electronic Transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (y) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided , however , the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

(c) Electronic Transmission . “ Electronic Transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process, including but not limited to transmission by facsimile telecommunication or electronic mail.

(d) Notice to Stockholders Sharing Same Address . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively by the Corporation to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice or a single Electronic Transmission to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. A stockholder may revoke such stockholder’s consent by delivering written notice of such revocation to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send such a single written notice shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

23


(e) Exceptions to Notice Requirements . Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

Whenever notice is required to be given by the Corporation, under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any stockholder to whom (1) notice of two consecutive annual meetings of stockholders and all notices of stockholder meetings or of the taking of action by written consent of stockholders without a meeting to such stockholder during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (2) all, and at least two payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a 12-month period, have been mailed addressed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such stockholder shall not be required. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to such stockholder shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such stockholder shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice setting forth such stockholder’s then-current address, the requirement that notice be given to such stockholder shall be reinstated. If the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the DGCL.

Section  9.4 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver of such notice, signed before or after the date of such meeting by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by Electronic Transmission by the person entitled to said notice, shall be deemed equivalent to such required notice. All such waivers shall be kept with the books of the Corporation. Attendance at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a person attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section  9.5 Meeting Attendance via Remote Communication Equipment .

(a) Stockholder Meetings . If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(i) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(ii) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (A) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (B) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity

 

24


to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (C) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such votes or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

(b) Board Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section  9.6 Dividends . The Board may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends (payable in cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock) on the Corporation’s outstanding shares of capital stock, subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section  9.7 Reserves . The Board may set apart out of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

Section  9.8 Contracts and Negotiable Instruments . Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument may be executed and delivered in the name and on behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers or other employee or employees of the Corporation as the Board may from time to time authorize. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board may determine. The Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President may execute and deliver any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. Subject to any restrictions imposed by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President may delegate powers to execute and deliver any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to other officers or employees of the Corporation under such person’s supervision and authority, it being understood, however, that any such delegation of power shall not relieve such officer of responsibility with respect to the exercise of such delegated power.

Section  9.9 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board.

Section  9.10 Seal . The Board may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as the Board determines. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

Section  9.11 Books and Records . The books and records of the Corporation may be kept within or outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board.

Section  9.12 Resignation . Any director, committee member or officer may resign by giving notice thereof in writing or by Electronic Transmission to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or at the time of receipt of such notice if no time is specified or the specified time is earlier than the time of such receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

25


Section  9.13 Surety Bonds . Such officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (if any) as the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board may direct, from time to time, shall be bonded for the faithful performance of their duties and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of their death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in their possession or under their control belonging to the Corporation, in such amounts and by such surety companies as the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board may determine. The premiums on such bonds shall be paid by the Corporation and the bonds so furnished shall be in the custody of the Secretary.

Section  9.14 Securities of Other Corporations . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents in writing and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President or the Secretary. Any such officer, may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such corporation, and at any such meeting or with respect to any such consent shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed. The Board may from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section  9.15 Amendments . The Board shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws. The affirmative vote of a majority of the Board, but in any event not less than one third of the Whole Board, shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws. The Bylaws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders; provided , however , that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws.

 

26

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS CUSIP 05351X 10 1 THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES, $0.01 PAR VALUE, OF AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP. transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by Attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned COMMON and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated: AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP. *DELAWAR E* PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY (Brooklyn, New York) TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR BY AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

      UTMA –         Custodian     
TEN COM   

–  as tenants in common

      (Cust)       (Minor)
TEN ENT   

–  as tenants by entireties

      under Uniform Transfers to Minors
JT TEN   

–  as joint tenants with right of

     
  

    survivorship and not as tenants in common

      Act          
            (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.   

 

For value received _____ hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE      
           

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                       Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated                     

 

X

   

X

  NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED    
ALL GUARANTEES MUST BE MADE BY A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION (SUCH AS A BANK OR BROKER) WHICH IS A PARTICIPANT IN THE SECURITIES TRANSFER AGENTS MEDALLION PROGRAM (“STAMP”), THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, INC. MEDALLION SIGNATURE PROGRAM (“MSP”), OR THE STOCK EXCHANGES MEDALLION PROGRAM (“SEMP”) AND MUST NOT BE DATED. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.    

Exhibit 4.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 15, 2017, is entered into by and among Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Persons who are signatories to this Agreement on the signature pages hereto and the other Persons who become signatories hereto following the date hereof (collectively, “ Holders ”).

WHEREAS, in accordance with the Plan (as hereinafter defined), the Company has agreed to grant to the Holders the registration rights set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the obligations of the Company and the Holders under the Plan and in consideration of the premises, mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the definitions set forth above, the following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including portfolio companies of any of the foregoing Persons and managed funds and accounts of any of the foregoing Persons. The term “ Affiliated ” shall have a correlative meaning.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which state or federally chartered banking institutions in New York City, New York are not required to be opened.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any shares or capital stock for or into which such common stock hereafter is exchanged, converted, reclassified or recapitalized by the Company or pursuant to an agreement to which the Company is a party.

Common Stock Equivalents ” means, without duplication, Common Stock, Warrants and any rights, warrants, options, convertible securities or Indebtedness, exchangeable securities or Indebtedness, or other rights, exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into, directly or indirectly, Common Stock and securities convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, whether at the time of issuance or upon the passage of time or the occurrence of some future event.


Company Initiated Resale Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(a) .

Company Underwriter ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(c) .

Contracting Parties ” shall have meaning set forth in SECTION 3.10 .

Demand Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(a) .

Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

FINRA ” means Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of any nation, state, city, locality or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

Holdback Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.6(a) .

Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof, and “ Holders ” means all Holders, collectively.

Holders’ Counsel ” shall have meaning set forth in SECTION 2.7(a)(i) .

IM Underwriter ” shall have meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(c) .

Incidental Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.2(a) .

Indemnified Party ” shall have meaning set forth in SECTION 2.11(c) .

Indemnifying Party ” shall have meaning set forth in SECTION 2.11(c) .

Initiating Demand Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(a) .

Liability ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.11(a) .

NASDAQ ” means the Nasdaq Stock Market.

Non-Initiating Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.2(a) .

Non-party Affiliates ” shall have meaning set forth in SECTION 3.10 .

 

2


NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or other entity and shall include any “group” within the meaning of the regulations promulgated by the Commission under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.

Plan ” means the Second Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Avaya Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates, Case No. 17-10089 (SMB).

Records ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.7(a)(vii) .

Registrable Securities ” means any Common Stock (including any issuable or issued upon exercise, exchange or conversion of any Common Stock Equivalents) or Warrants at any time owned, either of record or beneficially, by any Holder and any additional securities that may be issued or distributed or be issuable in respect of any Common Stock or Warrants by way of conversion, dividend, stock-split, distribution or exchange, merger, consolidation, exchange, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transactions until a registration statement covering such securities has been declared effective by the Commission and such securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement. For the avoidance of doubt, Registrable Securities includes any Warrants and any Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants.

Resale Shelf Take-Down ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(d) .

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule thereto that may be promulgated by the Commission.

S-1 Initiating Take-Down Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(b) .

S-1 Resale Shelf Take-Down ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(b) .

S-1 Shelf Initiating Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(a) .

S-1 Shelf Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(a)

S-1 Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(a) .

S-1 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(b) .

S-3 Initiating Take-Down Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(d) .

S-3 Resale Shelf Take-Down ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(d) .

S-3 Shelf Initiating Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(c) .

S-3 Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(c) .

 

3


S-3 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(d).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(c).

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person, whether incorporated or unincorporated, in which the Company or any one or more of its other Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, owns or controls: (i) fifty percent (50%) or more of the securities or other ownership interests, including profits, equity or beneficial interests; or (ii) securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect more than fifty percent (50%) of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such other Person that is not a corporation.

Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(d).

Valid Business Reason ” shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(b) .

Warrants ” means warrants distributed pursuant to the Plan to holders of Class 4 Second Lien Notes Claims (as defined in the Plan).

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

SECTION 2.1. Demand Registration Right.

(a) From and after the date that is three (3) months after the Effective Date, at any time the Company does not qualify for the use of Form S-3 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor form to Form S-3, or any similar short-form Registration Statement), (i) each Holder or group of Holders, which collectively hold an aggregate of at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Common Stock (with all Warrants considered on a fully exercised basis for purposes of both the numerator and denominator) (collectively, the “ Initiating Demand Holders ”), may make a written request (specifying the intended method of disposition and the amount of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold) that the Company effect, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect, a registration of its Common Stock and/or its Warrants under the Securities Act (a “ Demand Registration ”) of all or any requested portion of the Registrable Securities collectively held by such Holders (subject to SECTION 2.4(a)) or (ii) the Board of Directors may determine to commence a registration of Common Stock and/or Warrants held by Holders under the Securities Act (a “ Company Initiated Resale Registration ”), and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect a registration of its Common Stock and/or Warrants for all Holders that exercise piggyback registration rights under SECTION 2.2 (subject to SECTION 2.4(a)) .

 

4


(b) If the Board of Directors, in its good faith judgment, determines that any registration of the Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration or a Company Initiated Resale Registration should not be made or continued because it would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger or other material transaction involving the Company (a “ Valid Business Reason ”), the Company may (i) postpone filing a Registration Statement relating to a Demand Registration or a Company Initiated Resale Registration until such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than one hundred and five (105) days, and (ii) in case a Registration Statement has been filed relating to a Demand Registration or a Company Initiated Resale Registration, if the Valid Business Reason has not resulted from actions taken by the Company, the Company, upon the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, acting in good faith, (x) may cause such Registration Statement to be withdrawn and its effectiveness terminated, provided , however , that a new Registration Statement is filed within one hundred and five (105) days thereafter, or (y) may postpone amending or supplementing such Registration Statement, but in no event for more than one hundred and five (105) days; provided , however , that if the registration of Registrable Securities is postponed or withdrawn pursuant to this SECTION 2.1(b) , the Company shall not be permitted to register under the Securities Act any Common Stock or Warrants, other than Common Stock or other equity securities to be issued in connection with an acquisition, during any such postponement or during the period from such withdrawal to the filing of such new Registration Statement. The Company shall give written notice of its determination to postpone or withdraw a Registration Statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may not postpone or withdraw a filing or filings under this SECTION 2.1 (i) more than twice in any twelve (12) month period, or (ii) for more than one hundred and eighty (180) days, in the aggregate for all such postponements or withdrawals, in any twelve (12) month period. For the avoidance of doubt, any postponement or withdrawal of a Registration Statement for a Demand Registration shall result in the related registration of Registrable Securities not constituting a Demand Registration for purposes of SECTION 2.3 hereof.

(c) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Demand Registration to be in the form of a firm commitment underwritten offering and the managing underwriter or underwriter selected for such offering shall be selected by the Initiating Demand Holders (the “ IM Underwriter ”), which must be reasonably acceptable to the Company; provided that the Initiating Demand Holders may delegate their rights under this sentence to the Board of Directors. In connection with any Demand Registration under this SECTION 2.1 involving an underwritten offering, none of the Registrable Securities held by an Initiating Demand Holder making a request for inclusion of such Registrable Securities shall be included in such underwritten offering unless such Initiating Demand Holder accepts the terms of the offering as agreed upon by the Company and the IM Underwriter, such terms to be in an underwriting agreement in customary form; provided, that no such Person shall be required to make any representations or warranties, or provide any indemnity, in connection with any such registration other than representations and warranties (or indemnities with respect thereto) as to (i) such Person’s ownership of his, her or its Registrable Securities to be transferred free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances, (ii) such Person’s power and authority to effect such transfer, (iii) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws by such Person as may be reasonably requested, and (iv) such other matters customarily included in representations, warranties or indemnities by selling securityholders in offerings of such type as may be reasonably requested; provided, further, that the obligation of such Person to indemnify pursuant to any such underwriting arrangements shall be several, not joint and several, among such

 

5


Persons selling Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Person will be in proportion thereto, and provided, further, that such liability will be limited to the net proceeds received by such Person from the sale of his, her or its Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Company Initiated Resale Registration to be in the form of a firm commitment underwritten offering and the managing underwriter or underwriter selected for such offering shall be selected by the Company (such managing underwriter or underwriter, or any other managing underwriter or underwriter selected by the Company pursuant to SECTION 2.2(b) , the “ Company Underwriter ”).

SECTION 2.2. Piggyback Registration Right.

(a) Within ten (10) Business Days following receipt by the Company of a request from the Initiating Demand Holders to effect a Demand Registration, the Company shall give written notice of such request to each other Holder (the “ Non-Initiating Holders ”) which shall describe the anticipated filing date, the proposed registration and plan of distribution, and offer the Non-Initiating Holders the opportunity to register their Registrable Securities (an “ Incidental Registration ”) in such registration. Following the receipt of such notice, each Non-Initiating Holder shall be entitled, by delivery of a written request to the Company delivered no later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt of notice from the Company, to include all or any portion of their Registrable Securities in such Demand Registration (subject to SECTION 2.4(a) ). The right of each Non-Initiating Holder to have Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration pursuant to this SECTION 2.2(a) shall be conditioned upon each Non-Initiating Holder entering into (together with the Initiating Demand Holders) an underwriting agreement in customary form with the IM Underwriter on the same terms as the Initiating Demand Holders. Subject to SECTION 2.4 , the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts (within ten (10) Business Days of the notice provided for above) to cause the IM Underwriter to permit the Non-Initiating Holders to participate in the Incidental Registration to include their Registrable Securities in such offering on the same terms and conditions as the Registrable Securities being sold for the account of the Initiating Demand Holders.

(b) In connection with any Company Initiated Resale Registration or any other registration by the Company, whether for its own account or for the benefit of any Holders or both (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor thereto), the Company shall give written notice to all Holders at least twenty (20) Business Days prior to the proposed filing date of the Registration Statement. Following the receipt of such notice, each Holder shall be entitled, by delivery of a written request to the Company delivered no later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt of notice from the Company, to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in such offering (subject to SECTION 2.4(b) ). The right of each Holder to have Registrable Securities included in an offering pursuant to this SECTION 2.2(b) shall be conditioned (if an underwritten offering) upon each Holder entering into (together with the Company) an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Company Underwriter. Subject to SECTION 2.4 , the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts (within ten (10) Business Days of the notice provided for above) to cause the Company Underwriter to permit the Holders to participate in a registration pursuant to this SECTION 2.2(b) to include their Registrable Securities in such offering on the same terms and conditions as the Registrable Securities being sold for the account of the Company or any other Holder; provided, that no such

 

6


Person shall be required to make any representations or warranties, or provide any indemnity, in connection with any such registration other than representations and warranties (or indemnities with respect thereto) as to (i) such Person’s ownership of his, her or its Registrable Securities to be transferred free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances, (ii) such Person’s power and authority to effect such transfer, (iii) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws by such Person as may be reasonably requested, and (iv) such other matters customarily included in representations, warranties or indemnities by selling securityholders in offerings of such type as may be reasonably requested; provided, further, that the obligation of such Person to indemnify pursuant to any such underwriting arrangements shall be several, not joint and several, among such Persons selling Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Person will be in proportion thereto, and provided, further, that such liability will be limited to the net proceeds received by such Person from the sale of his, her or its Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.

SECTION 2.3. Effective Demand Registration . The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Demand Registration or Company Initiated Resale Registration to become effective not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after it receives a request under SECTION 2.1(a) hereof or the Board of Directors makes a determination under SECTION 2.1(a) hereof and to remain effective for the lesser of (i) the period during which all Common Stock and/or Warrants registered in the Demand Registration are sold and (ii) one hundred and twenty (120) days, provided , however , that a registration shall not constitute a Demand Registration if (x) after such Demand Registration has become effective, such registration or the related offer, sale or distribution of Registrable Securities thereunder is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other Governmental Authority for any reason not materially attributable to any of the Initiating Demand Holders and such interference is not thereafter eliminated or (y) the conditions specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such Demand Registration are not satisfied or waived, other than by reason of a failure by the Initiating Demand Holders. Subject to the exceptions described in SECTION 2.1 , SECTION 2.5 and this SECTION 2.3 , the Company shall only be obligated to effect an aggregate of six (6) Demand Registrations, S-1 Shelf Registrations and S-1 Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs under this Agreement and shall not be required to effect more than one (1) Demand Registration or S-1 Shelf Registration in any six month period or more than one (1) S-1 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down in any six month period.

SECTION 2.4. Cutback.

(a)

(i) With respect to any Demand Registration, any Company Initiated Resale Registration, any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, in each case that does not include Registrable Securities being sold for the account of the Company, or any other registration for an underwritten offering that does not include Registrable Securities being sold for the account of the Company, if the Company shall reasonably determine (after consultation with the relevant underwriter) that the amount of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, including Registrable Securities requested to be included pursuant to SECTION

 

7


2.2, exceeds the amount which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the Registrable Securities being offered, then the Company will reduce the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering pro rata based on the amount of Common Stock (with all Warrants considered on a fully exercised basis for purposes of both the numerator and denominator) owned by each Holder requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration under any of SECTION 2.1, SECTION 2.2 or SECTION 2.5.

(ii) With respect to any Demand Registration, any Company Initiated Resale Registration or any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down that does include Registrable Securities being sold for the account of the Company, if the Company shall reasonably determine (after consultation with the relevant underwriter) that the amount of Registrable Securities being sold for the account of the Company together with the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders to be included in such registration, including Registrable Securities requested to be included pursuant to SECTION 2.2, exceeds the amount which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the Registrable Securities being offered, then the Company will reduce the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering by (i) first only including the total number of Registrable Securities of the Holders in such offering with each such Holder entitled to include its pro rata share based on the number of shares of Common Stock (with all Warrants considered on a fully exercised basis for purposes of both the numerator and denominator) that are owned by such Holder and constitute Registrable Securities and (ii) second, to the extent that all Registrable Securities of the Holders can be included, then only including the total number of Registrable Securities being sold for the account of the Company that the Company so determines can be included.

(b) If the Company reasonably determines (after consultation with the relevant underwriter) that the amount of Registrable Securities requested to be included in an underwritten offering contemplated by SECTION 2.2(b) (other than a registration subject to SECTION 2.4(a) ) exceeds the amount which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the Registrable Securities being offered, then the Company will reduce the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering by (i) first only including the Registrable Securities (or portion thereof) being sold for the account of the Company that the Company so determines can be included and (ii) second, to the extent that all Registrable Securities being sold for the account of the Company can be included, then only including the total number of Registrable Securities of the Holders in such offering as the Company so determines can be included (in addition to all such Registrable Securities being sold for the account of the Company) with each such Holder entitled to include its pro rata share based on the number of shares of Common Stock (with all Warrants considered on a fully exercised basis for purposes of both the numerator and denominator) that are owned by such Holder and constitute Registrable Securities.

 

8


SECTION 2.5. Shelf Registration.

(a) S-1 Shelf Registrations . From and after the date that is three (3) months after the Effective Date, at any time the Company does not qualify for the use of Form S-3 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor form to Form S-3, or any similar short-form Registration Statement), upon receipt of a written request from any Holder or group of Holders, which collectively hold (together with its Affiliates) an aggregate of at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Common Stock (with all Warrants considered on a fully exercised basis for purposes of both the numerator and denominator) (the “ S-1 Shelf Initiating Holder ”) that the Company file a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 for an offering on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (an “ S-1 Shelf Registration Statement” ) covering the resale of all or a portion of the Registrable Securities owned by such S-1 Shelf Initiating Holder (an “ S-1 Shelf Registration ”), the Company shall give written notice of such request to each other Holder at least twenty (20) Business Days before the anticipated filing date of such Form S-1, and such notice shall describe the proposed registration and offer such other Holders the opportunity to register all or any portion of their Registrable Securities as each other Holder may elect, by written notice given to the Company within ten (10) Business Days after their receipt from the Company of the written notice of such S-1 Shelf Registration. The Company shall include in such registration all Registrable Securities that the S-1 Shelf Initiating Holder requested to include, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to (x) cause such registration pursuant to this SECTION 2.5(a) to become and remain effective as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after it receives a request therefor and (y) include in such registration all Registrable Securities requested to be included by the other Holders (other than the S-1 Shelf Initiating Holder) who have timely elected to participate in such Shelf Registration Statement, on the same terms and conditions as the Registrable Securities of the S-1 Shelf Initiating Holder.

(b) S-1 Shelf Take-Downs . Following the effectiveness of an S-1 Shelf Registration Statement, any Holder or group of Holders whose Registrable Securities are included on such Shelf Registration Statement and which collectively hold (together with its Affiliates) an aggregate of at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Common Stock (with all Warrants considered on a fully exercised basis for purposes of both the numerator and denominator) (the “ S-1 Initiating Take-Down Holder ”) may request that the Company engage in an underwritten resale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such S-1 Shelf Registration Statement (an “ S-1 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ”) or prepare a prospectus supplement for a non-underwritten resale pursuant to such S-1 Shelf Registration Statement (an “ S-1 Resale Shelf Take-Down ”). In connection with any S-1 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, each Holder agrees, in an effort to conduct such S-1 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down in the most efficient and organized manner, to coordinate with any other Holders prior to initiating any sales efforts and cooperate with the other Holder(s) as to the terms of such S-1 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, including the aggregate amount of securities to be sold and the number of Registrable Securities to be sold by each Holder. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company shall give prompt notice to any non-initiating Holder (if such Holder’s Registrable Securities are included in the S-1 Shelf Registration Statement) of the receipt of a request from the S-1 Initiating Take-Down Holder of a proposed S-1 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down under and pursuant to the S-1 Shelf Registration Statement and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, will provide such other Holders a period of five (5) Business Days to participate in such S-1 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, subject to the terms negotiated by and applicable to the S-1 Initiating Take-Down Holder and subject to “cutback” limitations set forth in SECTION 2.4 . All such Holders electing to be included in an S-1 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down must sell their Registrable Securities on the same terms and conditions as the Registrable Securities being sold for the account of the S-1

 

9


Initiating Take-Down Holder; provided, that no such Person shall be required to make any representations or warranties, or provide any indemnity, in connection with any such registration other than representations and warranties (or indemnities with respect thereto) as to (i) such Person’s ownership of his, her or its Registrable Securities to be transferred free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances, (ii) such Person’s power and authority to effect such transfer, (iii) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws by such Person as may be reasonably requested, and (iv) such other matters customarily included in representations, warranties or indemnities by selling securityholders in offerings of such type as may be reasonably requested; provided, further, that the obligation of such Person to indemnify pursuant to any such underwriting arrangements shall be several, not joint and several, among such Persons selling Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Person will be in proportion thereto, and provided, further, that such liability will be limited to the net proceeds (after deducting for underwriting discounts and commissions) received by such Person from the sale of his, her or its Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.

(c) S-3 Shelf Registrations . If at such time the Company qualifies for the use of Form S-3 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor form to Form S-3, or any similar short-form Registration Statement) (an “ S-3 Shelf Registration Statement ,” and together with an S-1 Shelf Registration Statement, a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”), upon receipt of a written request from any Holder or group of Holders, which collectively hold (together with its Affiliates) an aggregate of at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Common Stock (with all Warrants considered on a fully exercised basis for purposes of both the numerator and denominator) (the “ S-3 Initiating Holder ”) that the Company file an S-3 Shelf Registration Statement covering the resale of all or a portion of the Registrable Securities owned by such S-3 Initiating Holder, the Company shall give written notice of such request to each other Holder at least twenty (20) Business Days before the anticipated filing date of such Form S-3, and such notice shall describe the proposed registration and offer such other Holders the opportunity to register all or any portion of their Registrable Securities as each other Holder may request in writing to the Company, given within ten (10) Business Days after their receipt from the Company of the written notice of such registration. If requested by the S-3 Initiating Holder, such S-3 Shelf Registration Statement shall be for an offering on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to (x) cause such registration pursuant to this SECTION 2.5(c) to become and remain effective as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than forty-five (45) days after it receives a request therefor and (y) include in such registration the Registrable Securities of the other Holders (other than the S-3 Initiating Holder) who have requested in writing to participate in such S-3 Shelf Registration Statement on the same terms and conditions as the Registrable Securities of the S-3 Initiating Holder.

(d) S-3 Shelf Take-Downs . Following the effectiveness of an S-3 Shelf Registration Statement, any Holder or group of Holders whose Registrable Securities are included on such S-3 Shelf Registration Statement and which collectively hold (together with its Affiliates) an aggregate of at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Common Stock (with all Warrants considered on a fully exercised basis for purposes of both the numerator and denominator) (the “ S-3 Initiating Take-Down Holder ”) may request that the Company engage in an underwritten resale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such S-3 Shelf Registration Statement (an “ S-3 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ,” and together with an S-1 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, an

 

10


Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ”) or prepare a prospectus supplement for a non-underwritten resale pursuant to such S-3 Shelf Registration Statement (an “ S-3 Resale Shelf Take-Down, ” and together with an S-1 Resale Shelf Take-Down,” a “ Resale Shelf Take-Down ”). In connection with any S-3 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, each Holder agrees, in an effort to conduct such S-3 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down in the most efficient and organized manner, to coordinate with any other Holders prior to initiating any sales efforts and cooperate with the other Holder(s) as to the terms of such S-3 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, including the aggregate amount of securities to be sold and the number of Registrable Securities to be sold by each Holder. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company shall give prompt notice to any non-initiating Holder (if such Holder’s Registrable Securities are included in the S-3 Shelf Registration Statement) of the receipt of a request from the S-3 Initiating Take-Down Holder of a proposed S-3 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down under and pursuant to the S-3 Shelf Registration Statement and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, will provide such other Holders a period of five (5) Business Days to participate in such S-3 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, subject to the terms negotiated by and applicable to the S-3 Initiating Take-Down Holder and subject to “cutback” limitations set forth in SECTION 2.4 . All such Holders electing to be included in an S-3 Underwritten Shelf Take-Down must sell their Registrable Securities on the same terms and conditions as the Registrable Securities being sold for the account of the S-3 Initiating Take-Down Holder; provided, that no such Person shall be required to make any representations or warranties, or provide any indemnity, in connection with any such registration other than representations and warranties (or indemnities with respect thereto) as to (i) such Person’s ownership of his, her or its Registrable Securities to be transferred free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances, (ii) such Person’s power and authority to effect such transfer, (iii) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws by such Person as may be reasonably requested, and (iv) such other matters customarily included in representations, warranties or indemnities by selling securityholders in offerings of such type as may be reasonably requested; provided, further, that the obligation of such Person to indemnify pursuant to any such underwriting arrangements shall be several, not joint and several, among such Persons selling Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Person will be in proportion thereto, and provided, further, that such liability will be limited to the net proceeds (after deducting for underwriting discounts and commissions) received by such Person from the sale of his, her or its Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.

(e) Delay of Shelf Registration or Shelf Take-Down . If the Board of Directors has a Valid Business Reason, the Company may (x) postpone filing a Registration Statement or prospectus supplement relating to a Shelf Registration Statement, Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or Resale Shelf Take-Down until such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than ninety (90) days, and (y) in case a Registration Statement or prospectus supplement has been filed relating to a Shelf Registration Statement, Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or Resale Shelf Take-Down, if the Valid Business Reason has not resulted from actions taken by the Company, the Company, upon the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors acting in good faith, may cause the applicable Registration Statement to be withdrawn and its effectiveness terminated, provided , however , that a new Registration Statement (and prospectus supplement, if applicable) is filed within ninety (90) days thereafter, or may postpone amending or supplementing such Registration Statement or prospectus supplement, but in no event for more than ninety (90) days; provided , however , that if the registration of Registrable Securities is postponed or withdrawn pursuant to this SECTION 2.5(e) , the Company shall not be permitted

 

11


to register under the Securities Act any Common Stock or Warrants, other than shares of Common Stock or other equity securities to be issued in connection with an acquisition, during any such postponement or during the period from such withdrawal to the filing of such new Registration Statement. The Company shall give written notice to the Holders of its determination to postpone or withdraw a Registration Statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may not postpone or withdraw a filing due to a Valid Business Reason more than twice in any twelve (12) month period. The Company shall not be required to effect any registration pursuant to SECTION 2.5 , (i) within ninety (90) days after the effective date of any other Registration Statement of the Company, (ii) if Form S-1 is not available for such offering by the S-1 Shelf Initiating Holder or the S-1 Initiating Take-Down Holder, as applicable or (iii) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the S-3 Initiating Holder or the S-3 Initiating Take-Down Holder, as applicable.

SECTION 2.6. Holdback Agreements .

(a) To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law and requested by the underwriters, in the case of any underwritten public offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, each Holder who is participating in such offering agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of any Registrable Securities or of any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such Registrable Securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or offer to sell, contract to sell (including any short sale), grant any option to purchase or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of Registrable Securities, in each case, during the one hundred and eighty (180) day period beginning on the effective date of the registration statement (in the case of an initial public offering if the Company is not already listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ) or ninety (90) day period beginning on the effective date of the registration statement (in the case of any other underwritten public offering) or such lesser period as the underwriter may agree (except as part of such registration) for such public offering (such period of time, the “ Holdback Period ”); provided , however , that (i) the Holdback Period shall be the same with respect to all Holders who are participating in such offering, (ii) the foregoing restrictions shall only be applicable to the Holders to the extent they are applicable on substantially similar or more restrictive terms to all directors and executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (iii) if the restrictions applicable to any director or officer of the Company or its subsidiaries, or the restrictions applicable to any Holder participating in the offering, are less restrictive (due to a waiver or otherwise) than the foregoing restrictions, then such less restrictive provisions shall apply to all Holders participating in the offering.

(b) The Company agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of any of its securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities (except pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor thereto), during the period beginning on the effective date of any Registration Statement filed pursuant to SECTION 2.1 for an underwritten public offering in which the Holders are participating and ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which all Registrable Securities on such registration statement are sold and (ii) one hundred and eighty (180) days (in the case of an initial public offering if the Company is not already listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ) or ninety (90) days (in the case of any other underwritten public offering), or such lesser period as the underwriter may agree, after the effective date of such registration statement (except as part of such registration).

 

12


SECTION 2.7. Registration Procedures.

(a) Whenever registration of Registrable Securities has been requested pursuant to SECTION 2.1 , SECTION 2.2 or SECTION 2.5 , the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof as quickly as practicable, and in connection with any such request, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:

(i) prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and cause such Registration Statement to become effective; provided , however , that (x) before filing a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall provide one legal counsel selected by holders of a majority of the Common Stock (with all Warrants considered on a fully exercised basis for purposes of both the numerator and denominator)to be included in such Registration Statement (“ Holders Counsel ”) with an adequate and appropriate opportunity to review and comment on such Registration Statement and each prospectus included therein (and each amendment or supplement thereto) to be filed with the Commission, subject to such documents being under the Company’s control, and (y) the Company shall promptly notify the Holders’ Counsel and each seller of Registrable Securities of any stop order issued or threatened by the Commission and promptly take all action required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered;

(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the lesser of (x) one hundred and twenty (120) days and (y) such shorter period which will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; provided , however , that if the S-1 Shelf Initiating Holder or S-3 Shelf Initiating Holder, as applicable, has requested that a Shelf Registration Statement be for an offering on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, then the Company shall keep such Shelf Registration Statement effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold; and shall comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement;

 

13


(iii) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities, prior to filing a Registration Statement, a reasonable number of copies of such Registration Statement as is proposed to be filed, and thereafter such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case, including all exhibits thereto), and the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and any prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act as each such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(iv) register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any seller of Registrable Securities may request, and to continue such qualification in effect in such jurisdiction for as long as permissible pursuant to the laws of such jurisdiction, or for as long as any such seller requests or until all of such Registrable Securities are sold, whichever is shortest, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable any such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to (x) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this SECTION 2.7(a)(iv) , (y) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (z) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(v) notify each seller of Registrable Securities at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus included in such Registration Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the Company shall promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus and furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities a reasonable number of copies of such supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, after delivery to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(vi) enter into and perform customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form with the relevant underwriter) and take such other actions as are prudent and reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including causing its officers to participate in “road shows” and other information meetings organized by the relevant underwriter;

 

14


(vii) upon execution of confidentiality agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, which shall be consistent with the due diligence and disclosure obligations under securities laws applicable to the Company and the Holders, make available at reasonable times for inspection by any managing underwriter participating in any disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, Holders’ Counsel and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any managing underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Records ”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ officers, directors and employees, and the independent public accountants of the Company, to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Person in connection with such Registration Statement;

(viii) if such sale is pursuant to an underwritten offering, obtain comfort letters dated the effective date of the Registration Statement and the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as Holders’ Counsel or the managing underwriter reasonably requests;

(ix) furnish, at the request of any seller of Registrable Securities on the date such securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date the Registration Statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, opinion letters and (in the case of an underwritten offering) negative assurance letters, dated such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, to the seller making such request, or the transfer agent, as applicable, covering such legal matters with respect to the registration in respect of which such opinion letters and negative assurance letters are being given as the underwriters, if any, such seller or the transfer agent may reasonably request and are customarily included in opinion letters or negative assurance letters in offerings of that type;

(x) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable but no later than fifteen (15) months after the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve (12) months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement, in a manner which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(xi) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed provided that the applicable listing requirements are satisfied;

(xii) keep Holders’ Counsel advised as to the initiation and progress of any registration under SECTION 2.1 , SECTION 2.2 or SECTION 2.5 hereunder;

 

15


(xiii) cooperate, in a commercially reasonable manner, with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the FINRA; and

(xiv) take all other steps reasonably necessary to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

SECTION 2.8. Seller Information . The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish, and such seller shall furnish, to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing, as a condition to including such Registrable Securities in such Registration Statement.

SECTION 2.9. Notice to Discontinue . Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in SECTION 2.7(a)(v) , such Holder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holders’ receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by SECTION 2.7(a)(v) and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities which is current at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give any such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement (including the period referred to in SECTION 2.7(a)(ii) ) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to SECTION 2.7(a)(v) to and including the date when sellers of such Registrable Securities under such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by and meeting the requirements of SECTION 2.7(a)(v) .

SECTION 2.10. Registration Expenses . The Company shall pay all expenses arising from or incident to its performance of, or compliance with, this Agreement, including (i) Commission, stock exchange and FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in complying with securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to any underwriter incurred in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities as may be set forth in any underwriting agreement), (iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (iv) the fees, charges and expenses of counsel to the Company and of its independent public accountants and any other accounting fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Company (including any expenses arising from any comfort letters or any special audits incident to or required by any registration or qualification) and the reasonable legal fees, charges and expenses of a single counsel to the Holders incurred by such Holders participating in any registration as a group, (v) all fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by the issuer of securities (excluding brokers’ commissions or underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any), and fees and disbursements of counsel to underwriters and (vi) any liability insurance or other premiums for insurance obtained in connection with any registration pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, regardless of whether any Registration Statement is declared effective. The holder of Registrable Securities sold pursuant to a Registration Statement shall bear the expense of any brokers’ commissions or underwriting discounts or commissions and transfer taxes relating to registration and sale of such Holders’ Registrable Securities.

 

16


SECTION 2.11. Indemnification; Contribution.

(a) Indemnification by the Company . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its partners, directors, officers, Affiliates and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Holder from and against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromises and settlements, as fines and penalties and legal or other costs and reasonable expenses of investigating or defending against any claim or alleged claim) (each, a “ Liability ” and collectively, “ Liabilities ”), arising out of or based upon any untrue, or allegedly untrue, statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (or in the case of any prospectus, in light of the circumstances such statements were made), except insofar as such Liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission contained in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or final prospectus in reliance and in conformity with information concerning any Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein, including the information furnished to the Company pursuant to SECTION 2.11(b) . The Company shall also provide customary indemnities to any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers, directors and employees and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders.

(b) Indemnification by the Holders . In connection with any Registration Statement in which any Holder is participating pursuant to SECTION 2.1 , SECTION 2.2 or SECTION 2.5 hereof, each Holder shall promptly furnish to the Company in writing such information with respect to such Holder as the Company may reasonably request or as may be required by law for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or prospectus and all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading or necessary to cause such Registration Statement not to omit a material fact with respect to such Holder necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. Each Holder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its partners, directors, officers, Affiliates, any underwriter retained by the Company and each Person who controls the Company or such underwriter (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) from and against any and all Liabilities arising out of or based upon any untrue, or allegedly untrue, statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (or in the case of any prospectus, in light of the circumstances such statements were made), but if and only

 

17


to the extent that such Liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or alleged omission contained in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or final prospectus in reliance and in conformity with information concerning such Holder furnished in writing (including by email) by such Holder expressly for use therein, provided , however , that the total amount to be indemnified by each Holder pursuant to this SECTION 2.11(b) shall be limited to such Holders’ pro rata portion of the net proceeds (after deducting the underwriters’ discounts and commissions) received by such Holder in the offering to which the Registration Statement or prospectus relates.

(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Any Person entitled to indemnification under this SECTION 2.11 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) agrees to give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) after the receipt by the Indemnified Party of any written notice of the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation or threat thereof made in writing for which the Indemnified Party intends to claim indemnification or contribution pursuant to this Agreement; provided , however , that the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any Liability that it may have to the Indemnified Party hereunder (except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced or otherwise forfeits substantive rights or defenses by reason of such failure). If notice of commencement of any such action is given to the Indemnifying Party as above provided, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other Indemnifying Party similarly notified, to assume the defense of such action at its own expense, with counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party agrees to pay the same, (ii) the Indemnifying Party fails to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party and the Indemnified Party has been advised by such counsel that either (x) representation of such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct or (y) there may be one or more legal defenses available to the Indemnified Party which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party. In any of such cases, the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party, it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Parties. No Indemnifying Party shall be liable for any settlement entered into without its written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). No Indemnifying Party shall, without the consent of such Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such Indemnified Party is a party and indemnity has been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

18


(d) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this SECTION 2.11 from the Indemnifying Party is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party hereunder in respect of any Liabilities referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Liabilities, as well as other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the Liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in SECTION 2.11(a) , SECTION 2.11(b) and SECTION 2.11(c) , any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding; provided , however , that the total amount to be contributed by any Holder shall be limited to the net proceeds (after deducting the underwriters’ discounts and commissions) received by the Holder in the offering.

(e) Fraud . The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to SECTION 2.11(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 3.1. Specific Performance . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, including if the parties hereto fail to take any action required of them hereunder to consummate this Agreement. It is accordingly agreed that, in addition to any other applicable remedies at law or equity, the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions, without proof of damages, to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Each party hereto agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief on the basis that (i) the other party has an adequate remedy at law or (ii) an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or in equity. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives (x) any defenses in any action for specific performance, including the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate and (y) any requirement under any law to post a bond or other security as a prerequisite to obtaining equitable relief; provided that such waiver shall not limit, in any respect, the availability of any defense(s) that a party might otherwise have with respect to the alleged breach or obligation for which specific performance is sought.

 

19


SECTION 3.2. Term and Termination .

(a) In the event that a given Holder (together with its Affiliates) ceases to “beneficially own” (as such term is defined under the Exchange Act) one half of one percent (0.5%) or more of the outstanding Common Stock (with all Warrants considered on a fully exercised basis for purposes of both the numerator and denominator), all of such Holder’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall expire and such Holder will cease to be a “Holder” for all purposes hereunder without any further action of the Company or any other party hereto.

(b) This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of January 1, 2023 and such time as there are no Registrable Securities outstanding; provided, however, that the provisions of Sections 2.10 and 2.11 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.3. Amendments and Waivers .

(a) No failure or delay on the part of the Company or any Holder in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to the Company or any Holder at law or in equity or otherwise.

(b) The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, in each case without the written consent of the Company and the Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock that constitute Registrable Securities (with all Warrants considered on a fully exercised basis for purposes of both the numerator and denominator); provided, that any amendment that has the effect of adversely affecting any Holder or group of Holders differently than any other Holder or group of Holders shall only be effective against such Holder(s) with the written consent of such Holder(s).

SECTION 3.4. Notices . Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by electronic mail, by facsimile, by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), addressed as follows (or at such other address as may be substituted by notice given as herein provided):

If to the Company:

 

Avaya Holdings Corp.   

Attn:

Address:

  

Patrick O’Malley

4655 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, CA 95054-1233

Facsimile No.:

Email:

  

(408) 496-3600

pomalley@avaya.com

If to any Holder, at its address and the address of its representative, if any, as provided to the Company by such Holder or otherwise listed in the books of the Company.

 

20


Any notice or communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if emailed or telecopied; and on receipt if sent by overnight courier service or registered or certified mail.

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

SECTION 3.5. Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations of the Holders under this Agreement shall not be assignable by any Holder to any Person that is not a Holder; provided , that in the event of a valid transfer of Registrable Securities by a Holder, the rights and obligations of the transferor under this Agreement (solely with respect to the Registrable Securities so transferred) shall be transferred to the transferee, subject to such transferee executing a joinder to this Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ; provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that the transferor in such transaction shall retain its rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Securities not so transferred. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns and transferees.

SECTION 3.6. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement and any signed agreement entered into in connection herewith or contemplated hereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by facsimile, by electronic mail in “portable document format” (“.pdf”) form, or any other electronic transmission, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original contract and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effects as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person.

SECTION 3.7. Governing Law: Venue: Jurisdiction . THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL CLAIMS OR CAUSES OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT) THAT MAY BE BASED UPON, ARISE OUT OF OR RELATE TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY MADE IN OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. Each party hereby agrees that any action based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement (including any action concerning the violation or threatened violation of this Agreement) shall be heard and determined in any state or federal court sitting in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware), and the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts (and, in the case of appeals, appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such action or proceeding and irrevocably waive the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding. In addition, each party consents to process being served in any such lawsuit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices

 

21


hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. The consents to jurisdiction set forth in this paragraph shall not constitute general consents to service of process in the State of Delaware and shall have no effect for any purpose except as provided in this SECTION 3.7 and shall not be deemed to confer rights on any Person other than the parties hereto. Nothing in this SECTION 3.7 shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 3.8. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT WHETHER BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY RECOGNIZES AND AGREES THAT THE FOREGOING WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR IT TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

SECTION 3.9. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited, unenforceable or not authorized in any jurisdiction is, as to such jurisdiction, ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, unenforceability or nonauthorization without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, or affecting the validity, enforceability or legality of such provision in any other jurisdiction, unless the ineffectiveness of such provision would result in such a material change as to cause completion of the transactions contemplated hereby to be unreasonable. Upon a determination that any provision of this Agreement is prohibited, unenforceable or not authorized, the parties hereto agree to negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties hereto as closely as possible, in a mutually acceptable manner, in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

SECTION 3.10. Non-Recourse . All claims, obligations, liabilities, or causes of action (whether in contract or in tort, in law or in equity, or granted by statute) that may be based upon, in respect of, arise under, out or by reason of, be connected with, or relate in any manner to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution, or performance of this Agreement (including any representation or warranty made in, in connection with, or as an inducement to, this Agreement), may be made only against (and are expressly limited to) the entities that are expressly identified as parties in the preamble to this Agreement (“ Contracting Parties ”). No Person who is not a Contracting Party, including without limitation any director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, manager, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney, or representative of, and any financial advisor or lender to, any Contracting Party, or any director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, manager, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney, or representative of, and any financial advisor or lender to, any of the foregoing (“ Non-party Affiliates ”), shall have any liability (whether in contract or in tort, in law or in equity, or granted by statute) for any claims, causes of action, obligations, or liabilities arising under, out of, in connection with, or

 

22


related in any manner to this Agreement or based on, in respect of, or by reason of this Agreement or its negotiation, execution, performance, or breach; and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, each Contracting Party hereby waives and releases all such liabilities, claims, causes of action, and obligations against any such Non-party Affiliates.

SECTION 3.11. Recapitalization, Exchanges Etc., Affecting Securities . The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Registrable Securities and to any and all Common Stock of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise, including shares issued by a parent company in connection with a triangular merger) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of Registrable Securities, appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, reclassifications and the like occurring after the date hereof.

SECTION 3.12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including all schedules and exhibits hereto) contains the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters.

SECTION 3.13. Aggregation of Common Stock . All Registrable Securities held by a Holder and its Affiliates shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

SECTION 3.14. Headings . The section headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Agreement or otherwise affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.15. No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as provided in SECTION 3.5 , nothing express or implied herein is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any person or entity, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and all Indemnified Parties, any rights, remedies or other benefits under or by reason of this Agreement.

* * * * * * * * * *

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY

 

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

By:

Name:

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 


[HOLDER]

By:

Name:

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 


EXHIBIT A

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (“ Joinder ”) is executed pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of[            ], 2017 a copy of which is attached hereto (as amended, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), by the undersigned (the “ Undersigned ”) executing this Joinder. By the execution of this Joinder, the Undersigned agrees as follows:

1. Acknowledgment . The Undersigned acknowledges that the Undersigned is acquiring certain Registrable Securities of Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein without definition are defined in the Registration Rights Agreement and are used herein with the same meanings set forth therein.

2. Agreement . The Undersigned (i) agrees that the Registrable Securities acquired by the Undersigned shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to the terms thereof, and (ii) hereby agrees to be bound by the Registration Rights Agreement as a Holder thereunder, with the same force and effect as if the undersigned were originally a party thereto.

3. Notice . Any notice required as permitted by the Registration Rights Agreement shall be given to the Undersigned at the address listed beside the Undersigned’s signature below.

 

[NAME OF HOLDER]    Address for Notices:
By:  

 

     [•]   
Name:        [•]   
Title:        Telephone:         [•]
Date:        Email:    [•]

Joinder Agreement

 

Exhibit 4.6

Execution Version

WARRANT AGREEMENT

between

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

and

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC,

Warrant Agent

Dated as of December 15, 2017

Warrants To Purchase Common Stock


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  

1.

   Definitions      1  

2.

  

Warrant Certificates

     10  
  

2.1.

  

Original Issuance of Warrants

     10  
  

2.2.

  

Form of Warrant Certificates

     10  
  

2.3.

  

Execution and Delivery of Warrant Certificates

     10  
  

2.4.

  

Global Warrant Certificates

     11  

3.

  

Exercise and Expiration of Warrants

     13  
  

3.1.

  

Right to Acquire Common Stock Upon Exercise

     13  
  

3.2.

  

Exercise and Expiration of Warrants

     13  
  

3.3.

  

Application of Funds Upon Exercise of Warrants

     15  
  

3.4.

  

Payment of Taxes

     15  
  

3.5.

  

Cancellation of Warrant Certificates

     15  
  

3.6.

  

Shares Issuable

     15  
  

3.7.

  

Cashless Exercise

     16  

4.

  

Dissolution, Liquidation or Winding up

     17  

5.

  

Adjustments

     17  
  

5.1.

  

Adjustments

     17  
  

5.2.

  

Fractional Interest

     25  
  

5.3.

  

Independent Financial Expert Appraisals

     25  
  

5.4.

  

No Other Adjustments

     27  

6.

  

Loss or Mutilation

     27  

7.

  

Reservation and Authorization of Common Stock

     28  

8.

  

Warrant Transfer Books

     29  

9.

  

Warrant Holders

     30  
  

9.1.

  

No Voting or Dividend Rights

     30  
  

9.2.

  

Rights of Action

     30  
  

9.3.

  

Treatment of Holders of Warrant Certificates

     30  
  

9.4.

  

Communications to Holders

     31  

10.

  

Concerning the Warrant Agent

     31  
  

10.1.

  

Nature of Duties and Responsibilities Assumed

     31  
  

10.2.

  

Right to Consult Counsel

     33  
  

10.3.

  

Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnification

     33  
  

10.4.

  

Warrant Agent May Hold Company Securities

     33  
  

10.5.

  

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

     33  
  

10.6.

  

Appointment of Countersigning Agent

     34  

 

i


11.

   Notices      35  
   11.1.   

Notices Generally

     35  
   11.2.   

Required Notices to Holders

     36  

12.

  

Inspection

     37  

13.

  

Amendments

     38  

14.

  

Waivers

     39  

15.

  

Successor to Company

     39  

16.

  

Headings

     39  

17.

  

Counterparts

     39  

18.

  

Severability

     39  

19.

  

Information Rights

     39  

20.

  

No Redemption

     40  

21.

  

Persons Benefiting

     40  

22.

  

Applicable Law

     40  

23.

  

Entire Agreement

     40  

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

  

Form of Warrant Certificate

 

ii


WARRANT AGREEMENT

This WARRANT AGREEMENT (as may be supplemented, amended or amended and restated pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 15, 2017, between Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (referred to herein as the “ Company ”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, a New York limited liability trust company, as warrant agent (referred to herein as the “ Warrant Agent ”). Capitalized terms that are used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section  1 hereof.

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Company proposes to issue and deliver Warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 5,645,200 shares of its Common Stock (as defined below), subject to adjustment as provided herein, and the Warrant Certificates evidencing such Warrants. Each Warrant shall entitle the registered owner thereof to purchase one share of the Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided herein.

In consideration of the foregoing and for the purpose of defining the terms and provisions of the Warrants and the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders, the Company and the Warrant Agent each hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions.

Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section  11.2 .

Affiliate ” of any specified Person, means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such specified Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agent Members ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.4(b) .

Agreement ” means this Warrant Agreement as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented, amended or amended and restated pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of, or exercise of any Warrants evidenced by, any Global Warrant Certificate, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer, exchange or exercise.

Appraisal Report Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.3(d) .

Appraisal Request Notice ” means any Cashless Exercise Appraisal Request Notice, any Sale Transaction Appraisal Request Notice or any Property Dividend Appraisal Request Notice.


Appraisal Trigger Date ” means any Cashless Exercise Appraisal Trigger Date, any Sale Transaction Appraisal Trigger Date or any Property Dividend Appraisal Trigger Date.

Appropriate Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Secretary of the Company.

Black-Scholes Value Determinations” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.3(b) .

Black-Scholes Valuation Trigger Date ” means the date the Company delivers to the Holders, pursuant to Section  11.2 , written notice of any Sale Transaction that is not a Sale Securities Only Transaction.

Black-Scholes Value ” means, with respect to any Sale Transaction, the fair market value of a Warrant on the date of consummation of such Sale Transaction calculated as of such date by an Independent Financial Expert selected in accordance with Section  5.3(b) in accordance with the Black-Scholes model for valuing options, using (a) a risk free rate equal to the annual yield on the U.S. Treasury security with a maturity date closest to the Scheduled Expiration Date, as the yield on that security exists as of such date, (b) a term equal to the time in years (rounded to the nearest 1/1000 th of a year) from such date until the Scheduled Expiration Date, (c) the Sale Current Market Price with respect to such Sale Transaction, (d) an assumed volatility of 35% and (e) an exercise price equal to the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the effective time of the consummation of such Sale Transaction.

Board of Directors ” means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Warrant Agent.

Business Day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a legal holiday in the State of New York or a day on which banking institutions and trust companies in the state in which the Corporate Agency Office is located are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

Cashless Exercise ” has the meaning set forth in Section  3.7 .

Cashless Exercise Appraisal Request Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section  3.7 .

Cashless Exercise Appraisal Trigger Date ” means the date the Company receives any Cashless Exercise Appraisal Request Notice.

Cashless Exercise Current Market Price ” means, with respect to any Exercise Date:

(i) if such Exercise Date is a Listed Date but such Exercise Date is not a Cashless Exercise Date pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition thereof, the Current Market Price on such Exercise Date;

 

2


(ii) if such Exercise Date is a Cashless Exercise Date pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition thereof, the Sale Current Market Price with respect to such Sale Transaction; or

(iii) if such Exercise Date is not a Listed Date and such Exercise Date is not a Cashless Exercise Date pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition thereof, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the related Cashless Exercise Appraisal Trigger Date.

Cashless Exercise Date ” means (i) any Listed Date; (ii) any date within the period beginning on (and including) the date 10 days prior to, and ending on (and including), the effective date of any Sale Transaction; and (iii) any date during the period beginning on (and including), and ending on (and including) the date 20 days after, the Appraisal Report Date with respect to any Cashless Exercise Appraisal Request Notice.

Cashless Exercise Warrant ” has the meaning set forth in Section  3.7 .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

Common Stock ” means any capital stock of any class or series of the Company (including, on the Original Issue Date, the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company) which has no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and which is not subject to redemption by the Company. However, subject to the provisions of Section  5.1(g) , shares issuable upon exercise of Warrants shall include only shares of the class of capital stock of the Company designated as Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company on the Original Issue Date or shares of any class or classes resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof and which have no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and which are not subject to redemption by the Company; provided , however , that if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares of each such class then so issuable shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications.

Company ” means the company identified in the preamble hereof, and any Successor Company that becomes successor to the Company in accordance with Section  15 .

Company Order ” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman or any Co-Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its President, any Vice President, its Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Warrant Agent.

Company Selected Expert ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.3 .

 

3


Constituent Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.1(g) .

Corporate Agency Office ” has the meaning set forth in Section  8 .

corporation ” means a corporation, association, company (including limited liability company), joint-stock company, business trust or other similar entity.

Countersigning Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Warrant Agent to countersign Warrant Certificates.

Current Market Price ” means on any date:

(i) if the reference is to the per share price of Common Stock on any date herein specified and if on such date the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on any U.S. national securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market in the United States:

(A) for the purpose of any computation under this Agreement (except under Section  5.2 ), the average of the Quoted Prices for the 20 consecutive Trading Days ending on the Trading Day that is or next precedes the earlier of (x) the date in question and (y) in the case of any computation under Section  5.1(d) , the day before the “ex” date for the Property Dividend requiring such computation; or

(B) for the purposes of any computation under Section  5.2 , the Quoted Price for such date or, if such date is not a Trading Day, for the next preceding Trading Day; or

(ii) if the reference is to the per share price of Common Stock on any date herein specified and if on such date the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any U.S. national securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market in the United States, the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm’s length transaction on such date (neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell) for one share of the Common Stock as determined as of such date (x) for the purposes of any computation under this Agreement (except under Section  5.2 ), by an Independent Financial Expert as set forth in value report thereof using one or more valuation methods that such Independent Financial Expert, in its best professional judgment, determines to be most appropriate or (y) for the purposes of any computation under Section  5.2 , by the Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company in good faith, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a certificate of such officer delivered to the Warrant Agent.

Definitive Warrant Certificate ” means a Warrant Certificate registered in the name of the Holder thereof that does not bear the Global Warrant Legend and that does not have a “Schedule of Decreases of Warrants” attached thereto.

Depositary ” means DTC and its successors as depositary hereunder.

 

4


Determinations ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.3(c) .

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.

‘ex’ date ” means when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Quoted Price was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any statute successor thereto, in each case, as amended from time to time.

Exercise Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  3.2(f) .

Exercise Period ” means the period from and including the Original Issue Date to and including the Expiration Date.

Exercise Price ” means the exercise price per share of Common Stock, initially set at $25.55, subject to adjustment as provided in Section  5.1 .

Expiration Date ” means the earlier to occur of (x) the Scheduled Expiration Date and (y) the date of consummation of a Sale Cash Only Transaction to which clause (ii)(A) of Section  5.1(g) applies.

Fair Market Value ” means on any date, as to any share of Common Stock or security or other non-cash property that is receivable upon conversion, change or exchange of shares of Common Stock in any Sale Transaction or comprises all or a portion of any Property Dividend:

(i) in the case of any security listed or admitted to trading on any U.S. national securities exchange, the average of the respective VWAPs of such security for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days ending on the date in question; or

(ii) in the case of any security not so listed or any other non-cash property, the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm’s length transaction on such date (neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell) for such security or other non-cash property, as determined as of such date by:

(A) unless clause (B) applies, the Board of Directors in good faith, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution filed with the Warrant Agent with written notice of such determination given by the Company to the Holders in accordance with the third paragraph of Section  11.2 ; provided, however, that if the Required Warrant Holders object to any such determination by duly delivering an Appraisal Request Notice to the Company within 10 days after receiving such written notice from the Company as specified in Section  5.1(d) or Section  5.1(g) , then clause (B) shall apply, with such amount being determined by an Independent Financial Expert in accordance with Section  5.3 ; or

 

5


(B) with respect to the determination of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on any Cashless Exercise Appraisal Trigger Date upon due delivery of a Cashless Exercise Appraisal Request Notice pursuant to Section  3.7 or the Fair Market Value of non-cash property (other than any securities listed or admitted for trading on any U.S. national securities exchange) that (x) is receivable upon conversion, change or exchange of shares of Common Stock in any Sale Transaction upon due delivery of a Sale Transaction Appraisal Request Notice pursuant to Section  5.1(g) or (y) comprises all or a portion of any Property Dividend upon due delivery of a Property Dividend Appraisal Request Notice pursuant to Section  5.1(d) , an Independent Financial Expert in accordance with Section  5.3.

Fair Market Value Determinations ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.3(a) .

Global Warrant Certificate ” means a Warrant Certificate deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, that bears the Global Warrant Legend and that has the “Schedule of Decreases of Warrants” attached thereto.

Global Warrant Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section  2.4(a) .

Holder ” means any Person in whose name at the time any Warrant Certificate is registered upon the Warrant Register and, when used with respect to any Warrant Certificate, the Person in whose name such Warrant Certificate is registered in the Warrant Register.

Independent Financial Expert ” means any independent investment banking or financial valuation firm of nationally recognized standing (x) which does not (and whose directors, officers, employees and affiliates, to the knowledge of the Company, do not) have a material direct or indirect financial interest in the Company or any of its Affiliates (other than by virtue of compensation paid for valuation or fairness advice or opinions to the Company or any of its Affiliates) and (y) which has not been, within the last two years, and, at the time it is called upon to give independent financial advice to the Company or any of its Affiliates, is not (and none of whose directors, officers, employees or affiliates, to the knowledge of the Company, is) a promoter, director or officer of the Company or any of its Affiliates or an underwriter with respect to any of the securities of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

Listed Date ” means any date on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on any U.S. national securities exchange.

Non-Surviving Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.1(g) .

Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.3 .

Original Issue Date ” means December 15, 2017, the date on which Warrants are originally issued under this Agreement.

outstanding ” when used with respect to any Warrants, means, as of the time of determination, all Warrants theretofore originally issued under this Agreement except (i) Warrants that have been exercised pursuant to Section  3.2(a) , (ii) Warrants that have expired

 

6


pursuant to Section  3.2(b) , Section  4 or Section  5.1(g)(ii)(A) and (iii) Warrants that have otherwise been acquired by the Company; provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of the outstanding Warrants have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under the provisions of this Agreement, Warrants held directly or beneficially by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or any of their respective employees shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Plan ” means the Second Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Avaya Inc. and Its Debtor Affiliates Docket No. 1372.

Property Dividend ” means any payment by the Company to all holders of its Common Stock of any dividend, or any other distribution by the Company to such holders, of any shares of capital stock of the Company, evidences of indebtedness of the Company, cash or other assets (including rights, warrants or other securities (of the Company or any other Person)), other than any dividend or distribution (i) upon a merger or consolidation or sale to which Section  5.1(g) applies or (ii) of any Common Stock referred to in Section  5.1(b) .

Property Dividend Appraisal Request Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.1(d) .

Property Dividend Appraisal Trigger Date ” means the date the Company receives any Property Dividend Appraisal Request Notice.

Qualifying Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.1(g) .

Qualifying Share ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.1(g) .

Quoted Price ” means, on any Trading Day, with respect to any security, the VWAP of such security on such Trading Day on the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which such security is listed or admitted to trading or, if such security is not listed or admitted to trading on any U.S. national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices in the over-the-counter market in the United States as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm that shall be selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose.

Received Dividend ” means any Property Dividend if (but only if):

(i) prior to the date for determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive such distribution the Company has delivered a written notice to the Warrant Agent that the Company intends to treat such distribution as a “Received Dividend” hereunder; and

 

7


(ii) at the same time the Company makes such distribution to holders of Common Stock, the Company distributes, to each Person who was the Holder of a Warrant Certificate evidencing a Warrant that was outstanding immediately after the close of business on such date for determination (whether or not such Warrant is outstanding on the date of such distribution), an amount equal to the amount of securities, cash or other assets that would have been receivable upon such distribution by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which all Warrants evidenced by such Warrant Certificate are exercisable if such Warrants had been exercised in full immediately prior to such date for determination, assuming that the Warrants were exercisable at the time of such date for determination into the initial number of shares of Common Stock into which a Warrant is exercisable, as adjusted from the date of this Agreement to such date for determination pursuant to Section  5 (other than any adjustment in respect of which the deferral provisions of Section  5.1(e) are then applicable).

Recipient ” has the meaning set forth in Section  3.2(e) .

Redomestication Transaction ” means a Non-Surviving Transaction in which all of the property received upon such Non-Surviving Transaction by each holder of shares of Common Stock consists solely of securities and the holders of the shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such Non-Surviving Transaction are the only holders of the equity securities of the Surviving Person immediately after the consummation of such Non-Surviving Transaction.

Required Warrant Holders ” means Holders of Warrant Certificates evidencing a majority of the then-outstanding Warrants.

Sale Cash Only Transaction ” mans a Sale Transaction in which none of the property receivable upon such Sale Transaction by a holder of shares of Common Stock constituting a Qualifying Person that makes a Sale Maximum Securities Election constitutes securities.

Sale Cash Percentage ” means, with respect to any Sale Transaction, the percentage equal to the quotient of

(i) the sum of the amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of the amount of any non-cash property other than securities into which a share of Common Stock held by a Qualifying Person that makes a Sale Maximum Securities Election is converted, changed or exchanged in such Sale Transaction divided by

(ii) the Sale Current Market Price with respect to such Sale Transaction.

Sale Current Market Price ” means, with respect to any Sale Transaction, the sum of the amount of cash and the Fair Market Value on the date of consummation of such Sale Transaction of the amount of any securities or other non-cash property into which one share of Common Stock held by a Qualifying Person that makes a Sale Maximum Securities Election is converted, changed or exchanged in the related Sale Transaction.

Sale Maximum Securities Election ” means, with respect to any Sale Transaction, an election by a holder of a share of Common Stock to receive the maximum amount of securities pursuant to any rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon conversion, change or exchange of such share of Common Stock in such Sale Transaction.

 

8


Sale Securities Only Transaction ” means a Sale Transaction in which all of the property received upon such Sale Transaction by a holder of shares of Common Stock constituting a Qualified Person that makes a Sale Maximum Securities Election consists solely of securities.

Sale Transaction ” means any Transaction other than a Redomestication Transaction.

Sale Transaction Appraisal Request Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.1(g) .

Sale Transaction Appraisal Trigger Date ” means the date the Company receives any Sale Transaction Appraisal Request Notice.

Scheduled Expiration Date ” means December 15, 2022 (the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date) or, if not a Business Day, then the next Business Day thereafter.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Subsidiary ” means a corporation (as defined in this Section  1 ) more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock which ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

Substituted Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.1(g) .

Successor Company ” has the meaning set forth in Section  15 .

Surviving Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.1(g) .

Trading Day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday, other than any day on which securities are not traded on the applicable securities exchange or in the applicable securities market.

Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.1(g) .

VWAP ” means the volume-weighted average price for trading hours of the regular trading session (including any extensions thereof), determined without regard to pre-open or after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the trading hours of the regular trading session (including any extensions thereof).

Warrant Agent ” means the warrant agent set forth in the preamble hereof or the successor or successors of such Warrant Agent appointed in accordance with the terms hereof.

Warrant Certificates ” means those certain warrant certificates evidencing the Warrants, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

9


Warrant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section  8 .

Warrants ” means those certain warrants to purchase initially up to an aggregate of 5,645,200 shares of Common Stock at the Exercise Price, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section  5 , issued hereunder.

 

2. Warrant Certificates.

2.1. Original Issuance of Warrants . (a) On the Original Issuance Date, one or more Global Warrant Certificates evidencing the Warrants shall be executed by the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent for countersignature, and the Warrant Agent shall, upon receipt of a Company Order and at the direction of the Company set forth therein, countersign and deliver such Global Warrant Certificates for original issuance to the Depositary, or its custodian, for crediting to the accounts of its participants for the benefit of the holders of beneficial interests in the Warrants on the Original Issue Date pursuant to the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary on the Original Issue Date.

(b) Except as set forth in Sections 2.4 , 3.2(d) , 6 and 8 , the Global Warrant Certificates delivered to the Depositary (or a nominee thereof) on the Original Issue Date shall be the only Warrant Certificates issued or outstanding under this Agreement.

(c) Each Warrant Certificate shall evidence the number of Warrants specified therein, and each Warrant evidenced thereby shall represent the right, subject to the provisions contained herein and therein, to purchase one share of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section  5 .

2.2. Form of Warrant Certificates .

The Warrant Certificates evidencing the Warrants shall be in registered form only and substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , shall be dated the date on which countersigned by the Warrant Agent, shall have such insertions as are appropriate or required or permitted by this Agreement and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends and endorsements typed, stamped, printed, lithographed or engraved thereon as the officers of the Company executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange on which the Warrants may be listed, or to conform to usage.

2.3. Execution and Delivery of Warrant Certificates .

(a) Warrant Certificates evidencing the Warrants which may be countersigned and delivered under this Agreement are limited to Warrant Certificates evidencing 5,645,200 Warrants except for Warrant Certificates countersigned and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, one or more previously countersigned Warrant Certificates pursuant to Sections 2.4 , 3.2(d) , 6 and 8 .

 

10


(b) The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and deliver Warrant Certificates as required by Section  2.1 or by Sections 2.4 , 3.2(d) , 6 or 8 .

(c) The Warrant Certificates shall be executed in the corporate name and on behalf of the Company by the Chairman (or any Co-Chairman) of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any one of the Vice Presidents of the Company under corporate seal reproduced thereon and attested to by the Secretary or one of the Assistant Secretaries of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature printed thereon. The Warrant Certificates shall be manually countersigned by the Warrant Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. In case any officer of the Company whose signature shall have been placed upon any of the Warrant Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Warrant Agent and issue and delivery thereof, such Warrant Certificates may, nevertheless, be countersigned by the Warrant Agent and issued and delivered with the same force and effect as though such person had not ceased to be such officer of the Company, and any Warrant Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by such person as, at the actual date of the execution of such Warrant Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such person was not such officer.

2.4. Global Warrant Certificates .

(a) Any Global Warrant Certificate shall bear the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “ Global Warrant Legend ”).

(b) So long as a Global Warrant Certificate is registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Agreement with respect to the Warrants evidenced by such Global Warrant Certificate held on their behalf by the Depositary or its custodian, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Warrant Agent and any agent of the Company or the Warrant Agent as the absolute owner of such Warrants, and as the sole Holder of such Warrant Certificate, for all purposes. Accordingly, any such Agent Member’s beneficial interest in such Warrants will be shown only on, and the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or its Agent Members, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall have any responsibility or liability with respect to such records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or its Agent Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Warrant Agent or any agent of the Company or the Warrant Agent from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any security.

(c) Any holder of a beneficial interest in Warrants evidenced by a Global Warrant Certificate registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in the Warrants evidenced by such Global Warrant Certificate may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Warrant Certificate (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in Warrants evidenced thereby shall be reflected solely in such book-entry form.

 

11


(d) Transfers of a Global Warrant Certificate registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee shall be limited to transfers in whole, and not in part, to the Depositary, its successors, and their respective nominees except as set forth in Section  2.4(e) . Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Warrant Certificate registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee shall be transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary.

(e) A Global Warrant Certificate registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee shall be exchanged for Definitive Warrant Certificates only if the Depositary (i) has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as or ceases to be a clearing agency registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act and (ii) a successor to the Depositary registered as a clearing agency under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not able to be appointed by the Company within 90 days or the Depositary is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary and a successor to the Depositary is not able to be appointed by the Company within 90 days. In any such event, a Global Warrant Certificate registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee shall be surrendered to the Warrant Agent for cancellation in accordance with Section  3.5 , and the Company shall execute, and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary, in exchange for such beneficial owner’s beneficial interest in such Global Warrant Certificate, Definitive Warrant Certificates evidencing, in the aggregate, the number of Warrants theretofore represented by such Global Warrant Certificate with respect to such beneficial owner’s respective beneficial interest. Any Definitive Warrant Certificate delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Warrant Certificate pursuant to this Section  2.4(e) shall not bear the Global Warrant Legend. Interests in any Global Warrant Certificate may not be exchanged for Definitive Warrant Certificates other than as provided in this Section  2.4(e) .

(f) The holder of a Global Warrant Certificate registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder of a Warrant Certificate is entitled to take under this Agreement or such Global Warrant Certificate.

(g) Each Global Warrant Certificate will evidence such of the outstanding Warrants as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it evidences the aggregate number of outstanding Warrants from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate number of outstanding Warrants evidenced thereby may from time to time be reduced, to reflect exercises or expirations. Any endorsement of a Global Warrant Certificate to reflect the amount of any decrease in the aggregate number of outstanding Warrants evidenced thereby will be made by the Warrant Agent (i) in the case of an exercise, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures as required by Section  3.2(c) or (ii) in the case of an expiration, in accordance with Section  3.2(b) .

(h) The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Warrant Certificates.

 

12


(i) Every Warrant Certificate authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Warrant Certificate or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section  2.4 or Sections 8 or 10 , shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Warrant Certificate, and a Global Warrant Certificate may not be exchanged for a Definitive Warrant Certificate, in each case, other than as provided in Section  2.4(e) . Whenever any provision herein refers to issuance by the Company and countersignature and delivery by the Warrant Agent of a new Warrant Certificate in exchange for the portion of a surrendered Warrant Certificate that has not been exercised, in lieu of the surrender of any Global Warrant Certificate and the issuance, countersignature and delivery of a new Global Warrant Certificate in exchange therefor, the Warrant Agent may endorse such Global Warrant Certificate to reflect a reduction in the number of Warrants evidenced thereby in the amount of Warrants so evidenced that have been so exercised.

(j) Beneficial interests in any Global Warrant Certificate may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Global Warrant Certificate in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

(k) At such time as all Warrants evidenced by a particular Global Warrant Certificate have been exercised or expired in whole and not in part, such Global Warrant Certificate shall, if not in custody of the Warrant Agent, be surrendered to or retained by the Warrant Agent for cancellation in accordance with Section  3.5 .

 

3. Exercise and Expiration of Warrants.

3.1. Right to Acquire Common Stock Upon Exercise . Each Warrant Certificate shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the Holder thereof, subject to the provisions thereof and of this Agreement, to acquire from the Company, for each Warrant evidenced thereby one share of Common Stock at the Exercise Price, subject to adjustment as provided in this Agreement. The Exercise Price, and the number of shares of Common Stock obtainable upon exercise of each Warrant, shall be adjusted from time to time as required by Section  5.1 .

3.2. Exercise and Expiration of Warrants .

(a) Exercise of Warrants . Subject to and upon compliance with the terms and conditions set forth herein, a Holder of a Warrant Certificate may exercise all or any whole number of the Warrants evidenced thereby, on any Business Day from and after the Original Issue Date until 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the Expiration Date, for the shares of Common Stock obtainable thereunder.

(b) Expiration of Warrants . The Warrants, to the extent not exercised prior thereto, shall terminate and become void as of 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the Expiration Date.

(c) Method of Exercise . In order to exercise all or any of the Warrants represented by a Warrant Certificate, the Holder thereof must (i) (x) in the case of a Global Warrant Certificate, provide notice of the number of Warrants being exercised and, if applicable, whether Cashless Exercise is being elected with respect thereto, and deliver such Warrants by book-entry transfer through the facilities of the Depositary, to the Warrant Agent in accordance

 

13


with the Applicable Procedures and otherwise comply with the Applicable Procedures in respect of the exercise of such Warrants or (y) in the case of a Definitive Warrant Certificate, at the Corporate Agency Office (A) surrender to the Warrant Agent the Warrant Certificate evidencing such Warrants and (B) deliver to the Warrant Agent a written notice of the Holder’s election to exercise the number of the Warrants specified therein and, if applicable, whether Cashless Exercise is being elected with respect thereto, duly executed by such Holder, which notice shall be in the form of the notice on the reverse of, or attached to, such Warrant Certificate and (ii) pay to the Warrant Agent an amount equal to (x) all taxes required to be paid by the Holder, if any, pursuant to Section  3.4 prior to, or concurrently with, exercise of such Warrants and (y) except in the case of a Cashless Exercise, the aggregate of the Exercise Price in respect of each share of Common Stock into which such Warrants are exercisable, in case of (x) and (y), by wire transfer in immediately available funds, to the account (No. 530-354616; ABA No. 021000021; Reference: Avaya Holdings Warrants; Attention: Reorg – Dept.) of the Company at the Warrant Agent or such other account of the Company at such banking institution as the Company shall have given notice to the Warrant Agent and such Holder in accordance with Section  11.1(b) .

(d) Partial Exercise . If fewer than all the Warrants represented by a Warrant Certificate are exercised, (i) in the case of exercise of Warrants evidenced by a Global Warrant Certificate, the Warrant Agent shall endorse the “Schedule of Decreases of Warrants” attached to such Global Warrant Certificate to reflect the Warrants being exercised and (ii) in the case of exercise of Warrants evidenced by a Definitive Warrant Certificate, such Definitive Warrant Certificate shall be surrendered and a new Definitive Warrant Certificate of the same tenor and for the number of Warrants which were not exercised shall be executed by the Company. The Warrant Agent shall countersign the new Definitive Warrant Certificate, registered in such name or names, subject to the provisions of Section  8 regarding registration of transfer and payment of governmental charges in respect thereof, as may be directed in writing by the Holder, and shall deliver the new Definitive Warrant Certificate to the Person or Persons in whose name such new Warrant Certificate is so registered. The Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, will supply the Warrant Agent with Definitive Warrant Certificates duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

(e) Issuance of Common Stock . Upon due exercise of Warrants evidenced by any Warrant Certificate in conformity with the foregoing provisions of Section  3.2(c) , the Warrant Agent shall, when actions specified in Section  3.2(c)(i) have been effected and any payment specified in Section  3.2(c)(ii) is received, deliver to the Company the notice of exercise received pursuant to Section  3.2(c) (i) , deliver or deposit all funds received as instructed in writing by the Company and advise the Company by telephone at the end of such day of the amount of funds so deposited to its account. The Company shall thereupon, as promptly as practicable, and in any event within five Business Days after the Exercise Date referred to below, (i) determine the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to exercise of such Warrants pursuant to Section  3.6 or, if Cashless Exercise applies, Section  3.7 and (ii) (x) in the case of exercise of Warrants evidenced by a Global Warrant Certificate, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Recipient (as defined below) in accordance with the Applicable Procedures shares of Common Stock in book-entry form to be so held through the facilities of DTC in an amount equal to, or, if the Common Stock may not then be held in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC, duly executed certificates representing, or (y) in the case of exercise of Warrants evidenced by Definitive Warrant Certificates, execute or cause to be executed and

 

14


deliver or cause to be delivered to the Recipient (as defined below) a certificate or certificates representing, in case of (x) and (y), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise (based upon the aggregate number of Warrants so exercised), as so determined, together with an amount in cash in lieu of any fractional share(s), if the Company so elects pursuant to Section  5.2 . The shares of Common Stock in book-entry form or certificate or certificates representing shares of Common Stock so delivered shall be, to the extent possible, in such denomination or denominations as such Holder shall request in the applicable notice of exercise and shall be registered or otherwise placed in the name of, and delivered to, the Holder or, subject to Section  3.4 , such other Person as shall be designated by the Holder in such notice (the Holder or such other Person being referred to herein as the “ Recipient ”).

(f) Time of Exercise . Each exercise of a Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which each of the requirements for exercise of such Warrant specified in Section  3.2(c) has been duly satisfied (the “ Exercise Dat e ”). At such time, subject to Section  5.1(e)(iv) , shares of Common Stock in book-entry form or the certificates for the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section  3.2(e) shall be deemed to have been issued and, for all purposes of this Agreement, the Recipient shall, as between such Person and the Company, be deemed to be and entitled to all rights of the holder or record of such Common Stock.

3.3. Application of Funds Upon Exercise of Warrants . Any funds delivered to the Warrant Agent upon exercise of any Warrant(s) shall be held by the Warrant Agent in trust for the Company. The Warrant Agent shall promptly deliver and pay to or upon the written order of the Company all funds received by it upon the exercise of any Warrants by bank wire transfer to an account designated by the Company or as the Warrant Agent otherwise may be directed in writing by the Company.

3.4. Payment of Taxes . The Company shall pay any and all taxes (other than income taxes) that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on exercise of Warrants pursuant hereto. The Company shall not be required, however, to pay any tax or other charge imposed in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in book-entry form or any certificates for shares of Common Stock or payment of cash or other property to any Recipient other than the Holder of the Warrant Certificate evidencing the exercised Warrant, and in case of such transfer or payment, the Warrant Agent and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock in book-entry form or any certificate or pay any cash until (a) such tax or charge has been paid or an amount sufficient for the payment thereof has been delivered to the Warrant Agent or the Company or (b) it has been established to the Company’s satisfaction that any such tax or other charge that is or may become due has been paid.

3.5. Cancellation of Warrant Certificates . Any Definitive Warrant Certificate surrendered for exercise shall, if surrendered to the Company, be delivered to the Warrant Agent. All Warrant Certificates surrendered or delivered to or received by the Warrant Agent for cancellation pursuant to this Section  3.5 or Section  2.4(e) or 2.4(k) shall be promptly cancelled by the Warrant Agent and shall not be reissued by the Company. The Warrant Agent shall destroy any such cancelled Warrant Certificates and deliver its certificate of destruction to the Company, unless the Company shall otherwise direct.

 

15


3.6. Shares Issuable . The number of shares of Common Stock “obtainable upon exercise” of Warrants at any time shall be the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Warrants are then exercisable. The number of shares of Common Stock “into which each Warrant is exercisable” shall be one share, subject to adjustment as provided in Section  5.1 .

3.7. Cashless Exercise . Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if (x) the Exercise Date is a Cashless Exercise Date and (y) the Cashless Exercise Current Market Price of one share of Common Stock is greater than the applicable Exercise Price on the Exercise Date, then, in lieu of paying to the Company the applicable Exercise Price by wire transfer in immediately available funds, the Holder may elect to receive shares of Common Stock equal to the value (as determined below) of the Warrants or any portion thereof being exercised (such portion, the “ Cashless Exercise Warrants ” with respect to such date) by (i) in the case of Warrants evidenced by a Global Warrant Certificate, providing notice to the Warrant Agent pursuant to the Applicable Procedures or (ii) in the case of Warrants evidenced by a Definitive Warrant Certificate, expressly stating in its notice of exercise, in the case of (i) or (ii), that the Holder desires to effect a “cashless exercise” (a “ Cashless Exercise ”) with respect to the Cashless Exercise Warrants, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Common Stock with respect to Cashless Exercise Warrants computed using the following formula (it being understood that any portion of the Warrants being exercised on such date that are not Cashless Exercise Warrants will not be affected by this calculation):

 

   X = (Y (A-B)) ÷ A
Where X =    the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Holder in respect of the Cashless Exercise Warrants
Y =    the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable under the Cashless Exercise Warrants being exercised by the Holder (on the Exercise Date)
A =    the applicable Cashless Exercise Current Market Price of one share of Common Stock (on the Exercise Date)
B =   

the applicable Exercise Price (as adjusted through and including the Exercise Date).

The Required Warrant Holders shall have the right to deliver a written notice (“ Cashless Exercise Appraisal Request Notice ”) to the Company at any time and from time to time (but in no event more than once in any 12-month period) on any date that is (x) after the date six months after the Effective Date and (y) not a Listed Date requesting that an Independent Financial Expert calculate the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock as of the Cashless Exercise Appraisal Trigger Date. Upon the occurrence of any Cashless Exercise Appraisal Trigger Date, the provisions of Section  5.3 shall apply.

 

16


4. Dissolution, Liquidation or Winding up.

Unless Section  5.1(g) applies, if, on or prior to the Expiration Date, the Company (or any other Person controlling the Company) shall propose a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent and all Holders of Warrant Certificates in the manner provided in Section  11.2 prior to the date on which such transaction is expected to become effective or, if earlier, the record date for such transaction. Such notice shall also specify the date as of which the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their shares for securities, money or other property deliverable upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be, on which date each Holder of Warrant Certificates shall receive the securities, money or other property which such Holder would have been entitled to receive had such Holder been the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock into which the Warrants were exercisable immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up (net of the then applicable Exercise Price) and the rights to exercise the Warrants shall terminate.

Unless Section  5.1(g) applies, in case of any such voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall deposit with the Warrant Agent any funds or other property which the Holders are entitled to receive under this Agreement, together with a Company Order as to the distribution thereof. After receipt of such deposit from the Company and after receipt of surrendered Warrant Certificates evidencing Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall make payment in appropriate amount to such Person or Persons as it may be directed in writing by the Holder surrendering such Warrant Certificate. The Warrant Agent shall not be required to pay interest on any money deposited pursuant to the provisions of this Section  4 except such as it shall agree with the Company to pay thereon. Any moneys, securities or other property which at any time shall be deposited by the Company or on its behalf with the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Section  4 shall be, and are hereby, assigned, transferred and set over to the Warrant Agent in trust for the purpose for which such moneys, securities or other property shall have been deposited; provided that moneys, securities or other property need not be segregated from other funds, securities or other property held by the Warrant Agent except to the extent required by law.

 

5. Adjustments.

5.1. Adjustments . In order to prevent dilution of the rights granted under the Warrants and to grant the Holders certain additional rights, the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section  5.1 and the number of shares of Common Stock obtainable upon exercise of Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section  5.1 .

(a) Subdivisions and Combinations . In the event the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date while any Warrants remain outstanding and unexpired in whole or in part, effect a subdivision (by any stock split or otherwise) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock (other than (x) a subdivision upon a merger or consolidation or sale to which Section  5.1(g) applies or (y) a stock split effected by means of a stock dividend or distribution to which Section  5.1(b) applies), then and in each such event the Exercise Price in effect at the opening of business on the day after the date upon which such subdivision becomes effective shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date while any Warrants remain outstanding and unexpired in whole or in part, effect a combination (by any reverse stock split or otherwise) of the outstanding shares of Common

 

17


Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock (other than a combination upon a merger or consolidation or sale to which Section  5.1(g) applies), then and in each such event the Exercise Price in effect at the opening of business on the day after the date upon which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section  5.1(a) shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day after the date upon which the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(b) Common Stock Dividends . In the event the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date while any Warrants remain outstanding and unexpired in whole or in part, make or issue to the holders of its Common Stock a dividend or distribution payable in, or otherwise make or issue a dividend or other distribution on any class of its capital stock payable in, shares of Common Stock (other than a dividend or distribution upon a merger or consolidation or sale to which Section  5.1(g) applies), then and in each such event the Exercise Price in effect at the opening of business on the day after the date for the determination of the holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive such dividend or distribution shall be decreased by multiplying such Exercise Price by a fraction (not to be greater than 1):

(i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding at the close of business on such date for determination; and

(ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding at the close of business on such date for determination plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Any adjustment under this Section  5.1(b) shall, subject to Section  5.1(e)(iv) , become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day after the date for the determination of the holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

(c) Reclassifications . A reclassification of the Common Stock (other than any such reclassification in connection with a merger or consolidation or sale to which Section  5.1(g) applies) into shares of Common Stock and shares of any other class of stock shall be deemed:

(i) a Property Dividend by the Company to the holders of its Common Stock of such shares of such other class of stock for the purposes and within the meaning of Section  5.1(d) (and the effective date of such reclassification shall be deemed to be “the date for the determination of the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such dividend or distribution” for the purposes and within the meaning of Section  5.1(d) ); and

(ii) if the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed into a larger or smaller number of shares of Common Stock as a part of such reclassification, such change shall be deemed a subdivision or combination, as the case may be, of the outstanding shares of Common Stock for the purposes and within the meaning of Section  5.1(a) (and the effective date of such reclassification shall be deemed to be “the date upon which such subdivision becomes effective” or “the date upon which such combination becomes effective,” as applicable, for the purposes and within the meaning of Section  5.1(a) ).

 

18


(d) Property Dividends . In the event the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date while any Warrants remain outstanding and unexpired in whole or in part, make or issue any Property Dividend (other than a Received Dividend or a dividend or distribution to which Section  5.1(a) or Section  5.1(b) applies) to the holders of Common Stock, then and in each such event, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the date for the determination of the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such dividend or distribution shall be decreased (to an amount not less than the lesser of the par value of the Common Stock as of the date hereof and such par value as of such date of determination) by an amount equal to the amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value of the securities and other non-cash property comprising such Property Dividend so distributed to one share of Common Stock.

Any adjustment under this Section  5.1(d) shall, subject to Section  5.1(e)(v) become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day after the date for the determination of the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such Property Dividend.

For purposes of clarity, if a declared Property Dividend would have reduced the Exercise Price to an amount below the par value per share of the Common Stock, the Exercise Price will be reduced to the par value per share of the Common Stock and any remaining Fair Market Value of the Property Dividend that would have resulted in a reduction of the Exercise Price below the par value per share of the Common Stock shall be disregarded.

Rights or warrants issued by the Company to all holders of its Common Stock entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock, which rights or warrants (A) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock, (B) are not exercisable and (C) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock, in each case in clauses (A) through (C) until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“ Trigger Event ”), shall for purposes of this Section  5.1(d) not be deemed distributed until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event.

If the Required Warrant Holders object to any determination by the Board of Directors of the Fair Market Value of the securities or other non-cash property (other than any securities listed or admitted for trading on any U.S. national securities exchange) comprising all or any portion of any Property Dividend, the Required Warrant Holders shall have the right to deliver a written notice (“ Property Dividend Appraisal Request Notice ”) to the Company within 10 days after the Company delivers written notice to Holders pursuant to Section  11.2 of such Property Dividend requesting that an Independent Financial Expert calculate the Fair Market Value of such securities or other non-cash property as of the date of determination referred to above. Upon the occurrence of any Property Dividend Appraisal Trigger Date, the provisions of Section  5.3 shall apply.

 

19


(e) Other Provisions Applicable to Adjustments . The following provisions shall be applicable to the making of adjustments to the Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock into which each Warrant is exercisable under Section  5.1 :

(i) Treasury Stock . The dividend or distribution of any issued shares of Common Stock owned or held by or for the account of the Company shall be deemed a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock for purposes of Section  5.1(b) . The Company shall not make or issue any dividend or distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company. For the purposes of Section  5.1(b) , the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company.

(ii) When Adjustments Are to be Made . The adjustments required by Sections  5.1(a) , 5.1(b) , 5.1(c) , and 5.1(d) shall be made whenever and as often as any specified event requiring an adjustment shall occur, except that no adjustment of the Exercise Price that would otherwise be required shall be made unless and until such adjustment either by itself or with other adjustments not previously made increases or decreases the Exercise Price immediately prior to the making of such adjustment by at least 1%. Any adjustment representing a change of less than such minimum amount (except as aforesaid) shall be carried forward and made as soon as such adjustment, together with other adjustments required by Sections  5.1(a) , 5.1(b) , 5.1(c) , and 5.1(d) and not previously made, would result in such minimum adjustment.

(iii) Fractional Interests . In computing adjustments under Section  5.1 , fractional interests in Common Stock shall be taken into account to the nearest one-thousandth of a share.

(iv) Deferral of Issuance Upon Exercise . In any case in which Section  5.1(b) shall require that a decrease in the Exercise Price be made effective prior to the occurrence of a specified event and any Warrant is exercised after the time at which the adjustment became effective but prior to the occurrence of such specified event and, in connection therewith, Section  5.1(f) shall require a corresponding increase in the number of shares of Common Stock into which each Warrant is exercisable, the Company may elect to defer (but not in any event later than the Expiration Date or the closing date of the applicable Sale Transaction) until the occurrence of such specified event (A) the issuance to the Holder of the Warrant Certificate evidencing such Warrant (or other Person entitled thereto) of, and the registration of such Holder (or other Person) as the record holder of, the Common Stock over and above the Common Stock issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock obtainable upon exercise of such Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and to require payment in respect of such number of shares the issuance of which is not deferred on the basis of the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment and (B) the corresponding reduction in the Exercise Price; provided , however , that the Company shall deliver to such Holder or other person a due bill or other appropriate instrument that meet any applicable requirements of the principal national securities exchange or other market on which the Common Stock is then traded and evidences the right of such Holder or other Person to receive, and to become the record holder of, such additional shares of Common Stock, upon the occurrence of such specified event requiring such adjustment (without payment of any additional Exercise Price in respect of such additional shares).

 

20


(v) Deferral of Reduction in Exercise Price . In any case in which Section  5.1(d) shall require that a decrease in the Exercise Price be made effective prior to the occurrence of a specified event and any Warrant is exercised after the time at which the adjustment became effective but prior to the occurrence of such specified event, the Company may elect to defer (but not in any event later than the Expiration Date or the closing date of the applicable Sale Transaction) until the occurrence of such specified event the corresponding reduction in the Exercise Price; provided , however , that the Company shall deliver to the Holder of the Warrant Certificate evidencing such Warrant an appropriate instrument that evidences the right of such Holder to receive from the Company, upon the occurrence of such specified event requiring such adjustment, a cash refund equal to the difference between (x) the Exercise Price paid to the Company on the Exercise Date and (y) the Exercise Price as so reduced as a result of such adjustment pursuant to Section  5.1(d) .

(f) Adjustment to Shares Obtainable Upon Exercise . Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted as provided in this Section  5.1 (other than Section  5.1(d) to the extent of a Property Dividend that does not include Common Stock), the number of shares of Common Stock into which a Warrant is exercisable shall simultaneously be adjusted by multiplying such number of shares of Common Stock into which a Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price immediately thereafter.

(g) Changes in Common Stock . In case at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date while any Warrants remain outstanding and unexpired in whole or in part, the Company shall be a party to or shall otherwise engage in any transaction or series of related transactions constituting:

(1) a merger of the Company into, a direct or indirect sale of all of the Company’s equity to, a consolidation of the Company with, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person in which the previously outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be (either directly or upon subsequent liquidation) cancelled, reclassified or converted or changed into or exchanged for securities or other property (including cash) or any combination of the foregoing (a “ Non-Surviving Transaction ”), or

(2) any merger of another Person into the Company in which the previously outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be cancelled, reclassified or converted or changed into or exchanged for securities of the Company or other property (including cash) or any combination of the foregoing (a “ Surviving Transaction ”; any Non-Surviving Transaction or Surviving Transaction being herein called a “ Transaction ”),

 

21


then:

(i) if such Transaction is a Redomestication Transaction or a Sale Transaction (other than a Sale Cash Only Transaction), as a condition to the consummation of such Transaction, the Company shall (or, in the case of any Non-Surviving Transaction, the Company shall cause such other Person to) execute and deliver to the Warrant Agent a written instrument providing that:

(x) so long as any Warrant remains outstanding in whole or in part (including after giving effect to the changes specified under clause (y) below), such Warrant, upon the exercise thereof at any time on or after the consummation of such Transaction, shall be exercisable (on such terms and subject to such conditions as shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the provisions set forth in this Agreement) into, in lieu of the Common Stock issuable upon such exercise prior to such consummation, only the securities (“ Substituted Securities ”) that would have been receivable upon such Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Warrant was exercisable immediately prior to such Transaction assuming, in the case of any such Transaction, if (as a result of rights of election or otherwise) the kind or amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such Sale Transaction is not the same for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to such Sale Transaction, (A) such holder of Common Stock is a Person (“ Qualifying Person ”) that is neither (I) an employee of the Company or of any Subsidiary thereof nor (II) a Person with which the Company consolidated or into which the Company merged or which merged into the Company or to which such sale or transfer was made, as the case may be (“ Constituent Person ”), or an Affiliate of a Constituent Person; and (B) such holder makes a Sale Maximum Securities Election (if applicable); and

(y) subject to any applicable reduction in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section  5.1(g)(ii)(E) , the rights and obligations of the Company (or, in the event of a Non-Surviving Transaction, such other Person) and the Holders in respect of Substituted Securities shall be substantially unchanged to be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the rights and obligations of the Company and Holders in respect of Common Stock hereunder as set forth in Section  3.1 hereof;

(ii) if such Transaction is a Sale Transaction (other than a Sale Securities Only Transaction), then, at the effective time of the consummation of such Sale Transaction:

(A) if such Sale Transaction constitutes a Sale Cash Only Transaction, then any Warrants not exercised prior the closing of such Sale Cash Only Transaction shall automatically terminate and become void;

(B) if the effective time of the consummation of such Sale Transaction is before the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder of the Warrant Certificate evidencing any unexercised Warrants cash and, if applicable, non-cash property other than securities having a Fair Market Value (in proportion to the cash and any non-cash property other than securities into which shares of Common Stock are being converted, changed or exchanged) in an amount equal to the product of (x) the aggregate Black-Scholes Value with respect to such Sale Transaction of such Warrants and (y) the Sale Cash Percentage with respect to such Sale Transaction;

 

22


(C) if the effective time of the consummation of such Sale Transaction is on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date and before the Expiration Date and the Sale Current Market Price is not greater than the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such time, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder of a Warrant Certificate evidencing any unexercised Warrants cash and, if applicable, non-cash property other than securities having a Fair Market Value (in proportion to the cash and any non-cash property other than securities into which shares of Common Stock are being converted, changed or exchanged) in an amount equal to the product of (x) the aggregate Black-Scholes Value with respect to such Sale Transaction of such Warrants and (y) the Sale Cash Percentage with respect to such Sale Transaction;

(D) if the effective time of the consummation of such Sale Transaction is on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date and before the Expiration Date and the Sale Current Market Price is greater than the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such time, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder of the Warrant Certificate evidencing any unexercised Warrants cash and, if applicable, non-cash property other than securities having a Fair Market Value (in proportion to the cash and any non-cash property other than securities into which shares of Common Stock are being converted, changed or exchanged) in an amount equal to the product of (x) the excess of the Sale Current Market Price over such Exercise Price and (y) the Sale Cash Percentage with respect to such Sale Transaction; and

(E) if such Sale Transaction is not a Sale Cash Only Transaction, the Exercise Price of each Warrant immediately prior to such time shall be decreased (to an amount not less than the lesser of the par value of the Common Stock as of the date hereof and such par value as of such date of determination)) by an amount equal to the product of (x) such Exercise Price and (y) the Sale Cash Percentage with respect to such Sale Transaction; and

(iii) with respect to any Redomestication Transaction or Sale Transaction (other than a Sale Cash Only Transaction), such written instrument under clause (i) above shall provide for adjustments which, for events subsequent to the effective date of such written instrument, shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section  5 . The above provisions of this Section  5.1(g) shall similarly apply to successive Transactions.

(iv) If the Required Warrant Holders object to any determination by the Board of Directors of the Fair Market Value of the non-cash property other than securities or of the non-cash property (other than any securities listed or admitted for trading on any U.S. national securities exchange) receivable upon conversion, change or exchange of shares

 

23


of Common Stock in any Sale Transaction, the Required Warrant Holders shall have the right to deliver a written notice (“ Sale Transaction Appraisal Request Notice ”) to the Company within 10 Business Days after the Company delivers written notice to Holders pursuant to Section  11.2 of such Sale Transaction requesting that an Independent Financial Expert calculate (x) the Fair Market Value of the non-cash property other than securities and non-cash property (other than any securities listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national securities exchange) so receivable, in each case as of the date of consummation of such Sale Transaction, and (y) the Black-Scholes Value with respect to such Sale Transaction. Upon the occurrence of any Sale Transaction Appraisal Trigger Date, the provisions of Section  5.3 shall apply.

(h) Compliance with Governmental Requirements . Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Exercise Price below the then par value of any of the shares of Common Stock into which the Warrants are exercisable, the Company will take any corporate action that may be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of such Common Stock at such adjusted Exercise Price.

(i) Optional Tax Adjustment . The Company may at its option, at any time during the term of the Warrants, increase the number of shares of Common Stock into which each Warrant is exercisable, or decrease the Exercise Price, in addition to those changes required by Sections  5.1(a) , 5.1(b) , 5.1(c) , and 5.1(d) , as deemed advisable by the Board of Directors of the Company, in order that any event treated for Federal income tax purposes as a dividend of stock or stock rights shall not be taxable to the recipients.

(j) Warrants Deemed Exercisable . For purposes solely of this Section  5 , the number of shares of Common Stock which the holder of any Warrant would have been entitled to receive had such Warrant been exercised in full at any time or into which any Warrant was exercisable at any time shall be determined assuming such Warrant was exercisable in full at such time.

(k) Notice of Adjustment . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment of the Exercise Price or the number of shares of Common Stock into which a Warrant is exercisable pursuant to this Section  5.1 , the Company at its expense shall promptly:

(i) compute such adjustment in accordance with the terms hereof;

(ii) after such adjustment becomes effective, deliver to all Holders in accordance with Section  11.1(b) a notice setting forth such adjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property for which the Warrants shall be exercisable and the Exercise Price) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based; and

(iii) deliver to the Warrant Agent a certificate of the Treasurer of the Company setting forth the Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock into which each Warrant is exercisable after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and the computation by which such adjustment was made (including a description of the basis on which the Current Market Price of the

 

24


Common Stock or the Fair Market Value of any evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock, securities, cash or other assets or consideration used in the computation was determined). As provided in Section  10.1 , the Warrant Agent shall be entitled to rely on such certificate and shall be under no duty or responsibility with respect to any such certificate, except to exhibit the same from time to time to any Holder desiring an inspection thereof during reasonable business hours.

(l) Statement on Warrant Certificates . Irrespective of any adjustment in the Exercise Price or amount or kind of shares into which the Warrants are exercisable, Warrant Certificates theretofore or thereafter issued may continue to express the same Exercise Price initially applicable or amount or kind of shares initially issuable upon exercise of the Warrants evidenced thereby pursuant to this Agreement.

(m) [Reserved.]

(n) Certain Actions Respecting Received Cash Dividends . If the Company shall have given notice to the Warrant Agent of its intention to treat a distribution as a Received Dividend hereunder, the Company shall not permit the date for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive any other dividend or distribution referred to in Sections  5.1(b) or 5.1(d) , the effective date of any subdivision or combination referred to in Section  5.1(a) or the date of consummation of any Transaction to be the same date as the date which is, or is the day before, the date for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such Received Dividend.

5.2. Fractional Interest . The Company shall not be required upon the exercise of any Warrant (including, without limitation, under Section  3.7 ) to issue any fractional shares, but may, in lieu of issuing any fractional shares of Common Stock make an adjustment therefore in cash on the basis of the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on the date of such exercise. If Warrant Certificates evidencing more than one Warrant shall be presented for exercise at the same time by the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon such exercise thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Warrants so to be exercised. The Holders, by their acceptance of the Warrant Certificates, expressly waive their right to receive any fraction of a share of Common Stock or a stock certificate representing a fraction of a share of Common Stock if such amount of cash is paid in lieu thereof.

5.3. Independent Financial Expert Appraisals .

(a) In connection with any Appraisal Trigger Date, the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock (in the case of a Cashless Exercise Appraisal Request Notice) or of securities or other non-cash property (other than any securities listed or admitted for trading on any U.S. national securities exchange) that (x) is receivable upon conversion, change or exchange of shares of Common Stock in any Sale Transaction (in the case of a Sale Transaction Appraisal Request Notice) or (y) comprises a Property Dividend (in the case of a Property Dividend Appraisal Request Notice) and, in each case, the related components and values set forth in the definitions of Fair Market Value shall be determined (the “ Fair Market Value Determinations ”) by an Independent Financial Expert selected as specified in Section  5.3(c) below.

 

25


(b) In connection with any Sale Transaction that is not Sale Securities Only Transaction, the Black-Scholes Value shall be determined (the “ Black-Scholes Value Determinations”) by an Independent Financial Expert selected by (i) unless clause (ii) applies, the Company or (ii) if both (x) all or any portion of the property receivable upon conversion, change or exchange of shares of Common Stock in such Sale Transaction comprises non-cash property (other than any securities listed or admitted for trading on any U.S. national securities exchange) and (y) the Required Warrant Holders have duly delivered a Sale Transaction Appraisal Request Notice with respect to such Sale Transaction pursuant to Section  5.1(g) , the Independent Financial Expert selected as specified in Section  5.3(c) below. The Black-Scholes Value Determinations made by an Independent Financial Expert selected by the Company pursuant to clause (i) of this Section  5.3(b) shall be final and conclusive and shall be completed no later than the date 30 days after the date the Company delivers written notice to Holders pursuant to Section  11.2 of the related Sale Transaction, and the fees and expenses of any such Independent Financial Expert shall be borne by the Company. Upon completion of such Black-Scholes Value Determinations, within two Business Days after the date of completion thereof, the Company shall cause the complete written report of the Independent Financial Expert as to such Black Scholes Value Determinations to be delivered to the Holders in accordance with Section  11.1(b) .

(c) No later than two Business Days after the Appraisal Trigger Date, the Company shall provide notice of an Independent Financial Expert selected by the Company (the “ Company Selected Expert ”) to make the related Fair Market Value Determinations (and, if such Appraisal Trigger Date is a Sale Transaction Appraisal Trigger Date, the related Black-Scholes Value Determinations) (collectively, as applicable, the “ Determinations ”) to each Holder in accordance with Section  11.1 (the date on which such notice is delivered, the “ Notice Date ”). In the event that the Required Warrant Holders object in writing to the Company Selected Expert within 7 days of the Notice Date, then the Company and Required Warrant Holders shall jointly select an Independent Financial Expert by no later than the 17 th day after the Notice Date. If the Company and the Required Warrant Holders are unable to agree on a jointly selected Independent Financial Expert, the Required Warrant Holders shall select promptly, but no later than the 17 th day after the Notice Date, a separate Independent Financial Expert and such Independent Financial Expert and the Company Selected Expert shall select promptly, but no later than the 19 th day after the Notice Date, a third Independent Financial Expert to make the Determinations. The Determinations of the finally selected Independent Financial Expert shall be final and conclusive, and the fees and expenses of any such Independent Financial Experts shall be borne by the Company. The Determinations shall be completed no later than the date that is 30 days after the related Appraisal Trigger Date.

(d) Upon completion of the Determinations in respect of any Appraisal Request Notice, within two Business Days after the date of completion thereof, the Company shall cause the complete written report of the Independent Financial Expert as to such Determinations to be delivered to the Holders in accordance with Section  11.1(b) (the date of delivery of such report, with respect to an Appraisal Request Notice, the “ Appraisal Report Date ”).

 

26


5.4. No Other Adjustments . Except in accordance with Section  5.1 , the applicable Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock obtainable upon exercise of any Warrant will not be adjusted for the issuance of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or carrying the right to purchase any of the foregoing, including, without limitation

(i) upon the issuance of any other securities by the Company on or after the Original Issue Date, whether or not contemplated by the Plan, or upon the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any such securities;

(ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or other securities or any payments pursuant to the Management Equity Incentive Plan (as defined in the Plan) or any other equity incentive plan of the Company;

(iii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of the Warrants; or

(iv) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company in connection with a business acquisition transaction.

 

6. Loss or Mutilation.

If (a) any mutilated Warrant Certificate is surrendered to the Warrant Agent or (b) both (i) there shall be delivered to the Company and the Warrant Agent (A) a claim by a Holder as to the destruction, loss or wrongful taking of any Warrant Certificate of such Holder and a request thereby for a new replacement Warrant Certificate, and (B) such indemnity bond as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless and (ii) such other reasonable requirements as may be imposed by the Company as permitted by Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code have been satisfied, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Warrant Agent that such Warrant Certificate has been acquired by a “protected purchaser” within the meaning of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver to the registered Holder of the lost, wrongfully taken, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Certificate, in exchange therefore or in lieu thereof, a new Warrant Certificate of the same tenor and for a like aggregate number of Warrants. At the written request of such registered Holder, the new Warrant Certificate so issued shall be retained by the Warrant Agent as having been surrendered for exercise, in lieu of delivery thereof to such Holder, and shall be deemed for purposes of Section  3.2 to have been surrendered for exercise on the date the conditions specified in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence were first satisfied.

Upon the issuance of any new Warrant Certificate under this Section  6 , the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Warrant Agent and of counsel to the Company) in connection therewith.

Every new Warrant Certificate executed and delivered pursuant to this Section  6 in lieu of any lost, wrongfully taken or destroyed Warrant Certificate shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, wrongfully taken or destroyed Warrant Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement equally and proportionately with any and all other Warrant Certificates duly executed and delivered hereunder.

 

27


The provisions of this Section  6 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights or remedies with respect to the replacement of mutilated, lost, wrongfully taken, or destroyed Warrant Certificates.

 

7. Reservation and Authorization of Common Stock.

The Company covenants that, for the duration of the Exercise Period, the Company will at all times reserve and keep available, from its authorized and unissued Common Stock solely for issuance and delivery upon the exercise of the Warrants and free of preemptive rights, such number of shares of Common Stock and other securities, cash or property as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants for cash. The Company further covenants that it shall, from time to time, take all steps necessary to increase the authorized number of shares of its Common Stock if at any time the authorized number of shares of Common Stock remaining unissued would otherwise be insufficient to allow delivery of all the shares of Common Stock then deliverable upon the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants. The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants will, upon issuance, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be free of restrictions on transfer and will be free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously or otherwise specified herein or in connection with a Cashless Exercise). The Company shall take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that all such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any U.S. national securities exchange upon which shares of Common Stock may be listed (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Company upon each such issuance). The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock will, at all times that Warrants are exercisable, be duly approved for listing subject to official notice of issuance on each securities exchange, if any, on which the Common Stock is then listed. The Company covenants that the stock certificates issued to evidence any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Warrants will comply with the Delaware General Corporation Law and any other applicable law.

The Company hereby authorizes and directs its current and future transfer agents for the Common Stock at all times to reserve stock certificates for such number of authorized shares as shall be requisite for such purpose. The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to requisition from time to time from any such transfer agents stock certificates required to honor outstanding Warrants upon exercise thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and the Company hereby authorizes and directs such transfer agents to comply with all such requests of the Warrant Agent. The Company will supply such transfer agents with duly executed stock certificates for such purposes.

 

28


8. Warrant Transfer Books.

The Warrant Agent will maintain an office (the “ Corporate Agency Office ”) in the United States of America, where Warrant Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where Warrant Certificates may be surrendered for exercise of Warrants evidenced thereby, which office is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219 on the Original Issuance Date. The Warrant Agent will give prompt written notice to all Holders of Warrant Certificates of any change in the location of such office.

The Warrant Certificates evidencing the Warrants shall be issued in registered form only. The Company shall cause to be kept at the office of the Warrant Agent designated for such purpose a warrant register (the “ Warrant Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Warrant Agent may prescribe and such regulations as may be prescribed by law, the Company shall provide for the registration of Warrant Certificates and of transfers or exchanges of Warrant Certificates as herein provided.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Warrant Certificate at the Corporate Agency Office, the Company shall execute, and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Warrant Certificates evidencing a like aggregate number of Warrants.

At the option of the Holder, Warrant Certificates may be exchanged at the office of the Warrant Agent upon payment of the charges hereinafter provided for other Warrant Certificates evidencing a like aggregate number of Warrants. Whenever any Warrant Certificates are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver, the Warrant Certificates of the same tenor and evidencing the same number of Warrants as evidenced by the Warrant Certificates surrendered by the Holder making the exchange.

All Warrant Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same obligations, and entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement, as the Warrant Certificates surrendered for such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Warrant Certificate surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Warrant Agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates; provided , however , the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates.

The Warrant Agent shall, upon request of the Company from time to time, deliver to the Company such reports of registered ownership of the Warrants and such records of transactions with respect to the Warrants and the shares of Common Stock as the Company may request. The Warrant Agent shall also make available to the Company for inspection by the Company’s

 

29


agents or employees, from time to time as the Company may request, such original books of accounts and records maintained by the Warrant Agent in connection with the issuance and exercise of Warrants hereunder, such inspections to occur at the Corporate Agency Office during normal business hours.

The Warrant Agent shall keep copies of this Agreement and any notices given to Holders hereunder available for inspection by the Holders during normal business hours at the Corporate Agency Office. The Company shall supply the Warrant Agent from time to time with such numbers of copies of this Agreement as the Warrant Agency may request.

 

9. Warrant Holders.

9.1. No Voting or Dividend Rights .

(a) No Holder of a Warrant Certificate evidencing any Warrant shall have or exercise any rights by virtue hereof as a holder of Common Stock of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends and other distributions as a holder of Common Stock or to receive notice of, or attend, meetings or any other proceedings of the holders of Common Stock.

(b) The consent of any Holder of a Warrant Certificate shall not be required with respect to any action or proceeding of the Company.

(c) Except with respect to any Received Dividend or as provided in Section  4 , no Holder of a Warrant Certificate, by reason of the ownership or possession of a Warrant or the Warrant Certificate representing the same, shall have any right to receive any cash dividends, stock dividends, allotments or rights or other distributions paid, allotted or distributed or distributable to the holders of Common Stock prior to, or for which the relevant record date preceded, the date of the exercise of such Warrant.

(d) No Holder of a Warrant Certificate shall have any right not expressly conferred hereunder or under, or by applicable law with respect to, the Warrant Certificate held by such Holder.

9.2. Rights of Action . All rights of action against the Company in respect of this Agreement, except rights of action vested in the Warrant Agent, are vested in the Holders of the Warrant Certificates, and any Holder of any Warrant Certificate, without the consent of the Warrant Agent or the Holder of any other Warrant Certificate, may, in such Holder’s own behalf and for such Holder’s own benefit, enforce and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company suitable to enforce, or otherwise in respect of, such Holder’s right to exercise such Holder’s Warrants in the manner provided in this Agreement.

9.3. Treatment of Holders of Warrant Certificates . Every Holder of a Warrant Certificate, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company, with the Warrant Agent and with every subsequent holder of such Warrant Certificate that, prior to due presentment of such Warrant Certificate for registration of transfer, the Company and the Warrant Agent may treat the Person in whose name the Warrant Certificate is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and as the Person entitled to exercise the rights granted under the Warrants, and neither the Company, the Warrant Agent nor any agent thereof shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

30


9.4. Communications to Holders .

(a) If any Holder of a Warrant Certificate applies in writing to the Warrant Agent and such application states that the applicant desires to communicate with other Holders with respect to its rights under this Agreement or under the Warrants, then the Warrant Agent shall, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, and upon payment to the Warrant Agent by such applicant of the reasonable expenses of preparing such list, provide to such applicant a list of the names and addresses of all Holders of Warrant Certificates as of the most recent practicable date.

(b) Every Holder of Warrant Certificates, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Warrant Agent that neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance with Section  9.4(a) .

 

10. Concerning the Warrant Agent.

10.1. Nature of Duties and Responsibilities Assumed . The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent of the Company as set forth in this Agreement. The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the appointment as agent of the Company and agrees to perform that agency upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Warrant Certificates or as the Company and the Warrant Agent may hereafter agree, by all of which the Company and the Holders of Warrant Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound; provided, however, that the terms and conditions contained in the Warrant Certificates are subject to and governed by this Agreement or any other terms and conditions hereafter agreed to by the Company and the Warrant Agent.

The Warrant Agent shall not, by countersigning Warrant Certificates or by any other act hereunder, be deemed to make any representations as to validity or authorization of (i) the Warrants or the Warrant Certificates (except as to its countersignature thereon), (ii) any securities or other property delivered upon exercise of any Warrant, (iii) the accuracy of the computation of the number or kind or amount of stock or other securities or other property deliverable upon exercise of any Warrant, (iv) the independence of any Independent Financial Expert or (v) the correctness of any of the representations of the Company made in such certificates that the Warrant Agent receives. The Warrant Agent shall not at any time have any duty to calculate or determine whether any facts exist that may require any adjustments pursuant to Section  5 hereof with respect to the kind and amount of shares or other securities or any property issuable to Holders upon the exercise of Warrants required from time to time. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to determine the accuracy or correctness of such calculation or with respect to the methods employed in making the same. The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock or of any securities or property which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the exercise of any Warrant or upon any adjustment pursuant to Section  5 hereof,

 

31


and it makes no representation with respect thereto. The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to make any cash payment or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property upon the surrender of any Warrant Certificate for the purpose of exercise or upon any adjustment pursuant to Section  5 hereof or to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained in Section  5 hereof.

The Warrant Agent shall not (i) be liable for any recital or statement of fact contained herein or in the Warrant Certificates or for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith on the belief that any Warrant Certificate or any other documents or any signatures are genuine or properly authorized, (ii) be responsible for any failure on the part of the Company to comply with any of its covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement or in the Warrant Certificates or (iii) be liable for any act or omission in connection with this Agreement except for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to accept and protected in accepting instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder by Company Order and to apply to any such officer named in such Company Order for instructions (which instructions will be promptly given in writing when requested), and the Warrant Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the instructions in any Company Order.

The Warrant Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights and powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys, agents or employees, provided , however , reasonable care has been exercised in the selection and in the continued employment of any such attorney, agent or employee. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any obligation or duty to institute, appear in or defend any action, suit or legal proceeding in respect hereof, unless first indemnified to its satisfaction, but this provision shall not affect the power of the Warrant Agent to take such action as the Warrant Agent may consider proper, whether with or without such indemnity. The Warrant Agent shall promptly notify the Company in writing of any claim made or action, suit or proceeding instituted against it arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

The Company shall perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent in order to enable it to carry out or perform its duties under this Agreement.

The Warrant Agent shall act solely as agent of the Company hereunder and does not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust for or with any of the Holders or any beneficial owners of Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall not be liable except for the failure to perform such duties as are specifically set forth herein or specifically set forth in the Warrant Certificates, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Warrant Agent whose duties and obligations shall be determined solely by the express provisions hereof or the express provisions of the Warrant Certificates.

 

32


10.2. Right to Consult Counsel . The Warrant Agent may at any time consult with legal counsel satisfactory to it (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the Warrant Agent shall incur no liability or responsibility to the Company or to any Holder for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel.

10.3. Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnification . The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent from time to time compensation for all fees and expenses relating to its services hereunder as the Company and the Warrant Agent may agree from time to time and to reimburse the Warrant Agent for reasonable expenses and disbursements, including reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection with the execution and administration of this Agreement. The Company further agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent for and save it harmless against any losses, liabilities or reasonable expenses arising out of or in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the reasonable costs, legal fees and expenses of investigating or defending any claim of such liability, except that the Company shall have no liability hereunder to the extent that any such loss, liability or expense results from the Warrant Agent’s own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

10.4. Warrant Agent May Hold Company Securities . The Warrant Agent, any Countersigning Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Warrant Agent or any Countersigning Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the warrants or other securities of the Company or its Affiliates, become pecuniarily interested in transactions in which the Company or its Affiliates may be interested, contract with or lend money to the Company or its Affiliates or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not the Warrant Agent or the Countersigning Agent, respectively, under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent or any Countersigning Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

10.5. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

(a) The Warrant Agent may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liability hereunder (except liability arising as a result of the Warrant Agent’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) after giving 30 days’ prior written notice to the Company. The Company may remove the Warrant Agent upon 30 days’ written notice, and the Warrant Agent shall thereupon in like manner be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder, except as aforesaid. The Warrant Agent shall, at the expense of the Company, cause notice to be given in accordance with Section  11.1(b) to each Holder of a Warrant Certificate of said notice of resignation or notice of removal, as the case may be. Upon such resignation or removal, the Company shall appoint in writing a new Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 calendar days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation by the resigning Warrant Agent or after such removal, then the Holder of any Warrant Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Warrant Agent. Any new Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a corporation doing business under the laws of the United States or any state thereof in good standing, authorized under such laws to act as Warrant Agent, and having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $25,000,000. The combined capital and surplus of any such new Warrant Agent shall be deemed to be the combined capital and surplus as set forth in the most recent annual report of its condition published by such Warrant

 

33


Agent prior to its appointment, provided , however , such reports are published at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of a Federal or state supervising or examining authority. After acceptance in writing of such appointment by the new Warrant Agent, it shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named herein as the Warrant Agent, without any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed; but if for any reason it shall be reasonably necessary or expedient to execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed, the same shall be done at the reasonable expense of the Company and shall be legally and validly executed and delivered by the resigning or removed Warrant Agent. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice thereof with the resigning or removed Warrant Agent. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section  10.5(a) , however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation of the Warrant Agent or the appointment of a new Warrant Agent as the case may be.

(b) Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent or any new Warrant Agent may be merged, or any corporation resulting from any consolidation to which the Warrant Agent or any new Warrant Agent shall be a party, shall be a successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act, provided that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as successor to the Warrant Agent under the provisions of Section  10.5(a) . Any such successor Warrant Agent shall promptly cause notice of its succession as Warrant Agent to be given in accordance with Section  11.1(b) to each Holder of a Warrant Certificate at such Holder’s last address as shown on the Warrant Register.

10.6. Appointment of Countersigning Agent .

(a) The Warrant Agent may appoint a Countersigning Agent or Agents which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Warrant Agent to countersign Warrant Certificates issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or pursuant to Section  6 , and Warrant Certificates so countersigned shall be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement equally and proportionately with any and all other Warrant Certificates duly executed and delivered hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Agreement to the countersignature and delivery of Warrant Certificates by the Warrant Agent or to Warrant Certificates countersigned by the Warrant Agent, such reference shall be deemed to include countersignature and delivery on behalf of the Warrant Agent by a Countersigning Agent and Warrant Certificates countersigned by a Countersigning Agent. Each Countersigning Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at the time of appointment be a corporation doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof in good standing, authorized under such laws to act as Countersigning Agent, and having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $25,000,000. The combined capital and surplus of any such new Countersigning Agent shall be deemed to be the combined capital and surplus as set forth in the most recent annual report of its condition published by such Countersigning Agent prior to its appointment, provided, however, such reports are published at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of a Federal or state supervising or examining authority.

(b) Any corporation into which a Countersigning Agent may be merged or any corporation resulting from any consolidation to which such Countersigning Agent shall be a party, shall be a successor Countersigning Agent without any further act, provided that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a new Countersigning Agent under the

 

34


provisions of Section  10.6(a) , without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Warrant Agent or the Countersigning Agent. Any such successor Countersigning Agent shall promptly cause notice of its succession as Countersigning Agent to be given in accordance with Section  11.1(b) to each Holder of a Warrant Certificate at such Holder’s last address as shown on the Warrant Register.

(c) A Countersigning Agent may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent and to the Company. The Warrant Agent may at any time terminate the agency of a Countersigning Agent by giving 30 days’ prior written notice thereof to such Countersigning Agent and to the Company.

(d) The Warrant Agent agrees to pay to each Countersigning Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section  10.6 and the Warrant Agent shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section  10.3 .

(e) Any Countersigning Agent shall have the same rights and immunities as those of the Warrant Agent set forth in Section  10.1 .

 

11. Notices.

11.1. Notices Generally .

(a) Any request, notice, direction, authorization, consent, waiver, demand or other communication permitted or authorized by this Agreement to be made upon, given or furnished to or filed with the Company or the Warrant Agent by the other party hereto or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing (including telecopy communication) and telecopied or delivered by hand (including by courier service) as follows:

 

If to the Company, to it at:

Avaya Holdings Corp.

  

4655 Great America Parkway

  

Santa Clara, CA 95054-1233

  

Attention: Patrick O’Malley

  

Telecopy no.: (408) 496-3600

  

Or

  

If to the Warrant Agent, to it at:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

  

6201 15 th Avenue

  

Brooklyn, New York 11219

  

Attention: Relationship Management

  

or, in either case, such other address as shall have been set forth in a notice delivered in accordance with this Section  11.1(a) .

 

35


All such communications shall, when so telecopied or delivered by hand, be effective when telecopied with confirmation of receipt or received by the addressee, respectively.

Any Person that telecopies any communication hereunder to any Person shall, on the same date as such telecopy is transmitted, also send, by first class mail, postage prepaid and addressed to such Person as specified above, an original copy of the communication so transmitted.

(b) Where this Agreement provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Warrant Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Agreement provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made by a method approved by the Warrant Agent as one which would be most reliable under the circumstances for successfully delivering the notice to the addressees shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Where this Agreement provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Warrant Certificate, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary (or its designee), pursuant to its Applicable Procedures, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the giving of such notice.

11.2. Required Notices to Holders . In the event the Company shall:

(i) take any action that would result in an adjustment to the Exercise Price and/or the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a Warrant pursuant to Section  5.1 ; or

(ii) consummate any Sale Transaction; or

(iii) either amend this Agreement or the Warrants created hereby pursuant to Article 13 or deliver any proposed amendment to this Agreement or the Warrants created hereby to one or more Holders for purposes of obtaining the consent thereof to such amendment; or

(iv) set any record date for determining the holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to vote on any matter or participate in any dividend or distribution; or

 

36


(v) hold a meeting of holders of its shares of Common Stock or receive notice at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business of any action of its holders of Common Stock taken by written consent; or

(vi) make or pay any Property Dividend or other dividend or distribution to holders of shares of Common Stock; or

(vii) provide written notice to holders of shares of Common Stock of any other matters or events (other than pursuant to a filing with the Commission or by distributing a press release through a widely disseminated news or wire service) (any of (i)-(vii), an “ Action ”);

then, in each such case, unless the Company has made a filing with the Commission, including pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K, which filing discloses such Action, the Company shall cause to be filed with the Warrant Agent and shall give to each Holder of a Warrant Certificate, in accordance with Section  11.1(b) , a written notice of such Action. Such notice shall be given promptly after taking such Action or (a) in the case of any Action covered by clause (ii), above, at least 10 Business Days prior to the closing of the relevant Sale Transaction; or (b) in the case of any Action covered by clause (iv) above, at least 9 days prior to such record date. In any such case, any such notice shall be given prior to such earlier time as notice thereof shall be required to be given pursuant to Rule l0b-17 under the Exchange Act.

If at any time the Company shall cancel any of the Actions for which notice has been given under this Section  11.2 prior to the consummation thereof, the Company shall give each Holder prompt notice of such cancellation in accordance with Section  11.1(b) hereof.

The Company shall cause (x) any notice covered by clause (ii) above of any Action constituting a Sale Transaction in which all or any portion of the property receivable upon conversion, change or exchange of shares of Common Stock in such Sale Transaction comprises (A) non-cash property other than securities or (B) non-cash property (other than securities listed or admitted for trading on any U.S. national securities exchange) or (y) any notice covered by clause (iv) above of any Action constituting setting a record date for a Property Dividend in which all or a portion of the property distributed to holders of shares of Common Stock in such Property Dividend comprises non-cash property (other than securities listed or admitted for trading on any U.S. national securities exchange), in case of (x) or (y), to set forth the Fair Market Values of such non-cash property.

In addition, in the event the Company enters into any definitive agreement with respect to any Sale Transaction, unless the Company has made a filing with the Commission, including pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K, which filing discloses such agreement, the Company shall cause to be filed with the Warrant Agent and shall give to each Holder of a Warrant Certificate, in accordance with Section  11.1(b) , a notice of the entering into such definitive agreement.

 

12. Inspection.

The Warrant Agent shall cause a copy of this Agreement to be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent for inspection by the Holder of any Warrant Certificate. The Warrant Agent may require such Holder to submit his Warrant Certificate for inspection by it.

 

37


13. Amendments.

(a) Subject to Section  13(c) , the Company and the Warrant Agent may, without the consent or concurrence of the Holders of the Warrant Certificates, by supplemental agreement or otherwise, amend this Agreement for the purpose of making any changes or corrections in this Agreement that (i) are required to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any defective or inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or manifest error herein contained or (ii) add to the covenants and agreements of the Company in this Agreement further covenants and agreements of the Company thereafter to be observed, or surrender any rights or powers reserved to or conferred upon the Company in this Agreement; provided, however, that in either case such amendment shall not adversely affect the rights or interests of the Holders of the Warrant Certificates hereunder in any material respect.

(b) Subject to Section  13(c) , this Agreement may otherwise be amended by the Company and the Warrant Agent only with the consent of the Required Warrant Holders;

(c) The consent of each Holder of any Warrant Certificate evidencing any Warrants affected thereby shall be required for any supplement or amendment to this Agreement or the Warrants that would: (i) increase the Exercise Price or decrease the number of shares of Common Stock receivable upon exercise of Warrants, in each case other than as provided in Section  5.1 ; (ii) the Expiration Date is changed to an earlier date other than as the result of a Sale Cash Only Transaction; or (iii) modify the provisions contained in Section  5.1 or 5.3 (or any of the definitions of terms used in Section  5.1 or 5.3 ) in a manner adverse to the Holders of Warrant Certificates generally with respect to their Warrants.

(d) The Warrant Agent shall join with the Company in the execution and delivery of any such amendment unless such amendment affects the Warrant Agent’s own rights, duties or immunities hereunder, in which case the Warrant Agent may, but shall not be required to, join in such execution and delivery; provided that as a condition precedent to the Warrant Agent’s execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the Company shall deliver to the Warrant Agent a certificate from an Appropriate Officer that states that the proposed amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section  13 . Upon execution and delivery of any amendment pursuant to this Section  13 , such amendment shall be considered a part of this Agreement for all purposes and every Holder of a Warrant Certificate theretofore or thereafter countersigned and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

(e) Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Warrant Agent of any such amendment, the Company shall give notice to the Holders of Warrant Certificates, setting forth in general terms the substance of such amendment, in accordance with the provisions of Section  11.1(b) . Any failure of the Company to mail such notice or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment.

 

38


14. Waivers.

The Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if (i) the Company has obtained the written consent of Required Warrant Holders, and (ii) any consent required pursuant to Section  13 has been obtained.

 

15. Successor to Company.

So long as Warrants remain outstanding, the Company will not enter into any Non-Surviving Transaction unless the acquirer (a “ Successor Company ”) shall expressly assume by a supplemental agreement, executed and delivered to the Warrant Agent, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Warrant Agent, the due and punctual performance of every covenant of this Agreement on the part of the Company to be performed and observed and shall have provided for exercise rights in accordance with Section  5.1(g)(i) . Upon the consummation of such Non-Surviving Transaction, the acquirer shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Agreement with the same effect as if such acquirer had been named as the Company herein.

 

16. Headings.

The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

17. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18. Severability.

The provisions of this Agreement will be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof; provided that if any provision of this Agreement, as applied to any party or to any circumstance, is adjudged by a court or governmental body not to be enforceable in accordance with its terms, the parties agree that the court or governmental body making such determination will have the power to modify the provision in a manner consistent with its objectives such that it is enforceable, and/or to delete specific words or phrases, and in its reduced form, such provision will then be enforceable and will be enforced.

 

19. Information Rights

The Company shall (a) furnish to the Holders any reports or other information delivered to the holders of Common Stock solely in their capacity as stockholders by the Company or its Subsidiaries at the same time such reports or other information are delivered or made available to such holders of Common Stock solely in their capacity as stockholders, and (b) provide Holders access to conference calls, webcasts or similar electronic communications to which holders of Common Stock are provided access by the Company or its Subsidiaries solely in their capacity as stockholders, if any, at the same time such conference calls, webcasts or similar communications are made accessible to such holders of Common Stock solely in their capacity as stockholders.

 

39


20. No Redemption

The Warrants shall not be subject to redemption by the Company or any other Person; provided that the Warrants may be acquired by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Agreement.

 

21. Persons Benefiting.

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders from time to time. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person other than the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement or any part hereof, and all covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises and agreements contained in this Warrant Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and of the Holders. Each Holder, by acceptance of a Warrant Certificate, agrees to all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement applicable thereto.

 

22. Applicable Law.

THIS AGREEMENT, EACH WARRANT CERTIFICATE ISSUED HEREUNDER, EACH WARRANT EVIDENCED THEREBY AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO, INCLUDING THE INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND ENFORCEABILITY THEREOF, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

23. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto as to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous agreements among all or some of the parties hereto with respect thereto, whether written, oral or otherwise.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

40


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Patrick J. O’Malley, III
  Name: Patrick J. O’Malley, III
  Title: SVP, Chief Financial Officer

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC, as Warrant Agent
By:   /s/ Michael A. Nespoli
  Name: Michael A. Nespoli
  Title: Executive Director


EXHIBIT A

[Face of Warrant Certificate] 1

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

WARRANT CERTIFICATE

EVIDENCING

WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

[UNLESS THIS GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP. (THE “ COMPANY ”), THE CUSTODIAN OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFER OF THIS GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, AND NOT IN PART, TO THE COMPANY, DTC, THEIR SUCCESSORS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE NOMINEES.] 2

 

1   To be removed in the versions of the Warrant Certificates printed in multiple copies for use by the Warrant Agent in preparing Warrants Certificates for issuance and delivery from time to time to holders.
2   Include only on Global Warrant Certificate.

 

A-1


No. [    ]

CUSIP No. 05351X 119

   [      ,      ,      ]Warrants

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, [                                                   ], or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Warrants to Purchase Common Stock of Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”, which term includes any successor thereto under the Warrant Agreement) specified above [or such lesser number as may from time to time be endorsed on the “Schedule of Decreases” attached hereto] 3 , and is entitled, subject to and upon compliance with the provisions hereof and of the Warrant Agreement, at such Holder’s option, at any time when the Warrants evidenced hereby are exercisable, to purchase from the Company one share of Common Stock of the Company for each Warrant evidenced hereby, at the purchase price of $25.55 per share (as adjusted from time to time, the “ Exercise Price ”), payable in full at the time of purchase, the number of shares of Common Stock into which and the Exercise Price at which each Warrant shall be exercisable each being subject to adjustment as provided in Section  5 of the Warrant Agreement.

All shares of Common Stock issuable by the Company upon the exercise of Warrants shall, upon such issuance, be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall pay any and all taxes (other than income taxes) that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on exercise of Warrants. The Company shall not be required, however, to pay any tax or other charge imposed in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in book-entry form or any certificates for shares of Common Stock or payment of cash to any Person other than the Holder of the Warrant Certificate evidencing the exercised Warrant, and in case of such transfer or payment, the Warrant Agent and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock in book-entry form or any certificate or pay any cash until (a) such tax or charge has been paid or an amount sufficient for the payment thereof has been delivered to the Warrant Agent or to the Company or (b) it has been established to the Company’s satisfaction that any such tax or other charge that is or may become due has been paid.

Each Warrant evidenced hereby may be exercised by the Holder hereof at the Exercise Price then in effect on any Business Day from and after the Original Issue Date until 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the Expiration Date in the Warrant Agreement.

Subject to the provisions hereof and of the Warrant Agreement, the Holder of this Warrant Certificate may exercise all or any whole number of the Warrants evidenced hereby by, in the case of a Global Warrant Certificate, providing notice of the number of Warrants being exercised and, if applicable, whether Cashless Exercise is being elected with respect thereto, and delivering such Warrants by book-entry transfer through the facilities of the Depositary, to the Warrant Agent in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and otherwise complying with Applicable Procedures in respect of the exercise of such Warrants or, in the case of a Definitive Warrant Certificate, surrendering this Warrant Certificate to the Warrant Agent at its office maintained for such purpose (the “ Corporate Agency Office ”) with the form of exercise on the reverse hereof duly executed, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price as then in effect for each share of Common Stock receivable upon exercise of each Warrant being submitted for exercise or, if applicable, whether Cashless Exercise is being elected with respect thereto. Any such payment of the Exercise Price is to be by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such account of the Company at such banking institution as the Company shall have designated from time to time for such purpose.

 

3  

Include only on Global Warrant Certificate.

 

A-2


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Warrant Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless this Warrant Certificate has been countersigned by the Warrant Agent by manual signature of an authorized officer on behalf of the Warrant Agent, this Warrant Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose and no Warrant evidenced hereby shall be exercisable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this certificate to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

Dated: [________ __], 20[__]

 

    AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.
[SEAL]     By:    

 

      Vice President and Treasurer
ATTEST:      
Countersigned:      

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC, as Warrant Agent

    AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC, as Warrant Agent
  OR    
By:         By:    
  Authorized Agent       as Countersigning Agent
      By:    
        Authorized Officer
       

 

A-3


[Reverse of Warrant Certificate] 4

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

WARRANT CERTIFICATE

EVIDENCING

WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

The Warrants evidenced hereby are one of a duly authorized issue of Warrants of the Company designated as its Warrants to Purchase Common Stock (“ Warrants ”), limited in aggregate number to 5,645,200 issued under and in accordance with the Warrant Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2017 (the “ Warrant Agreement ”), between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as warrant agent (the “ Warrant Agent ”, which term includes any successor thereto permitted under the Warrant Agreement), to which the Warrant Agreement and all amendments thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Warrant Agent, the Holders of Warrant Certificates and the owners of the Warrants evidenced thereby and of the terms upon which the Warrant Certificates are, and are to be, countersigned and delivered. A copy of the Warrant Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent for inspection by the Holder hereof.

The Warrant Agreement provides that, in addition to certain adjustments to the number of shares of Common Stock into which a Warrant is exercisable and the Exercise Price required to be made in certain circumstances, (x) in the case of any Transaction (other than a Sale Cash Only Transaction), the Company shall (or, in the case of any Non-Surviving Transaction, the Company shall cause the other Person involved in such Transaction to) execute and deliver to the Warrant Agent a written instrument providing that (i) the Warrants evidenced hereby, if then outstanding, will be exercisable thereafter, during the period the Warrants evidenced hereby shall be exercisable as specified herein, only into the Substituted Securities that would have been receivable upon such Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued upon exercise of such Warrant if such Warrant had been exercised in full immediately prior to such Sale Transaction (upon certain assumptions specified in the Warrant Agreement); and (ii) the rights and obligations of the Company (or, in the case of any Non-Surviving Transaction, the other Person involved in such Transaction) and the holders in respect of Substituted Securities shall be substantially unchanged to be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the rights and obligations of the Company and Holders in respect of Common Stock and (y) in the case of any Sale Transaction (other than a Sale Securities Only Transaction), (a) if such Sale Transaction is a Sale Cash Only Transaction, the Warrants shall expire, (b) the Company shall deliver specified amounts of cash or, if applicable, non-cash property with respect to any non-securities property received by holders of Common Stock upon such Sale Transaction and (c) if such Sale Transaction is not a Sale Cash Only Transaction, the Exercise Price will be reduced, in each case as more fully specified in the Warrant Agreement.

 

4   To be removed in the versions of the Warrant Certificates printed in multiple copies for use by the Warrant Agent in preparing Warrants Certificates for issuance and delivery from time to time to holders.

 

A-4


Except as provided in the Warrant Agreement, all outstanding Warrants shall expire and all rights of the Holders of Warrant Certificates evidencing such Warrants shall terminate and cease to exist, as of 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the Expiration Date. “ Expiration Date ” shall mean December 15, 2022 (the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date) or such earlier date as shall apply in the event of a Sale Cash Only Transaction pursuant to the Warrant Agreement upon satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

In the event of the exercise of less than all of the Warrants evidenced hereby, a new Warrant Certificate of the same tenor and for the number of Warrants which are not exercised shall be issued by the Company in the name or upon the written order of the Holder of this Warrant Certificate upon the cancellation hereof.

The Warrant Certificates are issuable only in registered form in denominations of whole numbers of Warrants. Upon surrender at the office of the Warrant Agent and payment of the charges specified herein and in the Warrant Agreement, this Warrant Certificate may be exchanged for Warrant Certificates in other authorized denominations or the transfer hereof may be registered in whole or in part in authorized denominations to one or more designated transferees; provided , however , that such other Warrant Certificates issued upon exchange or registration of transfer shall evidence the same aggregate number of Warrants as this Warrant Certificate. The Company shall cause to be kept at the office of the Warrant Agent the Warrant Register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Warrant Agent may prescribe and such regulations as may be prescribed by law, the Company shall provide for the registration of Warrant Certificates and of transfers or exchanges of Warrant Certificates. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates; provided , however , the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates.

Prior to due presentment of this Warrant Certificate for registration of transfer, the Company, the Warrant Agent and any agent of the Company or the Warrant Agent may treat the Person in whose name this Warrant Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Company, the Warrant Agent nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Warrant Agreement permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of Warrant Certificates under the Warrant Agreement at any time by the Company and the Warrant Agent with the consent of the Required Warrant Holders.

Until the exercise of any Warrant, subject to the provisions of the Warrant Agreement and except as may be specifically provided for in the Warrant Agreement, (i) no Holder of a Warrant Certificate evidencing any Warrant shall have or exercise any rights by virtue hereof as a holder of Common Stock of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends and other distributions or to receive notice of, or attend meetings of, stockholders or any other proceedings of the Company; (ii) the consent of any such Holder shall not be required with respect to any action or proceeding of the Company; (iii) except with respect to any Received Dividend or as provided with respect to the dissolution, liquidation or

 

A-5


winding up of the Company, no such Holder, by reason of the ownership or possession of a Warrant or the Warrant Certificate representing the same, shall have any right to receive any cash dividends, stock dividends, allotments or rights or other distributions (except as specifically provided in the Warrant Agreement), paid, allotted or distributed or distributable to the stockholders of the Company prior to or for which the relevant record date preceded the date of the exercise of such Warrant; and (iv) no such Holder shall have any right not expressly conferred by the Warrant or Warrant Certificate held by such Holder.

This Warrant Certificate, each Warrant evidenced thereby and the Warrant Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

All terms used in this Warrant Certificate which are defined in the Warrant Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Warrant Agreement.

Form of Exercise

In accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the Warrant Agreement, the undersigned registered Holder of this Warrant Certificate hereby irrevocably elects to exercise _______________ Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate and represents that for each of the Warrants evidenced hereby being exercised such Holder either has (please check one box only):

 

  tendered the Exercise Price in the aggregate amount of $_________ by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such account of the Company at such banking institution as the Company shall have designated from time to time for such purpose; or

 

  elected a “Cashless Exercise”.

The undersigned requests that the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise be in fully registered form in such denominations and registered in such names and delivered, together with any other property receivable upon exercise, in such manner as is specified in the instructions set forth below.

If the number of Warrants exercised is less than all of the Warrants evidenced hereby, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining Warrants evidenced hereby be issued and delivered to the undersigned unless otherwise specified in the instructions below.

 

A-6


   
Dated:                                                                            Name:    
        (Please Print)
(Insert Social Security or Other
Identifying Number of Holder)
    Address:    
     
     
      Signature
      (Signature must conform in all respects to name of Holder as specified on the face of this Warrant Certificate and must bear a signature guarantee by a bank, trust company or member firm of a U.S. national securities exchange.)

Signature Guaranteed:

Instructions (i) as to denominations and names of Common Stock issuable upon exercise and as to delivery of such securities and any other property issuable upon exercise and (ii) if applicable, as to Warrant Certificates evidencing unexercised Warrants:

Assignment

(Form of Assignment To Be Executed If Holder Desires To Transfer Warrant Certificate)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                                                                           hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

Please insert social security or

other identifying number

(Please print name and address including zip code)

the Warrants represented by the within Warrant Certificate and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                      Attorney, to transfer said Warrant Certificate on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                                                                            Signature     
    (Signature must conform in all respects to name of Holder as specified on the face of this Warrant Certificate and must bear a signature guarantee by a bank, trust company or member firm of a U.S. national securities exchange.)

 

A-7


[SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF DECREASES IN WARRANTS

The following decreases in the number of Warrants evidenced by this Global Warrant Certificate have been made:

 

Date

  

Amount of decrease in
number of Warrants
evidenced by this Global
        Warrant Certificate        

  

Number of Warrants
evidenced by this Global
Warrant following
such decrease

  

    Signature of authorized    
signatory] 5

        

 

5   Include only on Global Warrant Certificate.

 

A-8

Exhibit 4.7

[Face of Warrant Certificate] 1

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

WARRANT CERTIFICATE

EVIDENCING

WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

[UNLESS THIS GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP. (THE “ COMPANY ”), THE CUSTODIAN OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFER OF THIS GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, AND NOT IN PART, TO THE COMPANY, DTC, THEIR SUCCESSORS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE NOMINEES.] 2

 

1   To be removed in the versions of the Warrant Certificates printed in multiple copies for use by the Warrant Agent in preparing Warrants Certificates for issuance and delivery from time to time to holders.
2   Include only on Global Warrant Certificate.

 

A-1


No. [    ]

CUSIP No. 05351X 119

   [      ,      ,      ]Warrants

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, [                                                   ], or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Warrants to Purchase Common Stock of Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”, which term includes any successor thereto under the Warrant Agreement) specified above [or such lesser number as may from time to time be endorsed on the “Schedule of Decreases” attached hereto] 3 , and is entitled, subject to and upon compliance with the provisions hereof and of the Warrant Agreement, at such Holder’s option, at any time when the Warrants evidenced hereby are exercisable, to purchase from the Company one share of Common Stock of the Company for each Warrant evidenced hereby, at the purchase price of $25.55 per share (as adjusted from time to time, the “ Exercise Price ”), payable in full at the time of purchase, the number of shares of Common Stock into which and the Exercise Price at which each Warrant shall be exercisable each being subject to adjustment as provided in Section  5 of the Warrant Agreement.

All shares of Common Stock issuable by the Company upon the exercise of Warrants shall, upon such issuance, be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall pay any and all taxes (other than income taxes) that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on exercise of Warrants. The Company shall not be required, however, to pay any tax or other charge imposed in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in book-entry form or any certificates for shares of Common Stock or payment of cash to any Person other than the Holder of the Warrant Certificate evidencing the exercised Warrant, and in case of such transfer or payment, the Warrant Agent and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock in book-entry form or any certificate or pay any cash until (a) such tax or charge has been paid or an amount sufficient for the payment thereof has been delivered to the Warrant Agent or to the Company or (b) it has been established to the Company’s satisfaction that any such tax or other charge that is or may become due has been paid.

Each Warrant evidenced hereby may be exercised by the Holder hereof at the Exercise Price then in effect on any Business Day from and after the Original Issue Date until 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the Expiration Date in the Warrant Agreement.

Subject to the provisions hereof and of the Warrant Agreement, the Holder of this Warrant Certificate may exercise all or any whole number of the Warrants evidenced hereby by, in the case of a Global Warrant Certificate, providing notice of the number of Warrants being exercised and, if applicable, whether Cashless Exercise is being elected with respect thereto, and delivering such Warrants by book-entry transfer through the facilities of the Depositary, to the Warrant Agent in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and otherwise complying with Applicable Procedures in respect of the exercise of such Warrants or, in the case of a Definitive Warrant Certificate, surrendering this Warrant Certificate to the Warrant Agent at its office maintained for such purpose (the “ Corporate Agency Office ”) with the form of exercise on the reverse hereof duly executed, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price as then in effect for each share of Common Stock receivable upon exercise of each Warrant being submitted for exercise or, if applicable, whether Cashless Exercise is being elected with respect thereto. Any such payment of the Exercise Price is to be by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such account of the Company at such banking institution as the Company shall have designated from time to time for such purpose.

 

3  

Include only on Global Warrant Certificate.

 

A-2


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Warrant Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless this Warrant Certificate has been countersigned by the Warrant Agent by manual signature of an authorized officer on behalf of the Warrant Agent, this Warrant Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose and no Warrant evidenced hereby shall be exercisable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this certificate to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

Dated: [________ __], 20[__]

 

   

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

[SEAL]

   

By:

   
      Vice President and Treasurer

ATTEST:

     

Countersigned:

     

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER &

TRUST COMPANY, LLC, as Warrant

Agent

     

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER &

TRUST COMPANY, LLC, as Warrant Agent

OR

 

By:

       

By:

   
  Authorized Agent       as Countersigning Agent
     

By:

   
        Authorized Officer

 

A-3


[Reverse of Warrant Certificate] 4

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

WARRANT CERTIFICATE

EVIDENCING

WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

The Warrants evidenced hereby are one of a duly authorized issue of Warrants of the Company designated as its Warrants to Purchase Common Stock (“ Warrants ”), limited in aggregate number to 5,645,200 issued under and in accordance with the Warrant Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2017 (the “ Warrant Agreement ”), between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as warrant agent (the “ Warrant Agent ”, which term includes any successor thereto permitted under the Warrant Agreement), to which the Warrant Agreement and all amendments thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Warrant Agent, the Holders of Warrant Certificates and the owners of the Warrants evidenced thereby and of the terms upon which the Warrant Certificates are, and are to be, countersigned and delivered. A copy of the Warrant Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent for inspection by the Holder hereof.

The Warrant Agreement provides that, in addition to certain adjustments to the number of shares of Common Stock into which a Warrant is exercisable and the Exercise Price required to be made in certain circumstances, (x) in the case of any Transaction (other than a Sale Cash Only Transaction), the Company shall (or, in the case of any Non-Surviving Transaction, the Company shall cause the other Person involved in such Transaction to) execute and deliver to the Warrant Agent a written instrument providing that (i) the Warrants evidenced hereby, if then outstanding, will be exercisable thereafter, during the period the Warrants evidenced hereby shall be exercisable as specified herein, only into the Substituted Securities that would have been receivable upon such Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued upon exercise of such Warrant if such Warrant had been exercised in full immediately prior to such Sale Transaction (upon certain assumptions specified in the Warrant Agreement); and (ii) the rights and obligations of the Company (or, in the case of any Non-Surviving Transaction, the other Person involved in such Transaction) and the holders in respect of Substituted Securities shall be substantially unchanged to be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the rights and obligations of the Company and Holders in respect of Common Stock and (y) in the case of any Sale Transaction (other than a Sale Securities Only Transaction), (a) if such Sale Transaction is a Sale Cash Only Transaction, the Warrants shall expire, (b) the Company shall deliver specified amounts of cash or, if applicable, non-cash property with respect to any non-securities property received by holders of Common Stock upon such Sale Transaction and (c) if such Sale Transaction is not a Sale Cash Only Transaction, the Exercise Price will be reduced, in each case as more fully specified in the Warrant Agreement.

 

 

4   To be removed in the versions of the Warrant Certificates printed in multiple copies for use by the Warrant Agent in preparing Warrants Certificates for issuance and delivery from time to time to holders.

 

A-4


Except as provided in the Warrant Agreement, all outstanding Warrants shall expire and all rights of the Holders of Warrant Certificates evidencing such Warrants shall terminate and cease to exist, as of 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the Expiration Date. “ Expiration Date ” shall mean December 15, 2022 (the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date) or such earlier date as shall apply in the event of a Sale Cash Only Transaction pursuant to the Warrant Agreement upon satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

In the event of the exercise of less than all of the Warrants evidenced hereby, a new Warrant Certificate of the same tenor and for the number of Warrants which are not exercised shall be issued by the Company in the name or upon the written order of the Holder of this Warrant Certificate upon the cancellation hereof.

The Warrant Certificates are issuable only in registered form in denominations of whole numbers of Warrants. Upon surrender at the office of the Warrant Agent and payment of the charges specified herein and in the Warrant Agreement, this Warrant Certificate may be exchanged for Warrant Certificates in other authorized denominations or the transfer hereof may be registered in whole or in part in authorized denominations to one or more designated transferees; provided , however , that such other Warrant Certificates issued upon exchange or registration of transfer shall evidence the same aggregate number of Warrants as this Warrant Certificate. The Company shall cause to be kept at the office of the Warrant Agent the Warrant Register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Warrant Agent may prescribe and such regulations as may be prescribed by law, the Company shall provide for the registration of Warrant Certificates and of transfers or exchanges of Warrant Certificates. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates; provided , however , the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates.

Prior to due presentment of this Warrant Certificate for registration of transfer, the Company, the Warrant Agent and any agent of the Company or the Warrant Agent may treat the Person in whose name this Warrant Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Company, the Warrant Agent nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Warrant Agreement permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of Warrant Certificates under the Warrant Agreement at any time by the Company and the Warrant Agent with the consent of the Required Warrant Holders.

Until the exercise of any Warrant, subject to the provisions of the Warrant Agreement and except as may be specifically provided for in the Warrant Agreement, (i) no Holder of a Warrant Certificate evidencing any Warrant shall have or exercise any rights by virtue hereof as a holder of Common Stock of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends and other distributions or to receive notice of, or attend meetings of, stockholders or any other proceedings of the Company; (ii) the consent of any such Holder shall not be required with respect to any action or proceeding of the Company; (iii) except with respect to any Received Dividend or as provided with respect to the dissolution, liquidation or

 

A-5


winding up of the Company, no such Holder, by reason of the ownership or possession of a Warrant or the Warrant Certificate representing the same, shall have any right to receive any cash dividends, stock dividends, allotments or rights or other distributions (except as specifically provided in the Warrant Agreement), paid, allotted or distributed or distributable to the stockholders of the Company prior to or for which the relevant record date preceded the date of the exercise of such Warrant; and (iv) no such Holder shall have any right not expressly conferred by the Warrant or Warrant Certificate held by such Holder.

This Warrant Certificate, each Warrant evidenced thereby and the Warrant Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

All terms used in this Warrant Certificate which are defined in the Warrant Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Warrant Agreement.

Form of Exercise

In accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the Warrant Agreement, the undersigned registered Holder of this Warrant Certificate hereby irrevocably elects to exercise _______________ Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate and represents that for each of the Warrants evidenced hereby being exercised such Holder either has (please check one box only):

 

  tendered the Exercise Price in the aggregate amount of $_________ by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such account of the Company at such banking institution as the Company shall have designated from time to time for such purpose; or

 

  elected a “Cashless Exercise”.

The undersigned requests that the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise be in fully registered form in such denominations and registered in such names and delivered, together with any other property receivable upon exercise, in such manner as is specified in the instructions set forth below.

If the number of Warrants exercised is less than all of the Warrants evidenced hereby, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining Warrants evidenced hereby be issued and delivered to the undersigned unless otherwise specified in the instructions below.

 

A-6


Dated:           Name:     
               (Please Print)
 

(Insert Social Security or Other

Identifying Number of Holder)

      Address:     
              
              
           Signature
                  

(Signature must conform in all respects to name

of Holder as specified on the face of this

Warrant Certificate and must bear a signature
guarantee by a bank, trust company or member

firm of a U.S. national securities exchange.)

Signature Guaranteed:

Instructions (i) as to denominations and names of Common Stock issuable upon exercise and as to delivery of such securities and any other property issuable upon exercise and (ii) if applicable, as to Warrant Certificates evidencing unexercised Warrants:

Assignment

(Form of Assignment To Be Executed If Holder Desires To Transfer Warrant Certificate)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED _______________________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

Please insert social security or

other identifying number

(Please print name and address including zip code)

the Warrants represented by the within Warrant Certificate and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________ Attorney, to transfer said Warrant Certificate on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:

         

Signature

    
       

(Signature must conform in all respects to name

of Holder as specified on the face of this Warrant Certificate and must bear a signature guarantee

by a bank, trust company or member firm of a U.S. national securities exchange.)

 

A-7


[SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF DECREASES IN WARRANTS

The following decreases in the number of Warrants evidenced by this Global Warrant Certificate have been made:

 

Date

  

Amount of decrease in
number of Warrants
evidenced by this Global
        Warrant Certificate        

  

Number of Warrants
evidenced by this Global
    Warrant following such    
decrease

  

    Signature of authorized    
signatory] 5

 

 

5   Include only on Global Warrant Certificate.

 

A-8

Exhibit 10.7

FINAL VERSION

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

 

 

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Avaya Holdings Corp. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan is to enhance the profitability and value of the Company for the benefit of its stockholders by enabling the Company Entities to offer Eligible Individuals cash and stock-based incentives in order to attract, retain and reward such individuals and strengthen the mutuality of interests between such individuals and the Company’s stockholders.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2.1 Additional Pool has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

2.2 Affiliate means any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

2.3 Award means any award under the Plan of any Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Award, Other Stock-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award. All Awards shall be granted by, confirmed by, and subject to the terms of, a written Award Agreement approved by the Committee and executed by the Company and the Participant.

2.4 Award Agreement means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to an Award.

2.5 Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.6 Cause means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Termination of Employment or Termination of Consultancy, the following: (a) in the case where there is no employment, consulting or similar agreement in effect between a Company Entity and the Participant at the time of Termination (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” (or words of like import)), termination due to a Participant’s: (i) continued failure to perform the Participant’s duties with a Company Entity (which, if curable, is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice thereof is provided to the Participant); (ii) continued failure to follow and comply with the written policies


of any Company Entity, as in effect from time to time (which, if curable, is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice thereof is provided to the Participant); (iii) commission of an act or omission involving fraud, theft, or dishonesty resulting in economic or financial injury to any Company Entity; (iv) engagement in illegal conduct or gross misconduct; (v) material breach of any agreement with any Company Entity; (vi) commission of, indictment for, conviction of, or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any felony or other crime involving moral turpitude; or (vii) conduct that brings, or is reasonably likely to bring, any Company Entity into public disgrace or disrepute and that results in economic or financial injury to any Company Entity; or (b) in the case where there is an employment, consulting or similar agreement in effect between a Company Entity and the Participant at the time of Termination that defines “cause” (or words of like import), “cause” as defined under such agreement; provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a Termination thereafter. With respect to a Participant’s Termination of Directorship, “cause” means an act or failure to act that constitutes cause for removal of a director under applicable Delaware law.

2.7 Change in Control has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

2.8 Change in Control Price has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

2.9 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to any section of the Code shall also be a reference to any successor provision and any Treasury Regulation and other official guidance and regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.10 Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any properly delegated subcommittee thereof (as applicable, the “ Compensation Committee ). If no Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the term “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the Board for all purposes under the Plan.

2.11 Common Stock means the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (and any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock may be converted or into which such Common Stock may be exchanged).

2.12 Company means Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.

2.13 Company Entities means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries (each, individually, a “ Company Entity ).

2.14 Consultant means any natural person who is an advisor or consultant to a Company Entity and who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

2.15 Disability means: (a) in the case where there is an employment, consulting or similar agreement in effect between a Company Entity and the Participant at the time of Termination that defines “disability” (or words of like import), “disability” as defined under such agreement or (b) in the case where there is no employment, consulting or similar agreement in

 

2


effect between a Company Entity and the Participant at the time of Termination (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “disability” (or words of like import)), a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of a Company Entity in which such Participant is eligible to participate, or, in the absence of such a plan, a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. In the absence of a plan, a Disability shall only be deemed to occur at the time of the determination by the Committee of the Disability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Awards that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, Disability shall mean that a Participant is disabled under Section 409A(a)(2)(C)(i) or (ii) of the Code.

2.16 Effective Date means the effective date of the Plan as defined in Article XIV.

2.17 Eligible Employees means each employee of a Company Entity.

2.18 Eligible Individual means an Eligible Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant who is designated by the Committee in its discretion as eligible to receive Awards subject to the conditions set forth herein.

2.19 Emergence Pool has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

2.20 Emergence Share Price ” means $19.46 per share of Common Stock.

2.21 Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference to a specific section of the Exchange Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.22 Fair Market Value means, for purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise required by any applicable provision of the Code or any regulations issued thereunder, as of any date: (a) if the Common Stock is traded, listed or otherwise reported or quoted on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price reported for the Common Stock on the principal national securities exchange in the United States on which it is then traded, listed or otherwise reported or quoted on the applicable date (or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported); or (b) if the Common Stock is not traded, listed or otherwise reported or quoted on a national securities exchange, the Committee shall determine in good faith the Fair Market Value in whatever manner it considers appropriate, taking into account the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any other applicable laws, rules or regulations.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining Fair Market Value in connection with the vesting and/or settlement of any Award, Fair Market Value ” means, unless otherwise required by any applicable provision of the Code or any regulations issued thereunder, (i) if the Common Stock is traded, listed or otherwise reported or quoted on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price reported for the Common Stock on the principal national securities exchange in the United States on which it is then traded, listed or otherwise reported or quoted on the date immediately preceding the vesting or settlement date, as applicable (or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported); or (b) if the Common Stock is not traded, listed or otherwise reported or quoted on a national securities exchange, the Committee shall determine in good faith the Fair Market Value in whatever manner it considers appropriate, taking into account the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any other applicable laws, rules or regulations.

 

3


2.23 Family Member means “family member” as defined in Section A.1.(a)(5) of the general instructions of Form S-8 of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.24 Good Reason means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Termination of Employment, the following: (a) in the case where there is no employment or similar agreement in effect between a Company Entity and the Participant at the time of Termination (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “good reason” (or words of like import)), the occurrence, without the Participant’s consent, of either of the following events: (i) any material diminution of the Participant’s title, duties, responsibilities or authorities; or (ii) any material breach by a Company Entity of any of its material obligations to the Participant. Prior to resigning for Good Reason, the Participant shall give written notice to the employing Company Entity of the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such resignation not more than sixty (60) days following the Participant’s knowledge of such facts and circumstances, and the Company Entity shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice to cure (and if so cured, the Participant shall not be permitted to resign for Good Reason in respect thereof) and the Participant shall resign within ten (10) business days following the relevant Company Entity’s failure to cure; or (b) in the case where there is an employment or similar agreement in effect between a Company Entity and the Participant at the time of Termination that defines “good reason” (or words of like import), “good reason” as defined under such agreement; provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “good reason” only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “good reason” shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a Termination of Employment thereafter.

2.25 Incentive Stock Option means any Stock Option awarded to an Eligible Employee of a Company Entity under the Plan and intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

2.26 Lead Underwriter has the meaning set forth in Section 13.20.

2.27 Lock-Up Period has the meaning set forth in Section 13.20.

2.28 Maximum Share Amount has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a)(i).

2.29 Non-Employee Director means a member of the Board who is not an employee of any Company Entity.

2.30 Non-Qualified Stock Option means any Stock Option awarded under the Plan that is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

2.31 Other Cash-Based Award means an Award granted pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Plan and payable and/or denominated in cash at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

4


2.32 Other Stock-Based Award means an Award under Article IX of the Plan that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is payable in or otherwise based on or denominated in, Common Stock at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

2.33 Participant means an Eligible Individual who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to whom an Award has been granted pursuant to the Plan.

2.34 Performance Award means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan contingent upon achieving certain Performance Goals.

2.35 Performance Goals means goals established by the Committee as contingencies for Awards to vest and/or become exercisable or distributable based on one or more of the performance goals set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

2.36 Performance Period means the designated period during which the Performance Goals must be satisfied with respect to the Award to which the Performance Goals relate.

2.37 Person means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity or organization.

2.38 Plan means this Avaya Holdings Corp. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.39 Proceeding has the meaning set forth in Section 13.9.

2.40 Reorganization has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii).

2.41 Restricted Stock means an Award of shares of Common Stock under the Plan that is subject to restrictions under Article VII of the Plan.

2.42 Restriction Period has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(a) with respect to Restricted Stock.

2.43 Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act as then in effect or any successor provision.

2.44 Qualifying Director ” means a person who is (i) a member of the Board, (ii) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, and (iii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.45 Section  162(m) of the Code means the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and any applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

5


2.46 Section  409A of the Code means the nonqualified deferred compensation rules under Section 409A of the Code and any applicable Treasury Regulations and other official guidance thereunder.

2.47 Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Reference to a specific section of the Securities Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.48 Stock Appreciation Right or “ SAR ” means an Other Stock-Based Award that is designated as a stock appreciation right, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement pursuant to which such Award is granted.

2.49 Stock Option or Option means any option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted to Eligible Individuals granted pursuant to Article VI of the Plan.

2.50 Subsidiary means any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.51 Ten Percent Stockholder means a person owning stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of any Company Entity.

2.52 Termination means a Termination of Consultancy, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Employment, as applicable.

2.53 Termination of Consultancy means: (a) that the Consultant is no longer acting as a consultant to a Company Entity; or (b) when an entity (other than the Company) which is retaining a Participant as a Consultant ceases to be a Company Entity, unless the Participant otherwise is, or thereupon becomes, a Consultant to another Company Entity at the time the entity ceases to be a Company Entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may otherwise define Termination of Consultancy in the Award Agreement or, if no rights of a Participant are reduced, may otherwise define Termination of Consultancy thereafter, provided that any such change to the definition of the term “ Termination of Consultancy ” does not subject the applicable Award to Section 409A of the Code.

2.54 Termination of Directorship means that the Non-Employee Director has ceased to be a director of the Company.

2.55 Termination of Employment means (a) a termination of employment (for reasons other than a military or personal leave of absence granted by the Company) of a Participant from all Company Entities; or (b) when an entity (other than the Company) which is employing a Participant ceases to be a Company Entity, unless the Participant otherwise is, or thereupon becomes, employed by another Company Entity at the time the entity ceases to be a Company Entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may otherwise define Termination of Employment in the Award Agreement or, if no rights of a Participant are reduced, may otherwise define Termination of Employment thereafter, provided that any such change to the definition of the term “ Termination of Employment ” does not subject the applicable Award to Section 409A of the Code.

 

6


2.56 Transfer means: (a) when used as a noun, any direct or indirect transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or other disposition (including the issuance of equity in any entity), whether for value or no value and whether voluntary or involuntary (including by operation of law), and (b) when used as a verb, to directly or indirectly transfer, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of (including the issuance of equity in any entity) whether for value or for no value and whether voluntarily or involuntarily (including by operation of law). “ Transferred ” and “ Transferable ” shall have a correlative meaning.

ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION

3.1 The Committee . The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the Committee. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 (if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan) or necessary to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time such member takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan that is intended to qualify for the exemptions provided by Rule 16b-3 or to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, be a Qualifying Director. If it is later determined that one or more members of the Committee do not so qualify, actions taken by the Committee prior to such determination shall be valid despite such failure to qualify.

3.2 Grants of Awards . The Committee shall have full authority to grant, pursuant to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, to Eligible Individuals: (i) Stock Options, (ii) Restricted Stock, (iii) Performance Awards; (iv) Other Stock-Based Awards; and (v) Other Cash-Based Awards. In particular, subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the authority to:

(a) select the Eligible Individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(b) determine whether and to what extent Awards, or any combination thereof, are to be granted hereunder to one or more Eligible Individuals;

(c) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(d) determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, the exercise or purchase price (if any), any restriction or limitation, any vesting schedule or acceleration thereof, or any forfeiture restrictions or waiver thereof, regarding any Award and the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion);

 

7


(e) provide for the accelerated vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Award at any time;

(f) determine the amount of cash (if any) to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(g) determine whether and under what circumstances a Stock Option may be settled in cash, Common Stock and/or Restricted Stock under Section 6.4(d);

(h) determine whether a Stock Option is an Incentive Stock Option or Non-Qualified Stock Option;

(i) impose a “blackout” period during which Options may not be exercised;

(j) determine whether to require a Participant, as a condition of the granting of any Award, to not sell or otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Award for a period of time as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, following the date of the acquisition of such Award; and

(k) modify, extend or renew an Award, subject to Article XI and Section 6.4(g), provided, however, that such action does not subject the Award to Section 409A of the Code without the consent of the Participant. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of any member of the Company Entities, the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of, or which is allocated to, the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to Non-Employee Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 3.2, it is intended that any action under the Plan intended to qualify for an exemption provided by Rule 16b-3, and/or the exception under Section 162(m) of the Code related to persons who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or who are, or who are reasonably expected to be, “covered employees” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, will be taken only by the Board or by a committee or subcommittee of two or more Qualifying Directors. However, the fact that any member of such committee or subcommittee shall fail to qualify as a Qualifying Director shall not invalidate any action that is otherwise valid under the Plan.

3.3 Guidelines . Subject to Article XI hereof, the Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan and perform all acts, including the delegation of its responsibilities (to the extent permitted by applicable law and applicable stock exchange rules), as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable; to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreements relating thereto); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or

 

8


reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary to effectuate the purpose and intent of the Plan. The Committee may adopt special guidelines and provisions for persons who are residing in or employed in, or subject to, the taxes of, any domestic or foreign jurisdictions to comply with applicable tax and securities laws of such domestic or foreign jurisdictions. For the avoidance of doubt, in taking actions under this Section 3.3, the Committee shall act in good faith. To the extent applicable, the Plan is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3, and, with respect to Awards intended to be “performance-based,” the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Plan shall be limited, construed and interpreted in a manner so as to comply therewith.

3.4 Decisions Final . Any decision, interpretation or other action made or taken in good faith by or at the direction of the Company, the Board or the Committee (or any of its members) arising out of or in connection with the Plan shall be within the absolute discretion of all and each of them, as the case may be, and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Persons, including all employees and Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

3.5 Designation of Consultants/Liability .

(a) The Committee may designate employees of the Company and professional advisors to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan and (to the extent permitted by applicable law and applicable exchange rules) may grant authority to officers to execute agreements or other documents on behalf of the Committee.

(b) The Committee may employ such legal counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee or the Board in the engagement of any such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company. The Committee, its members and any person designated or granted authority pursuant to sub-section (a) above shall not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, no officer or employee of the Company or its Affiliates or member or former member of the Committee or of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted under it.

ARTICLE IV

SHARE LIMITATION

4.1 Shares .

(a) The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued or used for reference purposes or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 7,381,609 shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.2) (the “ Share Reserve ”), which may be either authorized and unissued Common Stock or Common Stock held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company or both. The Share Reserve is comprised of (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.2)

 

9


(i) the “ Emergence Pool ” consisting of 5,843,773 shares and (ii) the “ Additional Pool ” consisting of 1,537,836 shares. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options may be granted under the Plan shall be equal to the Share Reserve. If any Option or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is canceled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying any unexercised Award shall again be available for the purpose of Awards under the Plan. If any shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock awarded under the Plan to a Participant are forfeited for any reason, the number of forfeited shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock shall again be available for purposes of Awards under the Plan. Any Award under the Plan settled in cash shall not be counted against the foregoing maximum share limitations. Shares withheld by the Company in satisfaction of the applicable exercise price or withholding taxes upon the issuance, vesting or settlement of Awards, in each case, shall not be available for future issuance under the Plan. The aggregate grant date fair value of all Awards granted to any Non-Employee Director during any calendar year (excluding Awards made pursuant to deferred compensation arrangements made in lieu of all or a portion of cash retainers and any dividends payable in respect of outstanding Awards) shall not exceed $750,000.

(b) Individual Participant Limitations . To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code for Awards under the Plan to qualify as “performance-based compensation,” the following individual Participant limitations shall apply (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.2):

(i) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued in respect of Performance Awards denominated in shares granted to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year) shall be the number of shares that have an aggregate grant date fair value of $10,000,000 ( provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that such number of shares shall not exceed the remaining number of shares of Common Stock in the Share Reserve as of the grant date), or in the event such share-denominated Performance Award is paid in cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, no more than the Fair Market Value of such shares on the last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates; and

(ii) The maximum amount that can be paid to any individual Participant for a fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year) pursuant to a Performance Award denominated in cash shall be $20,000,000.

(c) Substitute Awards . Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“ Substitute Awards ”). Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the Share Reserve; provided that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding Options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options shall be counted against the aggregate number of shares available for Incentive Stock Options awarded

 

10


under the Plan. Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a stockholder-approved plan of an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

4.2 Changes .

(a) The existence of the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (iii) any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Common Stock, (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (v) any sale or transfer of all or part of the assets or business of the Company or any Affiliate or (vi) any other corporate act or proceeding.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 10.1:

(i) If the Company at any time subdivides (by any split, recapitalization or otherwise) the outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, or combines (by reverse split, combination or otherwise) its outstanding Common Stock into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then the respective exercise prices for outstanding Awards that provide for a Participant elected exercise, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by outstanding Awards, the aggregate number or kind of securities that thereafter may be issued under the Plan and the other limits contained in Section 4.1, in each case, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

(ii) Excepting transactions covered by Section 4.2(b)(i), if the Company effects any merger, consolidation, statutory exchange, spin-off, reorganization, sale or transfer of all or substantially all the Company’s assets or business, or other corporate transaction or event in such a manner that the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted into the right to receive (or the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive in exchange therefor), either immediately or upon liquidation of the Company, securities or other property of the Company or other entity (each, a Reorganization ), then, subject to the provisions of Section 10.1, (A) the aggregate number or kind of securities that thereafter may be issued under the Plan and the other limits contained in Section 4.1, (B) the number or kind of securities or other property (including cash) to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan (including as a result of the assumption of the Plan and the obligations hereunder by a successor entity, as applicable), and/or (C) the purchase price of any Award, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

 

11


(iii) If there shall occur any change in the capital structure of the Company other than those covered by Section 4.2(b)(i) or 4.2(b)(ii), including by reason of any extraordinary dividend (whether cash or equity), any conversion, any adjustment, any issuance of any class of securities convertible or exercisable into, or exercisable for, any class of equity securities of the Company that affects the shares of Common Stock, then the Committee shall adjust any Award and make such other equitable or proportional adjustments to the Plan to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

(iv) Any such adjustment determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.2(b) shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Persons including all employees and Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns. Any adjustment to, or assumption or substitution of, an Award under this Section 4.2(b) shall be intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation §1.424-1 (and any amendments thereto), to the extent applicable. Except as expressly provided in this Section 4.2 or in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall have no additional rights under the Plan by reason of any transaction or event described in this Section 4.2.

(v) Fractional shares of Common Stock resulting from any adjustment in Awards pursuant to Section 4.2(a) or this Section 4.2(b) shall be aggregated until, and eliminated at, the time of exercise or payment by rounding-down for fractions less than one-half and rounding-up for fractions equal to or greater than one-half. No cash settlements shall be required with respect to fractional shares eliminated by rounding. Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Committee to each Participant whose Award has been adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

4.3 Minimum Purchase Price . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if authorized but previously unissued shares of Common Stock are issued under the Plan, such shares shall not be issued for a consideration that is less than as permitted under applicable law.

ARTICLE V

ELIGIBILITY

5.1 General Eligibility . All current and prospective Eligible Individuals are eligible to be granted Awards. Eligibility for the grant of Awards and actual participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.2 Incentive Stock Options . Notwithstanding the foregoing, only Eligible Employees of a Company Entity are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Eligibility for the grant of an Incentive Stock Option and actual participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.3 General Requirement . The grant of Awards to a prospective Eligible Individual is conditioned upon such individual actually becoming an Eligible Employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director, respectively.

 

12


ARTICLE VI

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1 Options . Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Each Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be of one of two types: (a) an Incentive Stock Option or (b) a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

6.2 Grants . The Committee shall have the authority to grant to any Eligible Employee one or more Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, or both types of Stock Options, in each case, pursuant to an Award Agreement. The Committee shall have the authority to grant any Consultant or Non-Employee Director one or more Non-Qualified Stock Options. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option (whether because of its provisions or the time or manner of its exercise or otherwise), such Stock Option or the portion thereof which does not so qualify shall constitute a separate Non-Qualified Stock Option. If required by the Award Agreement, an Eligible Individual selected to receive Stock Options shall not have any right with respect to such Award, unless and until such Eligible Individual has delivered a fully executed copy of the Award Agreement evidencing the Award to the Company, to the extent required by the Committee, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award.

6.3 Incentive Stock Options . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no term of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be so exercised, so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code, or, without the consent of the Participants affected, to disqualify any Incentive Stock Option under such Section 422.

6.4 Terms of Options . Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall be in such form and contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable, including those set forth in an Award Agreement:

(a) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that (i) the per share exercise price of a Stock Option shall not be less than 100% (or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, 110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and (ii) with respect to any Stock Options granted hereunder from the Emergence Pool, the per share exercise price for such Stock Options shall be the higher of (A) the Emergence Share Price and (B) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

(b) Stock Option Term . The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, provided that no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Option is granted; and provided further that the term of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not exceed five years.

 

13


(c) Exercisability . Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides, in its discretion, that any Stock Option is exercisable subject to certain limitations (including, without limitation, that such Stock Option is exercisable only in installments or within certain time periods), the Committee may waive such limitations on the exercisability at any time at or after the time of grant in whole or in part (including, without limitation, waiver of the installment exercise provisions or acceleration of the time at which such Stock Option may be exercised), based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion.

(d) Method of Exercise . Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period provisions apply under Section 6.4(c), to the extent vested, Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Option term, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company (or to its agent specifically designated for such purpose) specifying the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased (which notice may be provided in an electronic form to the extent acceptable to the Committee and the Company). Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price as follows, as determined by the Committee in the Award Agreement or otherwise: (i) in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company; (ii) solely to the extent permitted by applicable law, if the Common Stock is traded on a national securities exchange, and the Committee authorizes, through a procedure whereby the Participant delivers irrevocable instructions to a broker reasonably acceptable to the Committee to deliver promptly to the Company shares of Common Stock with an aggregate value equal to the purchase price; (iii) by having the Company withhold shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Stock Option; or (iv) on such other terms and conditions as may be acceptable to the Committee (including, without limitation, with the consent of the Committee, by payment in full or in part in the form of Common Stock owned by the Participant, based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the payment date as determined by the Committee). No shares of Common Stock shall be issued until payment therefor, as provided herein, has been made or provided for and the Participant has paid to the Company an amount equal to any Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld or otherwise made arrangements for the satisfaction of such taxes in a manner permitted under the terms of the Plan or any Award Agreement.

(e) Non-Transferability of Options . No Stock Option shall be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant or thereafter that a Non-Qualified Stock Option that is otherwise not Transferable pursuant to this Section is Transferable to a Family Member in whole or in part and in such circumstances, and under such conditions, as specified by the Committee. A Non-Qualified Stock Option that is Transferred to a Family Member pursuant to the preceding sentence (i) may not be subsequently Transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) remains subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement; and (iii) may be exercised by such Family Member. Any shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option by a permissible transferee of a Non-Qualified Stock Option or a permissible transferee pursuant to a Transfer after the exercise of the Non-Qualified Stock Option shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

14


(f) Termination by Death or Disability . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise in accordance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, if a Participant’s Termination is by reason of death or Disability, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination may be exercised by the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s estate) at any time within a period of one (1) year from the date of such Termination, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(g) Involuntary Termination Without Cause . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise in accordance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, if a Participant’s Termination is by involuntary termination by a Company Entity without Cause (other than due to death or Disability), all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(h) Voluntary Resignation . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise in accordance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, if a Participant’s Termination is voluntary (other than a voluntary termination described in Section 6.4(i)(y) hereof), all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such Termination, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(i) Termination for Cause . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise in accordance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, if a Participant’s Termination (x) is by a Company Entity for Cause or (y) is a voluntary Termination (as provided in Section 6.4(h)) after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a Termination by a Company Entity for Cause, all Stock Options, whether vested or not vested, that are held by such Participant shall thereupon terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination.

(j) Unvested Stock Options . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise in accordance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, Stock Options that are not vested or exercisable as of the date of a Participant’s Termination for any reason shall terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination.

(k) Incentive Stock Option Limitations . To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of any Company Entity exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Employee does not remain employed by a Company Entity at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such

 

15


other period as required by applicable law), such Stock Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Stock Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Committee may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

(l) Form, Modification, Extension and Renewal of Stock Options . Subject to the terms and conditions and within the limitations of the Plan, including those set forth in the following sentence, Stock Options shall be evidenced by such form of agreement or grant as is approved by the Committee, and the Committee may (i) modify, extend or renew outstanding Stock Options granted under the Plan and (ii) accept the surrender of outstanding Stock Options (to the extent not theretofore exercised) and authorize the granting of new Stock Options or other Awards in substitution therefor (to the extent not theretofore exercised). Notwithstanding the foregoing, except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company in accordance with Section 4.2 (including, without limitation, any stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, or exchange of shares), an outstanding Stock Option may not be modified to reduce the exercise price thereof nor may a new Stock Option at a lower price be substituted for a surrendered Stock Option, unless such action is approved by the stockholders of the Company.

(m) Early Exercise . The Committee may provide that a Stock Option include a provision whereby the Participant may elect at any time before the Participant’s Termination to exercise the Stock Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Option prior to the full vesting of the Stock Option, and such shares shall be subject to the provisions of Article VII and be treated as Restricted Stock, which will remain subject to the original vesting schedule applicable to the predecessor Stock Option. Unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Committee determines to be appropriate.

(n) Other Terms and Conditions . The Committee may include a provision in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Option if the Participant has failed to exercise the Non-Qualified Stock Option as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Non-Qualified Stock Option exceeds the exercise price of such Non-Qualified Stock Option on the date of expiration of such Option, subject to Section 13.4. Stock Options may contain such other provisions, which shall not be inconsistent with any of the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The recipient of a Stock Option under this Article VI shall not be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, dividends or dividend equivalents in respect of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Stock Option. The Company will evidence each Participant’s ownership of Common Stock issued upon exercise of a Stock Option pursuant to a designated system, such as book entries by the transfer agent; if a stock certificate for such shares of Common Stock is issued, it will be substantially in the form set forth in Section 7.2(c).

 

16


ARTICLE VII

RESTRICTED STOCK

7.1 Awards of Restricted Stock . Shares of Restricted Stock may be issued either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the Eligible Individuals, to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Stock shall be made, the number of shares to be awarded, the price (if any) to be paid by the Participant (subject to Section 7.2), the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture, the vesting schedule and rights to acceleration thereof, and all other terms and conditions of the Awards.

The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of Restricted Stock upon the attainment of specified performance targets (including, one or more Performance Goals) or such other factor(s) as the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, including to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

7.2 Awards and Certificates . If required by the Award Agreement, Eligible Individuals selected to receive Restricted Stock shall not have any right with respect to such Award, unless and until such Participant has delivered a fully executed copy of the Award Agreement evidencing the Award to the Company, to the extent required by the Committee, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award. Further, such Award shall be subject to the following conditions:

(a) Purchase Price . The purchase price of Restricted Stock shall be fixed by the Committee. Subject to Section 4.3, the purchase price for shares of Restricted Stock may be zero to the extent permitted by applicable law, and, to the extent not so permitted, such purchase price may not be less than par value.

(b) Acceptance . Awards of Restricted Stock must be accepted within a period of 60 days (or such shorter period as the Committee may specify at grant) after the grant date, by executing a Restricted Stock Award Agreement and by paying whatever price (if any) the Committee has designated thereunder.

(c) Legend . The Company will evidence each Participant’s ownership of Restricted Stock pursuant to a designated system, such as book entries by the transfer agent. If a stock certificate for such shares of Restricted Stock is issued, such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and shall, in addition to such legends required by applicable securities laws, bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form:

“The anticipation, alienation, attachment, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge of the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the Avaya Holdings Corp. (the “ Company ”) 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (as it may be amended, the “ Plan ”) and an Agreement entered into between the registered owner and the Company dated __________. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the principal office of the Company.”

 

17


(d) Custody . If stock certificates are issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require that any stock certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any grant of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a duly signed stock power or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award in the event that such Award is forfeited in whole or part or otherwise transferred to the Company.

7.3 Restrictions and Conditions . The shares of Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions and such other terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion:

(a) Restriction Period . The Participant shall not be permitted to Transfer shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan during the period or periods set by the Committee (the “ Restriction Period ”) commencing on the date of such Award, as set forth in the Award Agreement and such agreement shall set forth a vesting schedule and any event that would accelerate vesting of the shares of Restricted Stock. Within these limits, based on service, attainment of one or more Performance Goals pursuant to Section 7.3(a)(ii) and/or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, the Committee may condition the grant or provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments in whole or in part, or may accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Restricted Stock Award and/or waive the deferral limitations for all or any part of any Restricted Stock Award.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder . Except as provided in Section 7.3(a) and this Section 7.3(b) or as otherwise determined by the Committee in an Award Agreement, the Participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends (the payment of which may be deferred (without interest) until, and conditioned upon, the expiration of the applicable Restriction Period, as determined in the Committee’s sole discretion), the right to vote such shares and, subject to and conditioned upon the full vesting of shares of Restricted Stock, the right to tender such shares.

(c) Termination . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise in accordance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason during the relevant Restriction Period, all Restricted Stock still subject to restriction will be forfeited for no consideration.

(d) Lapse of Restrictions . If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the shares of Restricted Stock, such earned shares (and to the extent ownership of such shares is evidenced by stock certificates, the stock certificates for such shares) shall be delivered to the Participant. All legends shall be removed from said certificates at the time of delivery to the Participant, except as otherwise required by applicable law or other limitations imposed by the Committee.

 

18


ARTICLE VIII

PERFORMANCE AWARDS

8.1 Performance Awards . The Committee may designate an Award (including any Restricted Stock and any Other Stock-Based Award) at grant as a Performance Award payable upon the attainment of specific Performance Goals. The Committee may grant Performance Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, as well as Performance Awards that are not intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. If the Performance Award is payable in shares of Restricted Stock, such shares shall be transferable to the Participant only upon attainment of the relevant Performance Goal in accordance with Article VII. If the Performance Award is denominated in cash, it may be paid upon the attainment of the relevant Performance Goals either in cash, shares of Common Stock, restricted stock units and/or in shares of Restricted Stock (based on the then current Fair Market Value of such shares), as determined by the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion. Each Performance Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in such form that is not inconsistent with the Plan and that the Committee may from time to time approve. With respect to Performance Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall condition the right to payment of any Performance Award upon the attainment of objective Performance Goals established pursuant to Section 8.2(c). If required by the Award Agreement, an Eligible Individual selected to receive Performance Awards shall not have any right with respect to such Award, unless and until such Eligible Individual has delivered a fully executed copy of the Award Agreement evidencing the Award to the Company, to the extent required by the Committee, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award.

8.2 Terms and Conditions . Performance Awards awarded pursuant to this Article VIII shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and such other terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion:

(a) Earning of Performance Award . At the expiration of the applicable Performance Period, the Committee shall determine the extent to which the Performance Goals established pursuant to Section 8.2(c) are achieved and the percentage of each Performance Award that has been earned and certify such results in writing.

(b) Non-Transferability . Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, Performance Awards may not be Transferred during the Performance Period.

(c) Objective Performance Goals, Formulae or Standards . With respect to Performance Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall establish the objective Performance Goals for the earning of Performance Awards based on a Performance Period applicable to each Participant or class of Participants in writing prior to the beginning of the applicable Performance Period or at

 

19


such later date as permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code and while the outcome of the Performance Goals are substantially uncertain. Such Performance Goals may incorporate, if and only to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, provisions for disregarding (or adjusting for) changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions (including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions) and other similar type events or circumstances. To the extent that any such provision would create impermissible discretion under Section 162(m) of the Code or otherwise violate Section 162(m) of the Code, such provision shall be of no force or effect, with respect to Performance Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(d) Payment . Following the Committee’s determination in accordance with Section 8.2(a), the Company shall settle Performance Awards, in such form (including, without limitation, in shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock, restricted stock units and/or in cash) as determined by the Committee, in an amount equal to such Participant’s earned Performance Awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, award an amount less than the earned Performance Awards and/or subject the payment of all or part of any Performance Award to additional vesting, forfeiture and deferral conditions as it deems appropriate.

(e) Termination . Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason during the Performance Period for a given Performance Award, the Performance Award in question will vest or be forfeited in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at grant.

ARTICLE IX

OTHER STOCK-BASED AND CASH-BASED AWARDS

9.1 Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee is authorized to grant to Eligible Individuals Other Stock-Based Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares of Common Stock, including but not limited to, shares of Common Stock awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions, shares of Common Stock in payment of the amounts due under an incentive or performance plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, stock equivalent units, SARs, restricted stock units, and Awards valued by reference to book value of shares of Common Stock. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with other Awards granted under the Plan.

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have authority to determine the Eligible Individuals, to whom, and the time or times at which, such Awards shall be made, the number of shares of Common Stock to be awarded pursuant to such Awards, and all other conditions of the Awards. If required by the Award Agreement, an Eligible Individual selected to receive Other Stock-Based Awards shall not have any right with respect to such Award, unless and until such Eligible Individual has delivered a fully executed copy of the Award Agreement evidencing the Award to the Company, to the extent required by the Committee, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award.

 

20


9.2 Terms and Conditions . Other Stock-Based Awards made pursuant to this Article IX shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and such other terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion:

(a) Non-Transferability . Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, shares of Common Stock subject to Awards made under this Article IX may not be Transferred prior to the date on which the shares are issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance or deferral period lapses.

(b) Vesting . Any Award under this Article IX and any Common Stock covered by any such Award shall vest or be forfeited to the extent so provided in the Award Agreement, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(c) Price . Subject to Section 4.3, Common Stock issued on a bonus basis under this Article IX may be issued for no cash consideration. Subject to Section 4.3, Common Stock purchased pursuant to a purchase right awarded under this Article IX shall be priced, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

9.3 Other Cash-Based Awards . The Committee may from time to time grant Other Cash-Based Awards to Eligible Individuals in such amounts, on such terms and conditions, and for such consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law, as it shall determine in its sole discretion. Other Cash-Based Awards may be granted subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions or may be awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions, and if subject to vesting conditions, the Committee may accelerate the vesting of such Awards at any time in its sole discretion. The grant of an Other Cash-Based Award shall not require a segregation of any of the Company’s assets for satisfaction of the Company’s payment obligation thereunder.

ARTICLE X

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

10.1 Benefits . In the event of a Change in Control of the Company (as defined below), and except as otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement or otherwise, a Participant’s Awards may be treated in accordance with one or more of the following methods as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion:

(a) Awards, whether or not then vested, shall be continued, assumed, or have new rights substituted therefor, as determined by the Committee in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and restrictions to which shares of Restricted Stock or any other Award granted prior to the Change in Control are subject shall not lapse upon a Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of Incentive Stock Options, any assumed or substituted Stock Option shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1 (and any amendment thereto);

(b) The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, Awards or provide for a period of time for exercise prior to the occurrence of such event;

 

21


(c) Any one or more outstanding Awards may be cancelled and the Committee may cause to be paid to the holders thereof, in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in such event), including without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Stock Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Option or SAR over the aggregate exercise price of such Stock Option or SAR, respectively (it being understood that, in such event, any Stock Option or SAR having a per share exercise price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor);

(d) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate all outstanding and unexercised Stock Options or any Other Stock-Based Award that provides for a Participant elected exercise, effective as of the date of the Change in Control, by delivering notice of termination to each Participant at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of consummation of the Change in Control, in which case during the period from the date on which such notice of termination is delivered to the consummation of the Change in Control, each such Participant shall have the right to exercise in full all of such Participant’s Awards that are then outstanding (without regard to any limitations on exercisability otherwise contained in the Award Agreements), but any such exercise shall be contingent on the occurrence of the Change in Control, and, provided that, if the Change in Control does not take place within a specified period after giving such notice for any reason whatsoever, the notice and exercise pursuant thereto shall be null and void.

(e) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, make any other determination as to the treatment of Awards in connection with such Change in Control as the Committee may determine. Any escrow, holdback, earnout or similar provisions in the definitive agreement(s) relating to such transaction may apply to any payment to the holders of Awards to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of shares of Common Stock.

10.2 Change in Control . A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur if:

(a) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company or any of the Company Entities, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of the Company Entities, or any other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock of the Company), becoming the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

22


(b) during any period of 12 consecutive calendar months, individuals who were directors of the Company on the first day of such period (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the first day of such period whose election, or nomination for election, by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors will be considered as though such individual were an Incumbent Director, but excluding, for purposes of this proviso, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened proxy contest with respect to election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a “person” (as used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), in each case, other than the Board, which individual, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be deemed to be an Incumbent Director for purposes of this Section 10.2(b), regardless of whether such individual was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors;

(c) consummation of a reorganization (excluding a reorganization under either Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code), merger, consolidation or other similar business combination (any of the foregoing, a “ Business Combination ”) of the Company with any other corporation, in any case with respect to which the Company voting securities outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination do not, immediately following such Business Combination, continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the Company or any ultimate parent thereof) more than 50% of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company (or its successor) or any ultimate parent thereof after the Business Combination; or

(d) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company Entities (on a consolidated basis) to any Person that is not an Affiliate of any of the Company Entities.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that is characterized as “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, an event shall not be considered to be a Change in Control under the Plan for purposes of payment of such Award unless such event is also a “change in ownership,” a “change in effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE XI

TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may at any time, and from time to time, amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan (including any amendment deemed necessary to ensure that the Company may comply with any regulatory requirement referred to in Article XIII or Section 409A of the Code), or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise, and the Committee may amend the Plan to the extent such amendment is (a) ministerial or administrative in nature and does not result in a material change to the cost of the Plan or (b) required by law; provided, that (i) no such amendment, suspension or termination by the Board or the Committee will occur without stockholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any rules or requirements of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock may

 

23


be listed or quoted or to prevent the Company from being denied a tax deduction under Section 162(m) of the Code) and (ii) unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided herein, the rights of a Participant, with respect to all Awards granted prior to any amendment (whether by the Board or the Committee), suspension or termination, may not be impaired in any way without the express written consent of such Participant. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board may amend the Plan or any Award Agreement at any time without a Participant’s consent only to comply with applicable law, including Section 409A of the Code. The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Article IV or as otherwise specifically provided herein no such amendment or other action by the Committee shall impair in any way the rights of any holder without the holder’s express written consent.

ARTICLE XII

UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payment as to which a Participant has a fixed and vested interest but which are not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any right that is greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

ARTICLE XIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.1 Legend . The Committee may require each person receiving shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Option or other Award under the Plan to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof. In addition to any legend required by the Plan, the certificates for such shares (if any) may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on Transfer. All certificates for shares of Common Stock (to the extent such shares are certificated) delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed or any national securities exchange system or over-the-counter market upon whose system the Common Stock is then quoted, any applicable federal or state securities law, and any applicable corporate law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

13.2 Other Plans . Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

13.3 No Right to Employment/Directorship/Consultancy . Neither the Plan nor the grant of any Option or other Award hereunder shall give any Participant or other employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director any right with respect to continuance of employment, consultancy or directorship by the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall the Plan nor the grant of any Option or other Award hereunder limit in any way the right of the Company or any Affiliate by which an employee is employed or a Consultant or Non-Employee Director is retained to terminate such employment, consultancy or directorship at any time.

 

24


13.4 Withholding of Taxes .

(a) General . Subject to Section 13.4(b), as a condition to the exercise, settlement, vesting or payment of any Award hereunder, a Participant shall be required to pay in cash, or to make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Company (including, without limitation, authorizing withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant), an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local and foreign taxes of any kind (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations) which the Company, in its good faith discretion, deems necessary to comply with the Code and/or any other applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to the Award. Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate or book-entry transfer for such Shares.

(b) Common Stock Not Publicly Traded . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 13.4(a), in the event the shares of Common Stock are not listed for trading on an established securities exchange on the date an Award vests, is settled, is payable and/or is exercised, then the Company shall deduct or withhold shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to satisfy any federal, state, local and foreign taxes of any kind (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations) up to the maximum extent permitted by the accounting rules applicable to the Company as then in effect without adverse accounting treatment, unless the Participant elects to pay such obligations in cash.

13.5 No Assignment of Benefits . No Award or other benefit payable under the Plan shall, except as otherwise specifically provided by law or permitted by the Committee, be Transferable in any manner, and any attempt to Transfer any such benefit shall be void, and any such benefit shall not in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person who shall be entitled to such benefit, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person.

13.6 Listing and Other Conditions .

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, as long as the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, system sponsored by a national securities association or recognized over-the-counter market, the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award shall be conditioned upon such shares being listed on such exchange, system or market. The Company shall have no obligation to issue such shares unless and until such shares are so listed, and the right to exercise any Option or other Award with respect to such shares shall be suspended until such listing has been effected.

(b) If at any time any sale or delivery of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Option or other Award is or may in the circumstances be determined to be unlawful or result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company under the statutes, rules or regulations of any

 

25


applicable jurisdiction, the Company shall have no obligation to make such sale or delivery, or to make any application or to effect or to maintain any qualification or registration under the Securities Act or otherwise, with respect to shares of Common Stock or Awards, and the right to exercise any Option or other Award shall be suspended until, it is determined that such sale or delivery shall be lawful or will not result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company.

(c) Upon termination of any period of suspension under this Section 13.6, any Award affected by such suspension which shall not then have expired or terminated shall be reinstated as to all shares available before such suspension and as to shares which would otherwise have become available during the period of such suspension, but no such suspension shall extend the term of any Award.

(d) A Participant shall be required to supply the Company with certificates, representations and information that the Company requests and otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining any listing, registration, qualification, exemption, consent or approval the Company deems necessary or appropriate.

13.7 Other Requirements . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, as a condition to the receipt of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award under the Plan, to the extent required by the Committee, the Participant shall execute and deliver documentation that shall set forth certain restrictions on transferability of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise or purchase, and such other terms as the Committee shall from time to time establish.

13.8 Governing Law . The Plan and actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).

13.9 Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . Any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the Plan or any Award Agreement, or any judgment entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in respect of any thereof, shall be resolved only in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts. In that context, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and each Participant shall irrevocably and unconditionally (a) submit in any proceeding relating to the Plan or any Award Agreement, or for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof (a “ Proceeding ”), to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware, the court of the United States of America for the District of Delaware, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, and agree that all claims in respect of any such Proceeding shall be heard and determined in such Delaware State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court, (b) consent that any such Proceeding may and shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that the Company and each Participant may now or thereafter have to the venue or jurisdiction of any such Proceeding in any such court or that such Proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agree not to plead or claim the same, (c) waive all right to trial by jury in any Proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to the Plan or any Award Agreement, (d) agree that service of process in any such Proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy of such process by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party, in the case of a Participant, at the Participant’s address shown in

 

26


the books and records of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at the Company’s principal offices, attention General Counsel, and (e) agree that nothing in the Plan shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

13.10 Construction . Wherever any words are used in the Plan or an Award Agreement in the masculine gender they shall be construed as though they were also used in the feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply, and wherever words are used herein in the singular form they shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.

13.11 Other Benefits . No Award granted or paid out under the Plan shall be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or its Affiliates nor affect any benefit under any other benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.

13.12 Costs . The Company shall bear all expenses associated with administering the Plan, including expenses of issuing Common Stock pursuant to Awards hereunder.

13.13 No Right to Same Benefits . The provisions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant, and such Awards to individual Participants need not be the same in subsequent years.

13.14 Death/Disability . The Committee may in its discretion require the transferee of a Participant to supply it with written notice of the Participant’s death or Disability and to supply it with a copy of the will (in the case of the Participant’s death) or such other evidence as the Committee deems necessary to establish the validity of the transfer of an Award. The Committee may also require that the agreement of the transferee to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

13.15 Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act . All elections and transactions under the Plan by persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act involving shares of Common Stock are intended to comply with any applicable exemptive condition under Rule 16b-3. The Committee may establish and adopt written administrative guidelines, designed to facilitate compliance with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as it may deem necessary or proper for the administration and operation of the Plan and the transaction of business thereunder.

13.16 Section 409A of the Code . The Plan is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it shall be paid in a manner that will comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, including proposed, temporary or final regulations or any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any provision in the Plan that is inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code shall be deemed to be amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply therewith, such provision shall be null and void. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other Person, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or

 

27


for any action taken by the Committee or the Company and, in the event that any amount or benefit under the Plan becomes subject to penalties under Section 409A of the Code, responsibility for payment of such penalties shall rest solely with the affected Participants and not with the Company. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A of the Code) as a result of such employee’s separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code) shall be delayed for the first six (6) months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement) upon expiration of such delay period. Furthermore, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan or Award Agreement, any payment of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) under this Plan that may be made in installment shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments.

13.17 Successors and Assigns . The Plan and any applicable Award Agreement(s) shall be binding on all successors and permitted assigns of a Participant, including, without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate.

13.18 Severability of Provisions . If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and the Plan and/or Award Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

13.19 Payments to Minors, Etc . Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent person or other person incapable of receipt thereof shall be deemed paid when paid to such person’s guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and such payment shall fully discharge the Committee, the Board, the Company, its Affiliates and their officers, directors/managers, employees, agents and representatives with respect thereto.

13.20 Lock-Up Agreement . As a condition to the grant of an Award, if requested by the Company and the lead underwriter of any public offering of Common Stock (the “ Lead Underwriter ), a Participant shall irrevocably agree not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale of, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any interest in any Common Stock or any securities convertible into, derivative of, or exchangeable or exercisable for, or any other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (except Common Stock included in such public offering or acquired on the public market after such offering) during such period of time following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that the Lead Underwriter shall specify (the “ Lock -Up Period ”). The Participant shall further agree to sign such documents as may be requested by the Lead Underwriter to effect the foregoing and agree that the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Award until the end of such Lock-Up Period.

 

28


13.21 Headings and Captions . The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

13.22 Section 162(m) of the Code . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of the Plan requiring compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code shall not apply to Awards granted under the Plan that are not intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

13.23 Company Recoupment of Awards . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant’s rights with respect to any Award hereunder shall in all events be subject to (a) any right that the Company may have under any Company recoupment policy or other agreement or arrangement with a Participant, or (b) any right or obligation that the Company may have regarding the clawback of “incentive-based compensation” under Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

13.24 Data Protection . By participating in the Plan or accepting any rights granted under it, each Participant consents to the collection and processing of personal data relating to the Participant so that any Company Entity can fulfill its obligations and exercise its rights under the Plan and generally administer and manage the Plan. This data will include, but may not be limited to, data about participation in the Plan and shares offered or received, purchased, or sold under the Plan from time to time and other appropriate financial and other data (such as the date on which the Awards were granted) about the Participant and the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

13.25 International Participants . With respect to Participants who reside or work outside of the United States of America and who are not (and who are not expected to be) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan and create or amend sub-plans or amend outstanding Awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant or any Company Entity.

ARTICLE XIV

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

The Plan will be effective as of December 15, 2017.

ARTICLE XV

TERM OF PLAN

No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the date that the Plan is adopted or the date of stockholder approval, but Awards granted prior to such tenth anniversary may extend beyond that date; provided that no Award (other than a Stock Option) that is intended to be “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code shall be granted on or after the fifth anniversary of the stockholder approval of the Plan unless the Performance Goals are re-approved (or other designated Performance Goals are

 

29


approved) by the stockholders no later than the first stockholder meeting that occurs in the fifth year following the year in which stockholders approve the Performance Goals. For purposes of the Plan, approval by the bankruptcy court shall serve as stockholder approval, unless otherwise prohibited by law.

ARTICLE XVI

NAME OF PLAN

The Plan shall be known as the “Avaya Holdings Corp. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.”

 

30


EXHIBIT A

PERFORMANCE GOALS

To the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, performance goals established for purposes of Awards intended to be “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, shall be based on the attainment of certain target levels of, or a specified increase or decrease (as applicable) in one or more of the following:

 

    Non-GAAP performance measures included in any of the Company’s SEC filings;

 

    Net interest income, total other income, total costs and expenses, income before taxes, net income, revenue and/or earnings per share;

 

    Debt or other similar financial obligations of the Company, which may be calculated net of cash balances and/or other offsets and adjustments as may be established by the Committee in its sole discretion;

 

    Net cash provided in (used by) operating activities, investing activities, and/or financing activities;

 

    Market share;

 

    Generation performance, customer churn, ending customer count, customer satisfaction, average days sales outstanding, energizing events issues/success, customer complaints/success, systems availability and downtime, contribution margin, and safety and environmental improvements;

 

    Operating margin, return on equity, return on assets, and/or return on invested capital; or

 

    Total shareholder return, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock, or the growth in value of an investment in the Common Stock assuming the reinvestment of dividends.

With respect to Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, also exclude, or adjust to reflect, the impact of an event or occurrence that the Committee determines should be appropriately excluded or adjusted, including:

(a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items or events, and other unusual or non-recurring charges as described in Accounting Standards Codification 225-20, “Extraordinary and Unusual Items,” and/or management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing or incorporated by reference in the Company’s Form 10-K for the applicable year;

(b) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company or not within the reasonable control of the Company’s management;

(c) a change in tax law or accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles; or

(d) a decision to accelerate or defer capital expenditures or expenses contrary to the timing reflected in the Company’s annual financial plan.


Performance goals may also be based upon objectively determinable individual participant performance goals, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. In addition, Awards that are not intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code may be based on the performance goals set forth herein or on such other performance goals as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion or without regard to any performance goals.

In addition, such performance goals may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of Company (or subsidiary, division, other operational unit, administrative department or product category of the Company) performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of one or more other companies or one or more groups of companies (e.g., an index). With respect to Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, but only to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code (including, without limitation, compliance with any requirements for stockholder approval), the Committee may also:

(a) designate additional business criteria on which the performance goals may be based; or

(b) adjust, modify or amend the aforementioned business criteria.

Exhibit 10.8

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into this 13th day of November, 2017, and will be effective as of the effective date of Avaya Inc.’s Chapter 11 Plan (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between James Chirico (“ Executive ”) and Avaya Inc. (“ Employer ”).

WHEREAS, in accordance with the foregoing, Employer and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms of Executive’s continued employment with Employer, effective as of the Effective Date.

NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound and in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Employment . As of the Effective Date, Employer hereby continues to employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such continued employment and shall perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities, in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions hereinafter set forth.

1.1 Term of Agreement and Employment Period . This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 2 (such period, the “ Employment Period ”).

1.2 Duties and Responsibilities and Extent of Service .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive shall continue to serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) of Employer and of Avaya Holdings Corp. (“ Parent ”), and his office shall be located in Durham, North Carolina. In such roles, Executive will report to the Board of Directors of Parent (the “ Board ”) and shall devote 100% of his business time and attention and his best efforts and ability to the operations of Employer and its subsidiaries. Executive shall be responsible for running Employer’s day-to-day operations and shall perform faithfully, diligently and competently the duties and responsibilities of a chief executive officer and president and such other duties and responsibilities as are reasonably consistent with those positions. The foregoing shall not be construed as preventing Executive from (i) making passive investments in other businesses or enterprises consistent with Employer’s Code of Conduct, or (ii) engaging in any other business activity consistent with Employer’s Code of Conduct; provided that Executive seeks and obtains the prior approval of the Board before engaging in any other business activity. In addition, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to participate in civic or charitable activities, deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements, teach at educational institutions, and/or manage personal investments (subject to the immediately preceding sentence); provided that such activities do not interfere in any substantial respect with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities as an employee in accordance with this Agreement. Executive may also serve on one or more corporate boards of another company (and committees thereof) during the Employment Period; provided that Executive seeks and obtains the prior approval of the Board before serving on any other corporate boards; and provided , further , that such activities do not interfere in any substantial respect with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities as an employee in accordance with this Agreement.

 


(b) For so long as Executive is the CEO of Parent, Parent shall cause the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board (or its successor) to nominate Executive for election as a member of the Board at the expiration of each term of office, and Executive agrees, if elected by the stockholders of Parent, to serve, without additional compensation, as a member of the Board for each period for which Executive is so elected. Executive also agrees to serve as a member of the board of directors of Employer and/or as an officer of any subsidiary of Employer, in each case, without additional compensation. Within ten (10) days of the Effective Date, Executive will designate one member of the Board (as determined immediately prior to the Effective Date) to continue serving as a member of the Board, until his or her resignation or removal, subject to approval by the Ad Hoc First Lien Group (as defined in the Plan Support Agreement). Executive shall tender his resignation from the Board (and any other boards of directors or similar governing bodies) and all officer and director positions upon the termination of his employment for any reason.

1.3 Base Salary . For all the services rendered by Executive hereunder during the Employment Period, including, without limitation, as a member of the Board, Employer shall pay Executive a base salary at the annual rate of One Million Two-Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000.00), payable in installments in accordance with Employer’s normal payroll practices and effective as of October 1, 2017. During the Employment Period, Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed annually for increase by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Committee ”), pursuant to Employer’s normal compensation and performance review policies for senior level executives. The amount of any increase for each year shall be determined accordingly. Executive’s base salary shall not be decreased during the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Base Salary ” shall mean the amount of Executive’s base salary established from time to time pursuant to this Section 1.3.

1.4 Sign-On Bonus . Employer shall pay to Executive a sign-on bonus (the “ Sign-On Bonus ”) of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000.00), within ten (10) days from the Effective Date; provided that Executive shall repay the following portions of the Sign-On Bonus if Executive’s employment terminates pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, in each case, on or prior to October 1, 2019: (a) on or prior to October 1, 2018, Executive shall repay 100% of the Sign-On Bonus; and (b) after October 1, 2018 but on or prior to October 1, 2019, Executive shall repay 50% of the Sign-On Bonus, in each case, on an after-tax basis. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be required to repay any of the Sign-On Bonus if he voluntarily terminates his employment after October 1, 2019, and Executive shall not be required to repay the Sign-On Bonus if his employment terminates pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 on or prior to October 1, 2019.

1.5 Bonus . During each fiscal year during the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in Employer’s bonus plan as established by the Committee and in effect from time to time for its senior executives and will be eligible to earn one or more performance bonus(es) under such plan (collectively, a “ Bonus ”), to the extent earned based on performance against objective, reasonably attainable performance criteria established by the Committee. The performance criteria for any particular performance period during the fiscal

 

2


year (which may include the full fiscal year) shall be determined in good faith by the Committee, after consultation with Executive, no later than ninety (90) days after the commencement of such performance period (or such corresponding lesser period of time to the extent the performance period is not a full fiscal year). Executive’s target Bonus opportunity for each fiscal year shall equal 200% of Executive’s Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”) if target levels of performance for that fiscal year are achieved, provided that Executive’s Bonus in respect of the 2018 fiscal year will be no less than the Target Bonus; and provided , further, that Executive’s actual Bonus hereunder in respect of any 12 month period may not exceed 250% of Executive’s Base Salary. Executive’s Bonus payment for each performance period during the fiscal year (which may include the full fiscal year) shall be determined by the Committee after the end of the applicable performance period and shall be paid to Executive when bonuses for such performance period are paid to Employer’s other senior executives generally, but in any event within seventy-five (75) days following the end of such performance period, provided that Executive remains employed through and including the applicable payment date, unless otherwise expressly provided for herein. In carrying out its functions under this Section 1.5, the Committee shall at all times act reasonably and in good faith.

1.6 Retirement, Welfare and Other Benefit Plans and Programs . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee retirement, welfare, and other benefit plans and programs made available to Employer’s senior level executives as a group or to its non-union U.S. employees generally, as such plans and programs may be in effect from time to time and subject to the eligibility requirements of the plan or program. In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to perquisites as may be in effect from time to time on the same terms and conditions as such perquisites are made available to other senior officers of Employer.

1.7 Reimbursement of Expenses . Executive shall be provided with reimbursement of reasonable expenses related to Executive’s employment by Employer in accordance with Employer’s normal business expense reimbursement practices; provided , however , that in no event will any taxable reimbursement be made to Executive after the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred.

1.8 Initial Incentive Equity Grant . Upon the Effective Date, Executive will be granted incentive equity awards in accordance with that certain Avaya Inc. Employee Incentive Plan term sheet attached as an exhibit to the Plan Support Agreement.

2. Termination . Executive’s employment shall terminate upon the first to occur of any of the events described in Sections 2.1 through 2.4 below.

2.1 Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment under this Section 2.1 at any time without Cause (as defined below) (other than due to death or Disability (as defined below)) upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Executive; provided , however , that, in the event that such notice is given, Executive shall be allowed to seek other employment during such notice period. In addition, Executive may terminate Executive’s employment under this Section 2.1 by voluntarily resigning for Good Reason (in accordance with the procedure set forth in the definition thereof). In the event Executive’s employment is terminated by Employer without Cause (other than due

 

3


to death or Disability) or Executive resigns for Good Reason (each, a “ Qualifying Termination ”) then, in each case, in addition to all Accrued Compensation and subject to Executive’s execution, delivery and non-revocation within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination of a Termination Agreement and General Release (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ) provided to him by Employer, Executive shall be entitled to: (a) an amount equal to two (the “ Multiplier ”) times the sum of Executive’s Base Salary and Target Bonus (at the rates in effect for the Year of Termination but not taking into account any reduction in either that results in connection with Executive’s resignation for Good Reason), with such amount paid in cash in a lump sum on the first regularly scheduled payroll date immediately following the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s Date of Termination, (b) if such termination occurs after the last day of a performance period that occurs during the Employment Period but prior to the payment date for a Bonus in respect of such performance period, the Bonus, if any, that Executive would have otherwise received in respect of such performance period had Executive remained employed through the applicable payment date (the “ Accrued Bonus ”), which Accrued Bonus, if any, will be paid in accordance with Section 1.5, and (c) subject to Executive’s timely election of continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), reimbursement by Employer for Executive’s premiums for such continuation coverage which covers Executive (and Executive’s eligible dependents) for a period of up to eighteen (18) months so long as Executive is eligible and remains eligible for COBRA coverage in accordance with COBRA and the regulations promulgated thereunder; provided , that Employer may modify the continuation coverage contemplated hereunder to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid the imposition of any excise taxes on Employer for failure to comply with the nondiscrimination requirements of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended, and/or the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, as amended (to the extent applicable). If the Qualifying Termination occurs within the six (6)-month period immediately preceding or the twenty-four (24)-month period immediately following a Change in Control, then the Multiplier will equal three and, in addition to the foregoing, Executive will also be entitled to receive full vesting of all of his then-outstanding long-term incentive awards, whether cash-based or equity-based, with any exercisable awards to remain outstanding until the expiration of their term (provided that Executive will be entitled to any more favorable treatment as may be set forth in the relevant award agreements).

2.2 Resignation Without Good Reason . Executive may terminate Executive’s employment by voluntarily resigning without Good Reason upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Employer. In such event, (a) after Executive’s Date of Termination, no further payments and benefits shall be due under Section 1 of this Agreement, and (b) Executive shall be entitled to receive all Accrued Compensation. Employer may elect to waive the notice period without requiring any additional financial obligation except for the Accrued Compensation as of the date of the waiver and without such action being deemed an Employer termination under Section 2.1 hereof.

2.3 Termination Due to Disability or Death . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder immediately upon notice if Executive has incurred a Disability; provided , however , that in the event Executive incurs a Disability and his employment continues for any period of time, Executive shall be entitled to receive payments in accordance with the applicable plan for such Disability, and Executive shall continue to receive all benefits then in effect and due under this Agreement until Employer terminates Executive’s

 

4


employment. If Employer terminates Executive’s employment due to a Disability, or if Executive dies while employed by Employer, then (a) after Executive’s Date of Termination, no further payments and benefits shall be due under Section 1 of this Agreement, and (b) Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall be entitled to receive all Accrued Compensation and any Accrued Bonus, which will be paid in accordance with Section 1.5.

2.4 Termination for Cause . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for Cause. In such event, (a) after Executive’s Date of Termination, no further payments and benefits shall be due under Section 1 of this Agreement, and (b) Executive shall be entitled to receive all Accrued Compensation.

2.5 Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment shall be communicated by a written notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 7. The notice of termination shall (a) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (b) briefly summarize the facts and circumstances deemed to provide a basis for a termination of employment, and (c) specify the Date of Termination in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement.

2.6 No Duty to Mitigate . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any cash payment or the value of any benefit provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment, by seeking benefits from another employer or other source, or by pursuing any other type of mitigation. No payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any cash compensation or the value of any benefit provided to Executive in any subsequent employment or from any payor other than amounts paid or funded by Employer except as otherwise expressly provided for in Section 2.1.

2.7 Definitions .

(a) “ Accrued Compensation ” means all compensation, benefit payments, reimbursements and other amounts earned by, payable to, or accrued and vested for Executive through and including Executive’s Date of Termination, but not paid as of Executive’s Date of Termination, including, but not limited to, (i) Base Salary, (ii) the Target Bonus (or, if the applicable performance period is less than a full fiscal year, a pro-rated portion of the Target Bonus which reflects such shorter period), multiplied by the number of days in which Executive was employed by Employer during the performance period in which the Date of Termination occurs, including the Date of Termination, divided by the total number of days in such performance period, and (iii) reimbursable business expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with Section 1.7 on behalf of Employer prior to the Date of Termination and submitted for reimbursement within sixty (60) days following the Date of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.4, “ Accrued Compensation ” shall not include item (ii) in the immediately preceding sentence. Employer shall pay to Executive (or to Executive’s estate) a lump sum cash payment of all Accrued Compensation, payable within ten (10) days after Executive’s Date of Termination, and Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall receive any vested benefits Executive accrued or earned in accordance with the terms of any applicable benefit plans and programs of Employer (other than any severance plans).

 

5


(b) “ Cause ” means any of Executive’s: (i) material breach of Executive’s duties and responsibilities as a senior officer of Employer (other than as a result of Disability) which is demonstrably willful and deliberate on Executive’s part, and which is committed in bad faith or without reasonable belief that such breach is in the best interests of Employer or its affiliated companies and subsidiaries; (ii) conviction of (including a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to) a felony; (iii) commission of fraud involving Employer or any of its subsidiaries; (iv) material violation of a material provision of Employer’s Code of Conduct or any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to Employer or any of its subsidiaries, or (v) material violation of this Agreement (including any document incorporated by reference); provided that prior to terminating Executive for Cause under clause (i), clause (iv) or clause (v) above, Employer must provide Executive with written notice of the alleged circumstances constituting Cause and at least fifteen (15) days in which to cure such circumstances, if curable.

(c) “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Avaya Holdings Corp. 2017 Employee Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

(d) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(e) “ Date of Termination ” means the date that the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer is effective on account of Executive’s death, Executive’s Disability, termination by Employer for Cause or without Cause, or by Executive with or without Good Reason, as the case may be. The Employment Period shall end on the Date of Termination. “ Year of Termination ” means the fiscal year for the applicable performance period during which Executive’s Date of Termination occurs.

(f) “ Disability ” means Executive, consistent with applicable law, has suffered a physical or mental illness or injury that has impaired Executive’s ability to substantially perform Executive’s full-time essential job duties with Employer, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of one-hundred eighty (180) consecutive days and that qualifies Executive for benefits under Employer’s group long-term disability plan.

(g) “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence, without Executive’s express written consent (which may be withheld for any reason or no reason), of any of the events or conditions described in the following subsections (i) through (vi), provided that Executive provides notice to Employer within sixty (60) days following the first occurrence of any such event or condition and Employer does not fully correct the situation within thirty (30) days after such notice of Good Reason:

(i) A material reduction by Employer in Executive’s Base Salary; or

(ii) A material breach of this Agreement by Employer, which shall include a material reduction or material negative change by Employer in the type or level of compensation and benefits (other than Base Salary) to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement, other than any such reduction or change that is part of and consistent with a general reduction or change applicable to all senior officers of Employer; or

 

6


(iii) A material failure by Employer to pay or provide to Executive any compensation or benefits to which Executive is entitled; or

(iv) A change in Executive’s status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities that constitutes a material and adverse change from Executive’s status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities as in effect immediately before such change; or the assignment to Executive of any duties or responsibilities that are materially and adversely inconsistent with Executive’s status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities as in effect immediately before such assignment; provided that termination of Executive’s employment by Employer for Cause, by Executive other than for Good Reason (as defined in any of the other subsections of this subsection (g)) or as a result of Executive’s death or Disability shall not be deemed to constitute or result in Good Reason under this subsection (iv); or

(v) Employer changing the location of Employer’s principal working location to a location more than fifty (50) miles from such location as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date; or

(vi) Any material breach by Employer of this Agreement or any other agreement between Employer and Executive incorporated by reference in this Agreement.

Any resignation for Good Reason following the thirty (30) day correction period set forth above must occur no later than the date that is six (6) months following the initial occurrence of one of the foregoing events or conditions without Executive’s express written consent.

3. Tax Gross-Up Payments .

3.1 With respect to any change in control event with respect to Employer described in Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code occurring after the Effective Date, Employer and Executive will use customary, reasonable and good faith efforts to avoid the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code with respect to any Payment (as defined in Section 3.2).

3.2 Anything in this Agreement (or the documents incorporated herein by reference) to the contrary notwithstanding (but subject to Section 3.1 above), in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by Employer (or any successor thereto or affiliate thereof) to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of the acceleration of the vesting of equity awards, but determined without regard to any required Gross-Up Payment (as defined below)) (a “ Payment ”) will be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any comparable tax imposed by any replacement or successor provision of United States tax law, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then Employer shall pay to Executive one or more additional cash payments (each such payment, a “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in such amounts so that the net cash amount remaining from such Gross-Up Payment after deduction or payment of (a) the Excise Tax imposed on the Gross-Up Payments and (b) all federal, state and local income and employment taxes imposed upon the Gross-Up Payments, shall equal the

 

7


Excise Tax on the total Payments. The intent of the parties is that Employer shall be solely responsible for, and shall pay, any Excise Tax on any Payment and Gross-Up Payment and any income and employment taxes (including, without limitation, penalties and interest) imposed on any Gross-Up Payment, as well as bearing any loss of tax deduction caused by the Gross-Up Payment. For purposes of determining the amount of any Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall be deemed to pay (i) federal income tax at the highest marginal rate in effect for the calendar year during which such Gross-Up Payment is to be made, (ii) FICA taxes at the highest rate applicable to wages in excess of the Social Security taxable wage base in effect for such calendar year, and (iii) state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates in effect for such calendar year in the state and local municipality of Executive’s principal residence as of the Date of Termination or the date that any portion of the total Payments become subject to the Excise Tax, net of the reduction in federal income tax attributable to the deduction of such state and local income taxes, and taking into account any limitation on deductions or credits or comparable negative impact for purposes of federal income tax as a result of the total Payments made to Executive during such calendar year.

3.3 Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4, all determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by Employer’s public accounting firm (the “ Accounting Firm ”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to Employer and Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by Employer. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by Employer. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 3, shall be paid by Employer to Executive within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination; provided that in no event shall any Gross-Up Payment be paid later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which Executive or Employer (as applicable) remits the taxes for which the Gross-Up Payment is being paid. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by Executive, it shall furnish Executive with a written opinion, on which Executive can rely, that failure to report the Excise Tax on Executive’s applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty. The Accounting Firm shall make all determinations under the tax standard of “substantial authority” as such term is used in Section 6662 of the Code. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding on Employer and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by Employer should have been made (“ Underpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that Employer exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 3.4 and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment plus any applicable interest or penalties shall be promptly paid by Employer to or for the benefit of Executive, provided that in no event shall such Underpayment amount be paid later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which Executive remits such taxes.

 

8


3.4 Executive shall notify Employer in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by Employer of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten (10) business days after Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise Employer of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30)-day period following the date on which Executive gives such notice to Employer (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If Employer notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall:

 

  (1) give Employer any information reasonably requested by Employer relating to such claim;

 

  (2) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as Employer shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by any attorney reasonably selected by Employer;

 

  (3) cooperate with Employer in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

 

  (4) permit Employer to participate in any proceed relating to such claim;

provided , however , that Employer shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.4, Employer shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as Employer shall determine; provided , further , that if Employer directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, Employer shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided , further , that any extension of statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, Employer’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

 

9


3.5 If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by Employer pursuant to Section 3.4, Executive becomes entitled to receive, and receives, any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to Employer’s complying with the requirements of Section 3.4) promptly pay to Employer the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by Employer pursuant to Section 3.4, a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and Employer does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

4. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in or rights under any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by Employer and for which Executive may qualify.

5. Survivorship . The respective rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall survive any termination of Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to preserve the intention of such rights and obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive’s obligations under Sections 8 and 9 of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement and/or Executive’s employment pursuant to the terms therein.

6. Waiver of Jury Trial . Executive waives any right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim concerning any rights under this Agreement, or under any amendment, waiver, consent, instrument, document or other agreement delivered or which in the future may be delivered in connection therewith, and agrees that any such action, proceedings or counterclaim shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

7. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement or necessary or convenient in connection herewith shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when hand delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, as follows ( provided that notice of change of address shall be deemed given only when received):

If to Employer, to:

Avaya Inc.

4655 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (408) 562-2853

If to Executive, to:

Executive’s home address as most recently on file with Employer;

or to such other names or addresses as Employer or Executive, as the case may be, shall designate by notice to each other person entitled to receive notices in the manner specified in this Section.

 

10


8. Restrictive Covenants . By executing this Agreement, Executive acknowledges the importance to Parent and its Affiliates (as defined below), including Employer (hereinafter referred to collectively as “ Avaya ”), of protecting their confidential information and other legitimate business interests, including, without limitation, the valuable trade secrets and good will that they develop or acquire. Executive further acknowledges that Avaya is engaged in a highly competitive business, that its success in the marketplace depends upon the preservation of its confidential information and industry reputation, and that obtaining agreements such as this one from its employees is reasonable and necessary. Executive undertakes the obligations in this Section 8 in consideration of Executive’s relationship with Avaya, this Agreement, Executive being granted access to trade secrets and other confidential information of Avaya, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which Executive acknowledges. As used in this Section 8, “relationship” refers to Executive’s employment or association as an advisor, consultant or contractor, with Avaya, as applicable.

8.1 Loyalty and Conflicts of Interest .

(a) Exclusive Duty . During Executive’s relationship with Avaya, Executive will not engage in any other business activity that creates a conflict of interest except as permitted by Avaya’s Code of Conduct, as in effect from time to time.

(b) Compliance with Company Policy . Executive will comply with all lawful policies, practices and procedures of Avaya, as these may be implemented and/or changed by Avaya from time to time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive acknowledges that Avaya may from time to time have agreements with other Persons (as defined below) which impose obligations or restrictions on Avaya regarding Intellectual Property (as defined below), created during the course of work under such agreements and/or regarding the confidential nature of such work. Executive will comply with and be bound by all such obligations and restrictions which Avaya conveys to him and will take all actions necessary (to the extent within his power and authority) to discharge the obligations of Avaya under such agreements.

8.2 Confidentiality .

(a) Nondisclosure and Nonuse of Confidential Information . All Confidential Information (as defined below) which Executive creates or has access to as a result of his relationship with Avaya, is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of Avaya. Executive will never, directly or indirectly, use or disclose any Confidential Information, except (i) as required for the proper performance of his regular duties for Avaya, (ii) as expressly authorized in writing in advance by Avaya’s General Counsel, (iii) as required by applicable law or regulation, or (iv) as may be reasonably determined by Executive to be necessary in connection with the enforcement of his rights in connection with this Section 8. This restriction shall continue to apply after the termination of Executive’s relationship with Avaya or any restriction time period set forth in this Section 8, howsoever caused. Executive shall furnish prompt notice to Avaya’s General Counsel of any required disclosure of Confidential Information sought pursuant to subpoena, court order or any other legal process or requirement, and shall provide Avaya a reasonable opportunity to seek protection of the Confidential Information prior to any such disclosure, to the greatest extent time and circumstances permit.

 

11


(b) Permissible Disclosure . Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict Avaya, Avaya’s Affiliates, Executive or their respective attorneys from: (i) making any disclosure of relevant and necessary information or documents in any action, investigation, or proceeding relating to this Agreement, or as required by law or legal process, including with respect to possible violations of law; (ii) participating, cooperating, or testifying in any action, investigation, or proceeding with, or providing information to, any governmental agency or legislative body, any self-regulatory organization, and/or pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; or (iii) accepting any U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission awards. In addition, nothing in this Agreement prohibits or restricts Avaya, Avaya’s Affiliates or Executive from initiating communications with, or responding to any inquiry from, any regulatory or supervisory authority regarding any good faith concerns about possible violations of law or regulation.

(c) Trade Secrets . Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b), Executive will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret of Avaya or its Affiliates that (i) is made (A) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to Executive’s attorney and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding. If Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by Avaya for reporting a suspected violation of law, Executive may disclose the trade secret to Executive’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret except under court order. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by such section.

(d) Use and Return of Documents . All documents, records, and files, in any media of whatever kind and description, relating to the business, present or otherwise, of Avaya, and any copies (including, without limitation, electronic), in whole or in part, thereof (the “ Documents ,” and each individually, a “ Document ”), whether or not prepared by Executive, shall be the sole and exclusive property of Avaya. Except as required for the proper performance of Executive’s regular duties for Avaya or as expressly authorized in writing in advance by Avaya, Executive will not copy any Documents or remove any Documents or copies or derivatives thereof from the premises of Avaya. Executive will safeguard, and return to Avaya, immediately upon termination of Executive’s relationship with Avaya, and at such other times as may be specified by Avaya, all Documents and other property of Avaya, and all documents, records and files of its customers, subcontractors, vendors, and suppliers (“ Third-Party Documents ,” and each individually, a “ Third-Party Document ”), as well as all other property of such customers, subcontractors, vendors and suppliers, then in Executive’s possession or control. Provided, however, if a Document or Third-Party Document is on electronic media, Executive may, in lieu of surrender of the Document or Third-Party Document, provide a copy on electronic media to Avaya and delete and overwrite all other electronic media copies thereof. Upon request of any duly authorized officer of Avaya, Executive will disclose all passwords necessary or desirable to enable Avaya to obtain access to the Documents and Third-Party Documents. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 8.2(d) to the contrary, Executive shall be permitted to retain copies of all Documents evidencing his hire, equity, compensation rate and benefits, this Agreement, and any other agreements between Executive and the Company that Executive has signed or electronically accepted.

 

12


8.3 Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, and Other Restricted Activity .

(a) Non-Competition . During Executive’s relationship with Avaya and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of Executive’s relationship with Avaya for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, whether paid or not (i) serve as a partner, principal, licensor, licensee, employee, consultant, officer, director, manager, agent, affiliate, representative, advisor, promoter, associate, investor, or otherwise for, (ii) directly or indirectly, own, purchase, organize or take preparatory steps for the organization of, or (iii) build, design, finance, acquire, lease, operate, manage, control, invest in, work or consult for or otherwise join, participate in or affiliate himself with, any business whose business, product(s) or operations are in any respect competitive with or otherwise similar to Avaya’s business. The foregoing covenant shall cover Executive’s activities in every part of the Territory. “ Territory ” shall mean (A) all states of the United States of America from which Avaya derived revenue or conducted business at any time during the two (2)-year period prior to the date of the termination of Executive’s relationship with Avaya; and (B) all other countries from which Avaya derived revenue or conducted business at any time during the two (2)-year period prior to the date of the termination of Executive’s relationship with Avaya. The foregoing shall not prevent: (1) passive ownership by Executive of no more than two percent (2%) of the equity securities of any publicly traded company; or (2) Executive providing services to a division or subsidiary of a multi-division entity or holding company, so long as (x) no division or subsidiary to which Executive provides services is in any way competitive with or similar to the business of Avaya, and (y) Executive is not involved in, and does not otherwise engage in competition on behalf of, the multi-division entity or any competing division or subsidiary thereof.

(b) Good Will . Any and all good will which Executive develops during his relationship with Avaya with any of the customers, prospective customers, subcontractors or suppliers of Avaya shall be the sole, exclusive and permanent property of Avaya, and shall continue to be such after termination of Executive’s relationship with Avaya, howsoever caused.

(c) Non-Solicitation of Customers . During Executive’s relationship with Avaya and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of Executive’s relationship with Avaya for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, contact, or cause to be contacted, directly or indirectly, or engage in any form of oral, verbal, written, recorded, transcribed, or electronic communication with any customer of Avaya for the purposes of conducting business that is competitive with or similar to that of Avaya or for the purpose of disadvantaging Avaya’s business in any way; provided that this restriction applies (i) only with respect to those customers who are or have been a customer of Avaya at any time within the immediately preceding one (1)-year period or whose business has been solicited on behalf of Avaya by any of its officers, employees or agents within said one (1)-year period, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement, and (ii) only if Executive has performed work for such customer during his relationship with Avaya, has been introduced to, or otherwise had contact with, such customer as a result of his relationship with Avaya, or has had access to Confidential Information which would assist in the solicitation of such customer. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to general solicitation or advertising, including through media and trade publications.

 

13


(d) Non-Solicitation/Non-Hiring of Employees and Independent Contractors . During Executive’s relationship with Avaya and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of Executive’s relationship with Avaya for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, Executive will not, and will not assist anyone else to, (i) hire or solicit for hiring any employee of Avaya or seek to persuade or induce any employee of Avaya to discontinue employment with Avaya, or (ii) hire or engage any independent contractor providing services to Avaya, or solicit, encourage or induce any independent contractor providing services to Avaya to terminate or diminish in any substantial respect its relationship with Avaya. For the purposes of this Section 8.3(d), an “employee” or “independent contractor” of Avaya is any person who is or was such at any time within the preceding six (6)-month period. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to general solicitation or advertising, including through media, trade publications and general job postings.

(e) Non-Solicitation of Others . Executive agrees that for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of Executive’s relationship with Avaya, for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, Executive will not solicit, encourage, or induce, or cause to be solicited, encouraged or induced, directly or indirectly, any franchisee, joint venture, supplier, vendor or contractor who conducted business with Avaya at any time during the two year period preceding the termination of his or her relationship with Avaya, to terminate or adversely modify any business relationship with Avaya, or not to proceed with, or enter into, any business relationship with Avaya, nor shall he otherwise interfere with any business relationship between Avaya and any such franchisee, joint venture, supplier, vendor or contractor.

(f) Non-Disparagement . Except as provided in Section  8.2 above or in connection with the good faith performance of his duties, Executive agrees that, both during and after Executive’s employment with Avaya, Executive will not, whether in private or in public, whether orally, in writing, or otherwise, whether directly or indirectly, make, publish, encourage, ratify, or authorize; or aid, assist, or direct any other person or entity in making or publishing, any statements that in any way defame, criticize, malign, impugn, denigrate, reflect negatively on, or disparage the Avaya Parties, or place any of the Avaya Parties in a negative light, in any manner whatsoever.

(g) Notice of New Address and Employment . During the twelve (12)-month period immediately following the termination of Executive’s relationship with Avaya, for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, Executive will promptly provide Avaya with pertinent information concerning each new job or other business activity in which Executive engages or plans to engage during such twelve (12)-month period as Avaya may reasonably request in order to determine Executive’s continued compliance with his obligations under this Section 8. Executive shall notify his new employer(s) of Executive’s obligations under this Section 8, and hereby consents to notification by Avaya to such employer(s) concerning his obligations under this Section 8. Avaya shall treat any such notice and information as confidential, and will not use or disclose the information contained therein except to enforce its rights hereunder. Any breach of this Section 8.3(g) shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

 

14


(h) Acknowledgement of Reasonableness; Remedies . In signing this Agreement, Executive gives Avaya assurance that Executive has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions hereof. Executive acknowledges without reservation that each of the restraints contained herein is necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the good will, Confidential Information and other legitimate business interests of Avaya, that each and every one of those restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time, and geographic area; and that these restraints will not prevent Executive from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which he is bound by them. Executive will never assert, or permit to be asserted on Executive’s behalf, in any forum, any position contrary to the foregoing. Were Executive to breach any of the provisions of this Section 8, the harm to Avaya would be irreparable. Therefore, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, Avaya shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it, have the right to obtain preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any such breach or threatened breach without having to post bond, and Executive agrees that injunctive relief is an appropriate remedy to address any such breach. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, or other forms of relief available to Avaya, in the event of Executive’s breach of any of the provisions of this Section 8, Executive will forfeit any award or payment made pursuant to any applicable severance or other incentive plan or program, or if a payment has already been made, Executive will be obligated to return the proceeds to Avaya.

(i) Unenforceability . In the event that any provision of this Section 8 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. The twelve (12)-month period of restriction set forth in Sections 8.3(a), 8.3(c), 8.3(d) and 8.3(e) hereof and the twelve (12)-month period of obligation set forth in Section 8.3(g) hereof shall be tolled, and shall not run, during any period of time in which Executive is in violation of the terms thereof, in order that Avaya shall have the agreed-upon temporal protection recited herein.

(j) Enforcement . Avaya agrees that it will not seek to enforce any violation of Section 8.3(a), Section 8.3(c), Section 8.3(d) or the portion of Section 8.3(e) that prohibits Executive from hiring Avaya employees and independent contractors that primarily takes place in the State of California, during any period of time when such enforcement is contrary to or otherwise prohibited by California law or regulation.

8.4 Intellectual Property .

(a) In signing this Agreement, Executive hereby assigns and shall assign to Avaya all of his rights, title and interest in and to all inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas, mask works, computer or other apparatus programs and related documentation, and other works of authorship (hereinafter each designated “ Intellectual Property ”), whether or not patentable, copyrightable or subject to other forms of protection, made, created, developed, written or conceived by Executive during the period of his relationship with Avaya, whether

 

15


during or outside of regular working hours, either solely or jointly with another, in whole or in part, either: (i) in the course of such relationship, (ii) relating to the actual or anticipated business or research development of Avaya, or (iii) with the use of Avaya time, material, private or proprietary information, or facilities, except as provided in Section 8.4(e) below.

(b) Executive will, without charge to Avaya, but at its expense, execute a specific assignment of title to Avaya and do anything else reasonably necessary to enable Avaya to secure a patent, copyright or other form of protection for said Intellectual Property anywhere in the world.

(c) Executive acknowledges that the copyrights in Intellectual Property created with the scope of his relationship with Avaya belong to the Company by operation of law.

(d) Executive has previously provided to Avaya a list (the “ Prior Invention List ”) describing all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets which were made by Executive prior to his relationship with Avaya, which belong to Executive and which are not assigned to Avaya hereunder (collectively referred to as “ Prior Inventions ”); and, if no Prior Invention List was previously provided, Executive represents and warrants that there are no such Prior Inventions.

(e) Exception to Assignments . EXECUTIVE UNDERSTANDS THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT REQUIRING ASSIGNMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (AS DEFINED ABOVE) TO AVAYA DO NOT APPLY TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY THAT QUALIFIES FULLY UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870 (SET FORTH IN ITS ENTIRETY BELOW). EXECUTIVE WILL ADVISE AVAYA PROMPTLY IN WRITING OF ANY INVENTIONS THAT HE BELIEVES MEET THE CRITERIA IN CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870 AND WHICH WERE NOT OTHERWISE DISCLOSED ON THE PRIOR INVENTION LIST PREVIOUSLY DELIVERED TO AVAYA TO PERMIT A DETERMINATION OF OWNERSHIP BY AVAYA. ANY SUCH DISCLOSURE WILL BE RECEIVED IN CONFIDENCE.

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870

INVENTION ON OWN TIME-EXEMPTION FROM AGREEMENT

“(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

 

16


(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.”

8.5 Definitions . Words or phrases which are initially capitalized or are within quotation marks shall have the meanings provided in this Section 8.5 and as provided elsewhere in this Section 8. For purposes of this Section 8 , the following definitions apply:

(a) “ Affiliates ” means all persons and entities directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with Avaya, where control may be by management authority, contract or equity interest.

(b) “ Avaya Parties ” means, collectively, (i) Avaya and each of its Affiliates (solely to the extent Executive has (or could reasonably be expected to have) knowledge that an entity is an Affiliate) and subsidiaries and (ii) each and all of their respective shareholders, interest holders, unit holders, advisors, managers, officers, directors, partners, principals, members, employees, fiduciaries, representatives and agents (solely to the extent Executive has (or could reasonably be expected to have) knowledge of their capacity as such).

(c) “ Confidential Information ” means any and all information of Avaya, whether or not in writing, that is not generally known by others with whom Avaya competes or does business, or with whom it plans to compete or do business, and any and all information, which, if disclosed, would assist in competition against Avaya, including, but not limited to, (i) all proprietary information of Avaya, including, but not limited to, the products and services, technical data, methods, processes, know-how, developments, inventions, and formulae of Avaya, (ii) the development, research, testing, marketing and financial activities and strategic plans of Avaya, (iii) the manner in which Avaya operates, (iv) its costs and sources of supply, (v) the identity and special needs of the customers, prospective customers and subcontractors of Avaya, and (vi) the people and organizations with whom Avaya has business relationships and the substance of those relationships. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information shall specifically include: (A) any and all product testing methodologies, product test results, research and development plans and initiatives, marketing research, plans and analyses, strategic business plans and budgets, and technology grids; (B) any and all vendor, supplier and purchase records, including, without limitation, the identity of contacts at any vendor, any list of vendors or suppliers, any lists of purchase transactions and/or prices paid; and (C) any and all customer lists and customer and sales records, including, without limitation, the identity of contacts at purchasers, any list of purchasers, and any list of sales transactions and/or prices charged by Avaya. Confidential Information also includes any information that Avaya may receive or has received from customers, subcontractors, suppliers or others, with any understanding, express or implied, that the information would not be disclosed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information that (1) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of Section 8.2 hereof by Executive), (2) is or has been independently developed or conceived by Executive without use of Avaya’s Confidential Information or (3) is or has been made known or disclosed to Executive by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to Executive of which Executive is aware.

 

17


(d) “ Person ” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization, other than Avaya.

8 .6 Compliance with Other Agreements and Obligations . Executive represents and warrants that his employment or other relationship with Avaya and execution and performance of this Agreement, including this Section 8, will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which Executive is a party or is bound, and that Executive is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants or other obligations to third parties or to any court order, judgment or decree that would affect the performance of Executive’s obligations hereunder or Executive’s duties and responsibilities to Avaya, except as disclosed in writing to Avaya’s General Counsel no later than the time an executed copy of this Agreement, including this Section 8, is returned by Executive. Executive will not disclose to or use on behalf of Avaya, or induce Avaya to use, any proprietary information of any previous employer or other third party without that party’s consent.

8 .7 Severability; Modification . With respect to the subject matter of this Section 8, this Section 8 sets forth the entire agreement between Executive and Avaya, and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, supersedes all prior and contemporaneous communications, agreements and understandings, written or oral, regarding the same. In the event of conflict between this Section 8 and any prior agreement between Executive and Avaya with respect to the subject matter of this Section 8, this Section 8 shall govern. The provisions of this Section 8 are severable, and no breach of any provision of this Section 8 by Avaya, or any other claimed breach of contract or violation of law, shall operate to excuse Executive’s obligation to fulfill the requirements of Sections 8 .2, 8 .3 and 8 .4 hereof. No deletion, addition, marking, notation or other change to the body of this Section 8 shall be of any force or effect, and this Section 8 shall be interpreted as if such change had not been made. This Section 8 may not be modified or amended, and no breach shall be deemed to be waived, unless agreed to in writing by Executive and Avaya’s General Counsel. If any provision of this Section 8 should, for any reason, be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, it shall not affect any other provisions, and shall be construed by limiting it so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent permissible by law. Provisions of this Section 8 shall survive any termination if so provided in this Section 8 or if necessary or desirable to accomplish the purpose of other surviving provisions. It is agreed and understood that no changes to the nature or scope of Executive’s relationship with Avaya shall operate to extinguish Executive’s obligations hereunder or require that a new agreement concerning the subject matter of this Section 8 be executed.

 

18


8 .8 Assignment . Neither Avaya nor Executive may make any assignment of this Section 8 or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided , however , Avaya may assign its rights and obligations under this Section 8 without Executive’s consent (a) in the event that Executive is transferred to a position with one of Avaya’s Affiliates or (b) in the event that Avaya shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into any company or entity or transfer to any company or entity all or substantially all of the business, properties or assets of Avaya or any division or line of business of Avaya with which Executive is at any time associated. This Section 8 shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Executive and Avaya, and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs, representatives and permitted assigns.

9. Injunctive Relief; Disputes

9.1 Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement, any agreement between Executive and Employer or Parent, or Executive’s employment with Employer shall be settled exclusively by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association; conducted before a single arbitrator, who shall be a current or former partner at an Am Law 100 firm; shall take place in Durham, North Carolina; and shall be conducted in accordance with the American Arbitration Association Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures then in effect, as modified herein. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. All aspects of the arbitration shall be considered confidential and shall not be disseminated by any party with the exception of the ability and opportunity to prosecute its claim or assert its defense to any such claim or as otherwise may be required by applicable law.

9.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1 above, Executive acknowledges that any actual or threatened breach of Section 8 of this Agreement will cause irreparable injury to Employer, its subsidiaries and its affiliates. Accordingly, in addition to any other relief available to Employer, and in addition to the right to pursue arbitration under Section 9.1 above, Employer shall be entitled to seek and obtain, from a court of competent jurisdiction, emergency injunctive relief, including a temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction (without posting a bond), in connection with such actual or threatened breach. Such relief shall be in addition to any and all other remedies, including the recovery of monetary damages, attorneys’ fees and costs, available to Employer against Executive for such breaches or threatened breaches. Upon the issuance (or denial) of an injunction, the underlying merits of any dispute will be resolved in accordance with the arbitration provisions of Section 9.1 of this Agreement.

10. Contents of Agreement; Amendment and Assignment

(a) This Agreement (including the documents incorporated herein by reference) sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and cannot be changed, modified, extended or terminated except upon written amendment approved by the Board and executed on its behalf by a duly authorized

 

19


officer (other than Executive) and by Executive. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement (together with the documents incorporated herein by reference) supersedes and replaces in its entirety the provisions of any employment or other agreement between Executive and Employer that relate to any matter that is also the subject of this Agreement, including the Term Sheet (as defined below).

(b) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that the duties and responsibilities of Executive under this Agreement are of a personal nature and shall not be assignable or delegable in whole or in part by Executive. Employer shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of Employer within fifteen (15) days of such succession, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as Employer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

11. Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver . No remedy conferred upon a party by this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. No delay or omission by a party in exercising any right, remedy or power under this Agreement or existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof, and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by such party, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or necessary by such party in its sole discretion.

12. Beneficiaries/References . Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following Executive’s death by giving Employer written notice thereof. In the event of Executive’s death or a judicial determination of Executive’s incompetence, references in this Agreement to Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to Executive’s estate.

13. Miscellaneous . All Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which is an original. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other counterparts.

14. Withholding . All payments under this Agreement shall be made subject to applicable tax withholding, and Employer shall withhold from any payments under this Agreement all federal, state and local taxes as Employer is required to withhold pursuant to any law or governmental rule or regulation. Except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, Executive shall bear all expense of, and be solely responsible for, all federal, state and local taxes due with respect to any payment received under this Agreement.

15. No Withholding of Undisputed Payments . During the pendency of any dispute or controversy, Employer shall not withhold any payments or benefits due to Executive, whether under this Agreement or otherwise, except for an amount equal (in Employer’s reasonable estimation) to the amount that is the subject of a bona fide dispute between the parties.

 

20


16. Legal Fees and Expenses . Employer shall pay the reasonable and properly documented legal fees and related expenses for Executive’s counsel incurred prior to and following the Effective Date in connection with the negotiation and execution of that certain “Project Arrowhead—Summary of Equity and Compensation Arrangements” (the “ Term Sheet ”), this Agreement and any related documents (including, without limitation, any documentation relating to the incentive equity grants Executive will receive), to be supported by an invoice or bill as such is otherwise normally issued by Executive’s attorney. Any costs and expenses paid or reimbursed hereunder shall be paid within forty-five (45) days after receipt of written request by Executive for payment or reimbursement; provided that in no event shall any such amount be paid later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the legal services (and related expenses) were provided.

17. Indemnification .

(a) Employer shall indemnify Executive in accordance with Employer’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, against all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained by Executive, including the cost of legal counsel, in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which Executive may be made a party by reason of Executive being or having been an officer, director, or employee of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(b) Executive shall be covered during the entire term of this Agreement and thereafter (for at least six (6) years) by officer and director liability insurance in amounts and on terms that are the same as those afforded to other executives and/or directors of Employer or its affiliates, which such insurance shall be paid by Employer.

18. Governing Law and Procedures . This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to any conflict of laws provisions. Employer and Executive each irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agrees that any action commenced by Employer for injunctive relief pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement may be brought in the United States District Court for the federal district in Durham, North Carolina, or if such court does not have jurisdiction or will not accept jurisdiction, in any court of general jurisdiction in the state and county in which Executive’s principal place of employment is located, (b) consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding, consistent with Section 9 above, and (c) waives any objection which Employer or Executive may have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding in any such court. Employer and Executive each also irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the service of any process, pleadings, notices or other papers in a manner permitted by the notice provisions of Section 7. The parties acknowledge and agree that in connection with any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement, each party shall pay all of such party’s own costs and expenses, including, without limitation, such party’s own legal fees and expenses.

 

21


19. Application of Section  409A of the Code .

19.1 Compliance with Section  409A . This Agreement (including the documents incorporated herein by reference) is intended to comply with or be exempt from the applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Code and shall be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, all payments to be made upon the termination of the Employment Period under this Agreement (including the documents incorporated herein by reference) to the extent that they constitute non-qualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code (“ Separation from Service ”), and each payment made under this Agreement (including the documents incorporated herein by reference) shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement (including the documents incorporated herein by reference) is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event may Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment.

19.2 Payment Delay . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement (or any provision of the documents incorporated herein by reference) to the contrary, if, at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service, Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement (or any of the documents incorporated herein by reference) as a result of such Separation from Service to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then Employer will postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (or any of the documents incorporated herein by reference) (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to Executive) that are not otherwise paid within the short-term deferral exception under Section 409A of the Code and are in excess of two (2) times the limit on compensation then set forth in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. If any payments or benefits are postponed due to such requirements, such amounts will be paid in a lump sum to Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six months following Executive’s Separation from Service; provided , however , that, if any payment due to Executive is delayed as a result of Section 409A of the Code, Executive shall be entitled to be paid interest on such amount at an annual rate equal to the prime rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal, plus 2%, in effect as of Executive’s Separation from Service. If Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A of the Code shall be paid to the personal representative of Executive’s estate within sixty (60) days after the date of Executive’s death.

19.3 Reimbursements and In Kind Benefits . All reimbursable expenses, any other reimbursements, and in kind benefits, including any third-party payments, provided under this Agreement (or any of the documents incorporated herein by reference) shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (a) any reimbursement or in kind benefit is for expenses incurred during Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement (or any of the documents incorporated herein by reference)), (b) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (c) the reimbursement or payment of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (d) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

22


20. Filing of this Agreement . Executive agrees and understands that this Agreement, including the exhibits hereto, may be filed with a government agency in accordance with applicable law.

21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and together any counterparts will constitute one and the same instrument. Additionally, the parties agree that electronic reproductions of signatures ( i.e. , scanned PDF versions of original signatures, facsimile transmissions, and the like) will be treated as original signatures for purposes of execution of this Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement as of the date below.

 

/s/ James Chirico       DATED:   

November 12, 2017

 

JAMES CHIRICO

        
        
        
        
        
        
/s/ Elizabeth McCarthy       DATED:   

November 12, 2017

 

ELIZABETH MCCARTHY,

        

CHIEF LEGAL OFFICER,

on behalf of AVAYA, INC.

        


Exhibit A

Termination Agreement and General Release

I, James Chirico (“ Employee ”), in consideration of and subject to the performance by Avaya Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “ Company ”) of its obligations under the Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2017 (the “ Agreement ”), as a condition precedent to receiving the payments, rights and benefits under Section 2.1 of the Agreement, do hereby agree as follows, with terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement (the “ Release ”):

 

  1.

Release . Employee, for himself, his heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Releasors ”), hereby fully releases and discharges the Company, its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, insurers, successors, and assigns, and their respective officers, directors, employees, related parties, and agents (all such persons, firms, corporations, and entities being deemed beneficiaries hereof and are referred to herein as the “ Related Parties ”) from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, obligations, costs, losses, liabilities, damages, and demands of whatsoever character, whether or not known, suspected or claimed, which the Releasors have, from the beginning of time through the date Employee signs this Release, including, but not limited to, (a) any and all claims or rights arising out of, or which might be considered to arise out of or to be connected in any way with, Employee’s relationship with the Company and its past, current, and future parents, subsidiaries, and affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Entities ”), or the termination of Employee’s relationship with the Company Entities; (b) any claims under any contracts, agreements, or understandings Employee may have with any of the Related Parties, written or oral, at any time prior to the date hereof (including, but not limited to, under the Agreement); (c) with respect to any claims (including proofs of claims) asserted against the Company or any of its affiliated debtors in possession in their pending Chapter 11 cases and (d) any claims or causes of action arising under any federal, state, or local law, rule or ordinance, tort, express or implied contract, public policy, or any other obligation, including, without limitation, any claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (“ Title VII ”), the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Act of 1974, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1974, the Labor Management Relations Act, the National Labor Relations Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Code, all as amended, and/or any other federal, state, or local labor laws, wage and hour and wage payment laws, employee relations and/or fair employment practices laws, any public policy, any claim for misrepresentation, defamation, or invasion of privacy, any claim for compensation, wages, commissions, bonuses, royalties, equity-based awards, deferred compensation, other monetary or equitable relief, vacation, personal or sick time, other fringe benefits, attorneys’ fees, or any tangible or intangible property of Employee’s that remains with the Company, and


  any other applicable laws, regulations, and rules, whether arising under any contract (express or implied), agreement, statute, regulation, ordinance, common law, public policy, or any other source. Employee specifically intends this release to be the broadest possible release permitted under law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee shall not be deemed to have released (i) any obligations undertaken within the Agreement or claims Employee may have arising from or related to a breach of the Agreement by the Company; (ii) any claims to indemnification to which Employee may be entitled under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, indemnification agreements, directors and officers insurance policies, or applicable law with respect to the period of Employee’s employment; (iii) any claims or rights which cannot be waived by law, including Employee’s right to workers compensation; and (iv) any vested and non-forfeitable benefits under any employee benefit plans.

 

  2. Covenant Not to Sue . Employee represents and warrants that Employee has not filed or caused to be filed any lawsuit, complaint, or charge against any of the Related Parties in any court, any municipal, state, or federal agency, or any other tribunal. Employee agrees that Employee will not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, sue or file a complaint, grievance, or demand for arbitration pursuing any claim released under this Release; cause or assist any person or entity to sue or file a complaint, grievance, or demand for arbitration against any of the Related Parties for any claim released hereunder; or accept any monetary or other recovery in connection with any complaint, grievance, or demand for arbitration brought by any other person or entity. For the avoidance of doubt, Employee is not waiving or releasing Employee’s right to file a charge with, or participate in an investigation by, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“ EEOC ”) or any other government agency or participating in any EEOC or other agency investigation; Employee is, however, waiving Employee’s right to recover any monetary relief or other damages from any of the Related Parties in connection with such a charge or investigation, whether such charge is filed by Employee or someone else. Employee further represents and warrants that Employee has not assigned or conveyed to any other person or entity any part of or interest in the consideration paid by the Company under this Release or in any of the claims released in Paragraph 1 of this Release. The Released Parties are intended to be third-party beneficiaries of this Release, and this Release may be enforced by each of them in accordance with the terms hereof in respect of the rights granted to such Released Parties hereunder.

 

  3. Consideration . Employee acknowledges that Employee would not be entitled to the consideration (or any portion thereof) but for the terms of the Agreement and this Release. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the consideration provided to Employee pursuant to the Agreement and this Release: (i) is in full discharge of any and all liabilities and obligations of the Company to Employee, monetarily or otherwise, with respect to Employee’s employment; and (ii) exceeds any payment, benefit, or other thing of value to which Employee might otherwise be entitled. Employee acknowledges and agrees that he is solely and entirely responsible for the payment and discharge of all federal, state, and local taxes, if any, that Employee owes under any federal, state, and/or local laws as a result of the payments and other consideration provided pursuant to the Agreement and this Release.


  4. California Waiver . The claims released herein by Employee include all such claims, whether known or unknown. Therefore, Employee waives the effect of California Civil Code Section 1542 and any other analogous provision of applicable law of any jurisdiction. Section 1542 states:

 

  i. “A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN TO HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

  5. Representation. No promise or inducement has been made to Employee other than those set forth in this Release and the Agreement. This Release is executed by Employee without reliance on any promises or representations by the Company or any of its agents that is not included herein or in the Agreement. Employee states that that he is fully competent to manage his business affairs and understands that he is waiving legal rights, whether presently known or hereafter discovered, by signing this Release. Employee hereby acknowledges that he has carefully read this Release and has had the opportunity to thoroughly discuss the terms of this Release with legal counsel of his choosing. Employee hereby acknowledges that he fully understands the terms, conditions, and significance of this Release and its final and binding effect and that he affixes his signature hereto voluntarily, knowingly, of his own free will, and with the intent to be bound hereby. Employee represents and warrants that he has not assigned any of the claims waived hereunder to any other person or entity.

 

  6.

Waiver . Employee understands that this Release includes a release covering all legal rights or claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ ADEA ”) (29 U.S.C. § 626, as amended), and all other federal, state, and local laws regarding age discrimination, whether those claims are presently known to Employee or hereafter discovered. Employee is not waiving or releasing any right or claim which Employee may have under the ADEA which arises after Employee signs this Release. To the extent the Company has a right to recoupment of any amounts paid to Employee under this Release, that right to recoupment shall not apply and the Company will not seek recoupment in the event Employee breaches the waiver and release of the ADEA or Title VII claims by bringing any complaint, claim, charge, or challenge under the ADEA or Title VII. Employee acknowledges that he is entitled to consider the terms of this Release for twenty-one (21) days before signing it. Employee further understands that this Release shall be null and void if he fails to execute it prior to expiration of the twenty-one (21) day period. To execute this Release, Employee must sign and date this Release below, and return a complete copy thereof to the Company c/o General Counsel, 4655 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054, fax: (408) 562-2853. Should Employee execute this Release within the twenty-one (21) day period, Employee understands that he may revoke this Release within seven (7) days of the day he signs it (the “ Revocation Period ”). Employee may revoke his acceptance by notifying the Company, c/o General Counsel, at the above contact information, in writing, within seven (7) calendar days after he executes this Release, by hand delivery, email, fax, or


  overnight courier, at the address noted above. If Employee revokes this Release prior to the expiration of the Revocation Period, this Release and the promises contained herein (including, but not limited to, the Company’s obligations hereunder) automatically shall be null and void. If Employee does not revoke this Release within seven (7) days of signing it, this Release shall become fully binding, effective, and enforceable on the eighth (8th) calendar day after the day Employee executes it.

 

  7. No Admission . Employee agree that neither this Release, nor the furnishing of the consideration for this Release, shall be deemed or construed at any time to be an admission by the Company, any Released Party or Employee of any improper or unlawful conduct.

 

  8. Breach . Should either party materially breach this Release, then:

 

  a. The non-breaching party shall have no further obligations to the breaching party under this Release (including, but not limited to, any obligation to make any further payments);

 

  b. The non-breaching party shall be entitled to recoup the amount of the payment(s) received pursuant to the Agreement;

 

  c. The non-breaching party shall have all rights and remedies available to it under this Release, the Agreement and any applicable law; and

 

  d. All of the parties’ promises, covenants, representations, and warranties under Sections 8 and 9 of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

  9. Survival . Employee hereby acknowledges that the Agreement shall survive Employee’s execution of this Release.

 

    DATED:  

 

 

JAMES CHIRICO